Home

FA-150 Servicemanual

Contents

1. 10 1 LOW18ANR336000 112 330n C61 3p LOW18ANR1OJ000 26 100m 262 2563356 1008 07 124 1264 41 R47 6 8 m C120 3p Ci23 33 g2 L27 100m 125 een J 2 lt 2 lt 240 4 7 C66 0 010 T R45 XXX Shield Case Dwg 64431 K04 A p beg 10 lt 113 REF No C24 1000 MODEL BLOCK No NAME 2
2. 1 6 Chapter 2 Parts Location Transponder tnit t gie umi 2 1 2 4 Monor S0 512080 52525522 E 2 9 2 11 2 5 AC DC Power supply 240 2 14 Chapter 3 System Setting 3 1 Overview of Initial Settings 3 1 3 2 3 2 1 MMSI IMO No Ship name and Call sign Settings 3 2 3 2 2 SET INT ANT POS and SET EXT ANT POS Settings 3 3 3 2 3 SET SHIP TYPE Setting 3 4 3 3 Port Seting Seen tnn 3 6 3 3 1 Arrangement of connection e HH 3 6 3 3 2 sentence table of COM PC port eene 3 7 3 3 3 COM PORT Settings herec ienaa 3 10 1 COMI 3 10 2 2 and port Settings enne 2212 3 5 port Settings 3 13 4 COMO6 Setting e 3 15 3 34 SET PC PORT Setting etree ee ae rM 3 16 335 SET GAN PORT 2 18 3 3 6 SET PRIORITY Setting E E 3 21 3 4 EXT ALM Output Set
3. UD A DER EUN EORR 8 0 3 WO DE 83 OO on e gt BMEMMMMMNMMMNMNMN MERERI ruere iini ihe dida 1 25 55015 2 2 25 500 15 2 RE 108u lt 124 ELJ FA101 125 ELJ FA101 4 1 51 185 185 185 gt cO t x VV V 45 msemmi 0 3 PEOR UB Ur 2420033 2 2 1 8 2 545 RX1 RX2 PCB SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 24 006 5016 1 ___ FURUNO ELECTRIC LTD RX RF RX2 RF RX1 RE 501 81 42 C49 8 50 THP S01X B1 43 84561708 1605 2 1 i V THP S01X 81 7 J4 1 3 4 2 V 4 1 1 LI a j zcu UN 5508 d t 3 38 36 gt 011 H C147 203123 FANS e gt lt a 27 V bade t 1 Bb I 3 12 13 67 01 12V 77129 1 3 3Y U2 3 3 1448 033 i EL J F A101 C187 1000 Tay 1 16 104 581 1
4. INPUT 22 OUTPUT 13 6 2 3 Bai LMS1585A1SX 3 3 2200 M OUT SN S3H 12101 13 6V 13 SVA 1 1BuH rae IL 4 6 54 I caia Leese le 1969 C231 ts 1000 0231 1 0230 16Bu 0 10 16V E 44 XF 2H 5015 1 gt 3 0v 4 5 4 RX2 36kHz 6 2 3 2 7 8 gt s 8 10 11 RX1 36kHz 5 CAM 13 2 9 ov 112 9 5 m S ov 1 OSC 36kHz 18 DSC 36kHz _ ov 25 14 ov 2 242 229 20 25 84 2 RX2 ST 26 27 204 c TL C 9 RX2_UNLOCK28 M 204 RXI ST 31 239 RX1 ST 32 pepe olo eer 152121 22 ML 124 EE RXI UNLOCK RX1 UNLOCK 33 AN 204 TXST 36 1 81 164 OATA PLL 37 a eee 38 Seen bist ees PWR REF 49 o d 23 11 1 PTT 42 43 TES 11010101 UE R VSUR 45 A MON 46 12 12 22 41 TX UNLOCK 48 AKG 49 50 ala aj al al al 8888888588455288 1 PATTERN ONLY DATA PLL 164 ELK PLL ues ai 204 204 285 2 5 TKUNLOCK CRI 155226 ac 5 cl CRE 155226 ac ct an CPUCMAIN
5. OST V4 OON 000 WNNGINV CEN 18 HHA S 1 00T VO 180 S0 000 STZ OST 000 50 COSI V4 Contents of Drawings M Wwe Nee Interconnection Diagram 4431 01 FA 150 Schematic Diagram OC4431 K01 FA 150 System Diagram C4431 B01 24P0032 1 3 24 0032 3 3 4431 6 52 Bot 53 24 0032 1 3 4431 04 54 FA 1502 24 032 2 3 04431 05 5 5 6 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 5 6 5 7 5 8 5 9 24 033 2 2 04431 08 58 C4431 K09 59 1502 MAIN 24P0035 4 5 4431 1 5 13 1502 1502 Interconnection Diagram 04431 K02 849 1502 0 412121 417 5 S 23 2405 5003 02 8424 Plug Unit 24 3 00441708 S 26 FA 1502 Mother Board 24 0036 added for INLAND 5 specification M ATOSPFO012 5m 100 25nf 100m CPT CN PINY FED EE nams 24 48 Tayo ILSA MN TOR UNT SONAN 11000011 8015013 11 422 YB RD 11122278 1502 E UNT OSMA Ht YB BK 0175 DISP 15 SWH SD 6 lt gt SL POWER
6. 0038 Qu dom 13 6V 2 13 6 2 N C ev OSC 19 2HHz Qv NC 2 N C 5 T C64 330p NC 4 Ee 2 bs GC NC ELJ FAIR8JF FL2 Set N52 18 AFP a 1 80 38 364MHz B 7M 0135 R34 16K 235 4 7K Ded i 0 01 010 Six CU3 L400 N5218AFP gt lt un E 505 8 2 12 144 103 2 2 2 5 cii 15 C59 658 6109 6 61 1602 0 810 5 NJH2904N 123 1880 125 1880 0428 r4 01 m ur ES OT ST ST i 29 612 tL cu NJN2904H S 9 1 25 2712 100 2 2 Y N 1 2 16 2 LV 3 CRI x 2 851 104 lt g 155272 V 19 2 sls V CRI 0 4 5 7 2602112 Y 188212 T 0 E d 9 0470 5 V V e DRAWN 05 07 21 TYPE 24 0034 055 518 04 DSG SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD T YAMASAKI BLOCK No NAME pue 64431 9 24 006 5017 2 3 3V OUT LT1963AEQ 1 5 82 4 MAIN 0 22 1 ze 8 c SENSE 8 5 g m B 8 9 8 LT 3 3 10 19 R179 10 BR benc
7. 1 22 DCC 162 23 Ji 4 24 0cc 5 E P XC_CET 231 338 001 000 25 069 6 EXC 25 DCCO 1A5 DISP2 TD 23 00 DISP2 1D A 1 ace 29 0C 0 R37 100K 7 2 DJSP2 TD B un 1B2 182 13 102 104 38 5 EXC CETIB2U OV TLP181 6B TPL DISP2 RD R R38 10K lt be 4 DISP2RD A 5 O1SP2 RD 8 144 2224 17 EXC 6 oV 232 100K 8148 v 7 016 2 5 4 gt 235 330 EXC CETIOZU 8 1 155355 103 DISP2_SH_P 183 123 102 185 104 EXC CETIB2U FL42 V J20 B4P VH RO BUPOESPDPEADBBEOSACOUDOPPOPRPONRVPAORDEUTDRER ADTOSOOO OEBECODQOOAGADASORDODRSDUVRE R4950PDUU BUS PDREDDDO SPOSAREOO ODRAUESDARRORTORODDP EPBUSOD GO DDARSTDOUEBODDPADDORASORROPPEPUDDUUPEDEEBEUNPEUDNOSOEARBDPORURCUVORDDOSOSE POUTSUPOBPBPRAGEOEROSODBERURRODEUDEDDUOBSBAROVTOSOOSOBORRDEROSEROSSODS09009929 800 ED R RGUDEEOTNSBOAGEROARROOORDAOOODURTORO OUSPOBUO ODSOBBAUDUDDOTPEDOBORRREORREASOPDSOPOBDAGDPAESRODRUTPDAOPOODROS00932892959902809RPROREPARTOSTIASBO Sy 16 SN7S1178NS FL43 EXC CETIB2U FL44 DISP3 V T DISP3_10_A R68 100K U 01593 10 8 m gt CET102U 1 5 3 R DJSP3 PD 856 10K aa DISP3 RD B 338 17 EIC CETIG2U g 8 855 100K V 22121 5 blsP3 su
8. 5 RS 232C COM6 AC MAIN VAC Remarks Power Supply Alternative Source 24VDC Type EMG RES COMM Other MSC1 Circ 1252 ___ 25 puo 110 CSCI 4M DIOS O INI MSC I Crcr 1252 Grid Scale 4 Antenna Lay out Antenna No 5 CL FQ4 2008 033 Information 25 gt Issued by FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD APPROVED eS SERVICE MANAGEMENT amp COMMANDING DEPARTMENT WRITTEN BY 7 7 27 p Addenda No 5 to FA 150 Service Manual Pub No SME 44310 FA 30 50 100 150 Connection to NavNet vx2 The FA 150 service manual describes that the FA 150 is connected to NavNet vx2 series in High level interface mode but after updating NavNet vx2 series to V01 08 the FA 150 is connected to NavNet vx2 series in EXT DISPLAY mode Use the tabl
9. eene ea amu Cae ER A nemat menye Ep E ADS o ot 55 y 1 we GS 2 1 3 amp 22 1 GO Pj 8230 i 2 1 lt lt p MM TN meme TI EC EE i i NU i 942 mao M44 2 lt gt gt 2 05 gt lt 2 6b gt gt 65 gt N K 0 lt lt 1 ea 08754610 lt 8 gt 03164510 85 gt t i amp 0174510 lt b lt gt gt 0174510 15 gt 1 N x lt s lt yw lt 5 lt gt 9 gt gt s gt LO r gt 2 03724844 3 sv gt 04720510 ACES gt SS D 6 01724810 lt lt gt 2 01724510 gt kS 2 1 I lt 2 lt gt lt lt 8 lt gt t gt gt ES D i lt lt 081410 lt 6 lt gt 5 0414510 gt 29 gt lt lt Z n 04782875867152 000 100 612 01714510 lt lt gt gt 01714810 gt 15 gt LL 214 ar u lt gt gt AGUY NVT gt 65 2 lt amp E 272120 3731270 0 lt lt gt 4513535 gt gt 23538
10. 5 3 a a 163 200 10 2 TE 8 04 25 2712 R13 0 1 b ractescaceenu 3 3V 3 3V 154 0 010 TCTSHUD4F 7 0 010 254 220 21 2 C80 R52 853 LOWIBANR18G000 6124 180 lt LC 2 9 8 220 e m amp RS 24 C49 0 0470 o amp V 25 1037 07 185 UNLOCK 10K 56 DRAWN 05 07 21 e 125 gt 0418449186000 a T cs90 1u e C500 iu 4 xi R27 p C61 9 022 lt 33 9 010 8 01u 8c 1 5K R26 0 010 C108 V 71000 V 3 3V 5005 DP AM GS 5 Em OS RUP EC ER OD Em OC UP amp ER OR AR OR EDO RACE DRE EE ER OE FO WD ER DD 5 gt RO E UU OO WO V EUR GO EE V OWED oS 3 5
11. 10408588 dIHS LAS SONILLAS JYILINI 0 9 0 9 2 118 0 9 0119 0 INV 1X3 135 0 9 0 5 g uLrg 0 eX IX IN 8X X ON OW SIV GNVINI d XP NISO ISININ 138 MINVN 9X XCISINIWN cINOO LAS Jj I8 VSIQ JI T4 3 1 IH dHOLINONW AV IdSICG 1X4 OIN 0 29119 41 1 29 19941 4 18 510 HNOO 195 99411 7 q 1 LON ____ HOIH MO 1 ONIQVA3H SIV INI 104 HOIH MO 1 LAS HOIH MO 1 4445 624 5 00 8 2 10H L SINOO OH AllHOlHd LAS 9 INOO L SINOO L vINOO DOS 900 1 1 SnonNILNOOS OLRV 2 SNONNILNOD OLNY 14100849 Jaye 207108 2061 4 138 EOS i ya 000000 000 000 55 AVMALYD 648 3NAVN 40 ON 000 000 562 552 MSVIN LIN gN 100 720 160 2 1 SS3HOQV 4839 19 6 0096 0087 9334 18 610 8 190 9d 135 30IAH3S HO LINOW TH3QNVLS BC 905 900 1 7 01 0 2 09 119 41 1 09 19 4104445 9INOO LAS 905 5 39 9 19 29 1903 Gaad 1808 WOO 138 99411
12. OUTPUT dBm 36kHz L E 211 1100 N RF INPUT dBm Fig 5 2 7 Input vs Output signal level for RX1 board Main Control and Detection signals RX UNLOCK The error message CHI or 2 appears during an RX abnormality when the RX PLL circuit operation becomes unlocked In case of the message CHI RX1 Board 24P0033A should be suspected as the cause of failure and RX2 board 24P0033B for CH2 VCO control voltages of TP4 are 43 0 VDC to 4 5 VDC for the RX frequency of 156 026 MHz and 4 3 VDC to 45 8 VDC for 161 975 MHz RX MUTE Not used 5 11 5 2 FA 1501 Block Description 5 2 3 DSC Board 24P0034 CH70 DSC receiving signal of 156 525 MHz 18 down converted to the 36 kHz IF signal mee 1 RX2 RF BL Eds 2 156 525 2 RX1 RF 38 t RX RF DSC 19 2MHz 119 2 2 hs 54025MHz psc 2l Fig 5 2 8 Outline of DSC board 2 41 7 DSC19 2MHz x2 38 4MHz RX1 RF 156 525MHz 38 364MHz o gt U6 CH70 BPF CH70 B iT RX RF L C 8 DMY210 38 AL 37 Bs QD ape pepe C1 C37 161 2 4 CR4 male O E E DN y qe Y1
13. 5 8 AP5 2 Connection to LAN Port 5 Check Use the next IP address and set IP address and subnet mask The initial value of IP address of FA 150 is 172 031 024 001 and the subnet mask is 255 255 0 0 When setting is carried out on the basis of this value the IP addresses that can be set include the following P address 172 031 xxx xxX for example set 172 031 024 002 Note X is a numerical value other than 1 1 is FA 150 Subnet mask 255 255 0 0 Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties General You can get IP settings assigned automatically i your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings 1 Put a check here Obtain an P address automatically 2 Set IP address and subnet mask 1722 31 e d 255 255 0 0 Default gateway Use the following DNS server addresses Prefered DNS server DNS server 6 Click and register the setting 7 By the above setting communication between FA 150 and PC FAISPC MARK2 begins When the communication begins OffLine displayed on the upper left of the FAISPC MARK2 screen changes to OnLine t FURUNO FAISPC MARK 2 Ver 1 00 GN 1 00 Own OnLine jt Vessel Data D gt
14. ste rien e are bos 8 13 A TP AC TIC 9 14 SAI MONITOR TTO Bee 8 14 CAO TRANSPONDER TEST Athen eevee 8 16 5 8 16 9 16 SAS PWR ON OFF HISTORY 9 17 27 8 18 SAS MEMORY ee pobre cento den 9 19 SS 8 19 8 19 d 8 20 8 20 IT ST 9 21 9554 1 RE Raton e Eu 9 22 8501 MONITOR 9 22 p 9 22 MODE 9 22 MODE 9 25 9 25 ZEN ME EDU E T E UI TUM 9 25 9 25 E Mut 9 29 Nace MEE TI TT 9 29 E T E E T AE A E 8 30 01 1 hans 8 30 SAM MIT TUR 9 21 8 7 DIP Switch 9 22 ETI MAIN w
15. anme n BE T E 24 0035 Boo TN FURUNO o 8 MA gt ae 63 a JIS 6 3 EN 7 CENE 12 Table 8 6 1 MAIN board LED Goes on when AIS signal is detected with RX1 board Goes on when AIS signal 18 detected with RX2 board For R amp D Displays demodulation method of received signal of RX1 substrate frequency demodulation synchronous detection Goes on in the case of frequency demodulation For R amp D Displays demodulation method of received signal of RX2 board frequency demodulation synchronous detection Goes on in the case of frequency demodulation LED for MAIN CPU Blinks every 200 msec when the device operates in synchronism with GPS Blinks every second when the device operates in synch with anything other than GPS other ship VTS CRI2 LED for MAIN CPU goes on every TDMA slot timing CR13 LED for FPGA goes on every TDMA slot timing FPGA controls MAIN CPU 14 LED for FPGA blinks when DSC signal processing is in operation 8 30 8 6 8 6 2 TX monitor detects output power of TX board MONI signal and TX board LED goes on in synch with output power It goes on when the output power is about 0 5 W or more LED CR6 TX monitor Reference When transmission 15 made the OWN DYNAMIC DATA antenna mark blinks Leakage from PA bo
16. 99411 M 3 000 0 5 000 0 1V1 INOLLOS 1331 MW 3 000 0 NOT1 S N 0 00 0 1V1 401 LHOIH c c LIGA 1 2 uuug WU G 3 7 aasnNn XY XW XL ga Ho aasnNf XW XL v Ho 8802 g Ho 18902 ONHO H3MOd SWN 2 1 LIGA 6 uano L ON JOUUBYD 104 0 5 Ad SIVN dS HDIH AdAL UJUJ QU 0 LO3 13S T3NNVH2 8802 8 0 1802 V HO ON I3NNVHO H3MOd 910 1193 SONILLAS TANNVHO MAIA AJA 31VAILOV XX XX XX XX XX XX ai 39IAa3Gq ON SJA 19715 C1090 549 6 SHV Lin vdad LAS AHONNIN dV3 I9 HOLINOIN oul AYOLSIH XL AAAA Www pp NO XL oul AYOLSIH HMd ON MO 1891 1541 549 1641 pieoq LOW 0 E 4 5 20 9 00drZ LOW 1 1531 0 20 81006 2 LHOd X MO INVHOS SOILSOND
17. CR52 LM2679T 5 0 10V Output Low Voltage Detect Circuit 251 52 Fig 5 2 14 Block diagram of PWR board 5 18 5 2 FA 1501 Block Description R25 FREQ 7 51 13 6 V check TP52 GND 4 054 SW FET drain 5 5 ta gs 2 har KA e Primary circuit GND Primary circuit AVR output 8 9 9 9 VDC 053 SW FET drain Fig 5 2 15 board 5 19 5 3 FA 1502 Block Description 5 3 FA 1502 Block Description J2 MJ 10 TD A 1 U110 0 RS 422 Hee TX RX I F RD A 3 SN75LBC179 RD B 4 SW H 5 5 SW C 6 6 GND 7 7 0114 8 9 U8 SDRAM MOS Relay 1 42516100 7 G3VM 61E 10112 SD 8 IC42816100 7T NC 9 FG 10 45V 45V 6 4 Power ON Reset Panel illumination U9 LED Driver 913 GATE ARRAY DTD143EKT146 LED illumination 2080315 LEDx5 Reset IC 5 02 Buzzer Driver Buzzer 14 146 SD129T3 Ax2 Key matrix J1 MJ 3 DC IN 1 DC IN 2 3 1 Fig 5 3 1 Block diagram of 1502 FA 1501 and FA 1502 mutually communicate with each other using the RS 422 format NMEA sentences with VDM for AIS receive data and VDO including the navigation information and own ship s data and P sentences for operation setting and display etc are
18. AQUTR P 2 330 2 AINR P ADUTR M 8 meme e MINR N AOUTL P 0 3 T 3 hu osi amp 238133 18 e 5V cigs C117 1500 T AGND y E wE F 5 I S LAE d een vm H H 16 8 19 204 35 884HHz 3 10 ind pis 19 02 203 i 2 C180 83 204 4439 C0 SBkHz prs L1 8156 10K DSC 36kHz 100 42 3 0 6144 2 12 02 5 0501 A y 8 NJHSS3PH TEM 2 8 10 204 43 BICK CSN 303 258 338 lt 008 082 13 oci CO CCLK 56 aa 8 8 3 602012 14 15 COLCDTI 3 o amp 204 SDT 33 444 i x 5 y V C208 0 10 10119 10191 y 1100 m 5 413 6 544 16 4 e 9 51 8 i gt 2 R36 4 7K 0141 5 100 e 0 10 i 5 167 8 i g y y 6 LC_4 S_Y C189 _ 55882 E R16 226 2 2186 150 H 2 amp C YAMASAKI 24P0035 4 5 45 x1 PATTERN ONLY BLOCK No MAIN PCB RO DASS 24 006 5021 0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD
19. gt 5 0 N C 9 5 0664 8 gt a d e DEC N C 5 104 0609 183 1C3 102 DCC V i PATTERN ONLY REMAINED 09 4 gt 5 8 1 DSC 36kHz 2 amp ov 1 E 168355 13 6V 2 4 US BXA XF2M 2015 1A 1 1 13 60 2 20 F 13 5 2 19 1 N C 18 gt 1 2 4 oy 5 27 9 E 0v 15 1 49858 9804 59998984989898842822808884008 9822959908599956098898884655 808008084 0 884848 80850886884834 29984988 894988489348088042080936092846809595 6088 559899900864 4264848 905800985 5 9008 99890584452580680383 ui RX2 19 2HH24 13 5V 2 ev 13 ELLE ble Kp lera e QR A PPS FEDES 5y N C 12 gt 5 2 5 10 DISP RX2 UNLOCK 10 E B4P VH RX2 MUTE 8 012 16 58475117886 231 232 061 008 3 gt a nA 14 2 1 NC e 01593 10 1 1 2 01923 10 05 2 s 035 3_10 ju 2 DATA PLL 6 3 NC 5 QV EXT 1IPPS RX2_ST 5 2 pape 4 BlueS gn H DJSP3 RO A gt 4 N C gt 5 BlueSign C DIJSP3 RO A L 1 U N ex2 36kH
20. 220 R50 C18 1 c19 10 du E zu 231 340 001 000 8 iu T 16V COMT 0 14 1 COHS TO A COHT TD A 2 2K CR21 2 COH5 10 8 0 7 10 6 155226 60 150 6ND 150 1457 6011 80 5 4 00 5 2_ 0 COH7 2 RD A 5 00 5 2_ 0_ COM7_2 R2D_8 5 60 150 GND 150 7 CDH5 JP CDM7 JP V 8 COH7 JP TD 58 COHMS 1 RD M COHT 1 ROL 39 144 16 COHS_1_RD C DHT 1 RD C ae 15 220 RSI R18 330 R63 406 2 2K o R17 330 V V AD CLK RD 5v 330 ya 55226 I al 5 C33 470 R24 9 10 2225 V 2 2 EXC CETID2U SNSR2 RD CR18 145 155226 EXC CETID2U 152 3 1501 CONNECTOR NAME 4 FA 2001 CONNECTOR NAME APPROVED carr 3226 Md 77 SCALE Mul OE S gt EXC CET102U 8156 CETIO2U V 3 4 Jig 231 343 001 009 COMS 1 COHG TD A COH8_TO_A XC_CETIO2U 2 085 10 8 10 8 nn 60 150 GND_ISD 4 COH6_2_RD_A COH8_2_R0 A 5 COHB 2 RD 8 COH8_2 R0_B GND ISO GND 160 7 COHE JP COH JP 8 CDHB JP 9 COHB 1 20 1 RD 10 AD DATA H AD DATA H 11 COHG 1 RD C AD DATA C 1 80 12 AD CLK H AD CLE 13 CLK C EXC_CET102U 169 102 V EXC CETt02U FL72 24P0036 3 3 EM Ju B 5 2 BLOCK No NAME MASS MODEL MOT PCB REF No 24 006 5025 1 Jt FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD
21. CU 1 00200 24 gt 41 RX1 RX2 5 5 us T Ni Ar 4 18 d s 5 aac gt Uu 4 L m A 17 2 i ASS gt ob 3 1 9 2 t 2 5 j mM 8 44 43 e d 1 i zar gt 2 3 8 1 gt 4 4 2 For checking RX 1st Lo PLL RX 1st Lo Block 4 For checking PLL 1st Lo VCO control voltage Fig 2 2 4 1 2 Board 2 5 2 2 1501 5 LED U6 SUB CPU CR1 CR2 U2 16 Mbits RAM CR3 CR4 U8 16 Mbits RAM S1 DIP SW Nr T a Teram 4 5 VIR TE Not mounted NR ros o RR Not mounted iz E s M a ry 5 2 52 Reset SW U18 FPGA 923 GPS GN8093 035 FURUNO 0 wot d 024 128 Mbits RAM 52 sw LED 11 C312 For RAM Backup U25 64 Mbits Flash ROM Mb 9 Pin D SUB CR14 Fig 2 2 5 MAIN Board 24P0035 COMG SENSOR AD 10 LEM TU OMNI 1 sum AT 1 _ Ss z 5 3 B 2420036 0 0 H Note Description of EXT ALM terminals is located EXT ALM Rel on Back of Top Cover Say FA 1502 Fig 2 2 6 MOT Board 24P0036 Fig
22. 8 3113792078087152 800710078657122 rt A s dei das tr 8 lt 045714510 re m lt 1 lt 2 e i lt S lt 8708 14510 lt 2 5 8 2 5 5 5 42 28 287 gt Idi dE or 1 ELE 221158 888 88 6 VUSO 3 000 100 5 8 303792078071 10078 71 2 5024 A 5 3 E amp Bu os 2 v lc 5 5 8 5 5 e SES 54 824 8 5 d E ee mU m 8 i Sl Boss eae Yi Gl veal a n 9 7z555 amp 5zokESGo SZzoks L 3 i EM S AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA VV Oa _ x mas mas WWW 4 i i i 18025 eee 06 3 2 1 Bia i is E ETA Edu CE
23. FURUNO SERVICE MANUAL U AIS Transponder MODEL FA 150 Addition Appendix 6 INLAND AIS 1501 02 02 or more FA 1502 Ver 02 01 or more For INLAND AIS and ITU R M 1371 3 specifications Chapter 3 System Setting Note Special characters Important This manual is intended for use by authorized FURUNO service technicians for the installation of this equipment Under no circumstances should the contents of this manual be released to the user p FURUNO ELECTRIC LTD NISHINOMIYA JAPAN PRINTED IN JAPAN FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD 9 52 Ashihara cho Nishinomiya 662 8580 JAPAN Telephone 81 0 798 65 2111 Fax 81 0 798 65 4200 Printed in Japan All rights reserved Pub SME 44310 E NAYO 150 Elemental Chlorine Free he paper used in this manual is elemental chlorine free FURUNO Authorized Distributor Dealer JAN 2006 E MY 07 2010 000 15767500 FURUNO __ 4 2006 006 Information Issued by FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD APPROVED SERVICE MANAGEMENT 8 COMMANDING DEPARTMENT WRITTEN BY JS Addenda 1 150 Service Manual Pub 44310 150 Auto Target Sort The latest software for FA 150 is available on Technet New Software Unit Current Program Number Previous version FA 1501 2450018 01 06 01 05 FA 1502 2450021 01 05 01
24. 5 18 OD 2IHLO3713 1159 10 OIIVNJHOS 7 1 1004 900 2 ON dad V 20 LEY YO on 1 9 14510 JN re 091 04 SPP By 59 So WOULD 10 10 60 6031 93 3431 DIVSVRVA 1 NAW gt 94 94 mno 93 gt 099 9 lt gt wa t gt QWasav FW 9 93 6 g 00 L 09 9 IMS 9 08 08 e 8 01 01 04501 2900462119 102 V DEC lu 10 1 1855 2243 BC 185 185 28 9 CRI FHL_228 C14 0 10 cre 155184 RI 4 4 1K 2SA1037AK R9 13 cs 22 T T 9 10 P4 6880 6880 054 Sev Spy FL FSS0SHJ 3 15 188184 BD e 5 T 4188 al 3 4 gt 4 7K 92 25 1037 18 22 012 25 1037 FREQ 053 2 FSSOSHJ_ FLi 6 3 4799 4 10 GNO C83 A 100007 470 8 3V 0750 DRAWN 05 07 21 TYPE BEN T YAMASAKI VED Pulsa 32 ec fag 423 2 SCALE MASS V MODEL BLOCK No NAME 24 006 5026 1 151 4 CRS1 85 326 2 164 13 5V 3 1 RTS 10060 ut d 60 9072 230 901 883 TPS2 RUESOD cei cso 5 6800 1 13
25. 0 hee poss 8 g 2 24 0035 5 5 MAINZ th MAIN PCB SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 5 14 FURUNO ELECTRIC LTD 00 9072 230 301 883 T 13 6 1 05 0 17 20518 13 6 1 13 6 1 0 N C RX2_19 2HH29 1 19 2 2 11 050_19 2 2 13 O0 bw TE 8 10 12 a V 13 6V_2 14 lt 15 3 16 lt 5 UNLOCK N C HON R_VSUR 20 21 Pile 22 PU REF N C CLK_PLL N C 26 DATA PLL 27 N C lt _57 29 lt 30 lt XF2H 2015 1 T 13 8 2 20 13 62 19 N C 18 2 16 2 15 DSC 19 2 214 13 N C i2 gt N C 19 gt 9 gt 8 1 N C gt N C 5 gt N C 4 gt 3 05 3 2 2 1 17 ov 16 15 RX2 19 2HH24 13 N C gt ov 1 2 UNLOCK 10 RX2_HUTE 9 ov 8 CLK PLL 7 DATA PLL 6 RX2 ST 5 4 3 RX2 36kHz 2 1 45 XF2H 2015 1 13 6V 2 20 13 60 2 19 gt N C 185 17 ey 16 15 1 19 2 214 13 5 34 1 gt ov 11 UNLOCK 10 1 0v CLE PLL RXi ST N C RX1 36kHz 1 MOUNT FOR FA 2
26. 5 222 0 9 SO dd i 1 05000150 2 0 1 1 014111 1 111111 L1 C3 SZ CO 156 C60 MD1 gt lt gt a lt EXTAL 329 rime 54 Mogzxc po5 s PEEPS FERS RALHS C41 4 gt Cc Ce i m 153 cr np o p R154 330 a 1 C57 3 RISS 330 EI cec vec V 8156 330 ea PONOT 9 TRQ0_IRLO_N_PTHO Has A 058 10 1801 1811 VSS_PLL2 E 2 3 ROT re Tw T G3VM 61E V E IRQ4 4 PLL 12S 2 PTFOPINTS 192 poop TBS PTFIPINTO 122 141 PTESPINT I 120 PTB1 PTEGP INT oto ub va 134 31053 VCC12 PATTERN ONLY PARTS DISMOUNT 545178 oc Pei 093 PTAS D A 4 1 1 9 E 2 5 021 5 5512 13 98 V 181 v8 1019 PTAC 2 VCC3 RAS3L_N_PTJO 8 3018 2 He 125 1 101616 PTOI 18 DIG PTAO PTH5 ADTRG N HS RESE H N VCCO Zu BREQ N 120 3 pia PTEO PENES 012 RAS2U 1 wo 010 CASZH_N_PTES 400 C144 4 pg ae 821 8148 200 22 28 S
27. Case 1 When carrying a left click on the specified line the point 18 added 17 Case 2 When specifying position and a left 2 8 click point 15 added Add Polygon Operation guidance message add point gt Left or Right Button Click add point gt Left Button Click move point gt Right Button Click change polygon gt CTRL L R AP5 21 AP5 5 Editing of a Base chart 3 When moving the point of a polygon Procedure 1 Specify the target polygon to modity 2 When the pointer 18 set to the position to move and right click is carried out the chosen point changes to red 3 Set a pointer on the position of the point to move and a left click Left click the button when you moved accidentally When specifying a point and a right click the point changes to red d When specifying a voluntary position and left click the point is moved Add Polygon Operation guidance message add point gt Left or Right Button Click add point gt Left Button Click move point gt Right Button Click change polygon gt CTRL L R 4 When combining the point of a polygon and other point of a polygon Procedure 1 Specify the target polygon to modity 2 When the pointer 18 set to the position to combine and right click 18 carried out the chosen point changes to red 3 Set a pointer near the point of other polygons to combine AP5 22 AP5 5 Ed
28. UO C we LOW31HNR18J03L 127 168n 06 2503123 C57 0 0iu R33 6 8K R34 R49 100 Isi 19 49 8 0 O O OS a O D D D G D 9 o wn R124 5 9 heh headband deh eh PU RM UT Am OD EDO SIME MO UN EM BO UT UD EO UE RO EA EE S DO tt ttt ttt tt ttt ttt tt itt tit ttt tit tit ttt ttt ttt fit ttt UR QOO S ee TT TO TIO DEM UR UT POE BE REND EE DOO FOU UL E APO 5 00 G0 UD OO PUO enterica cnet R10 amp 1 0u ELJ FAIRO 115 19 0 010 9v Teasa 0 10 9 7803 RX1 HF51 188 51 1375HHz RX2 WF 51 25
29. t S40 060 22 1 540 100 540 120 12 540 40 22 60 151 5404 0220 15 54090240 2 5404 060 1 54094080 15 540W 00 28 54081120 0 22 540940 15 54041160 0 18 54091180 22 560 040 15 560 060 Base Chart Cell chart files 2 Utility software ChartEditor exe The utility software ChartEditor exe that edits a base chart 15 software for Furuno dealer The utility software download in the Furuno Tech Net AP5 14 2 S60E080 wmp 28 560 1 00 22 560 1 20 154 560 140 560 1 60 154 S60Ww020 wmp 22 56084040 15 56084060 151 56084080 22 56081100 22 5604 1 20 22 S60W1 40 1 56091160 56080180 0 e Cell chart data file AP5 5 Editing of a Base chart AP5 5 2 Open the ChartEditor exe Click the ChartEditor exe file to start the ChartEditor Select from File F menu of the ChartEditor and a base chart cell chart data file to edit from BaseChart holder 144 Fol Po 5 15 AP5 5 Editing of a Base chart AP5 5 3 Basic operation 1 Operation of a base chart display Set a pointer on a base chart
30. A A output NE ANE Frequency tolerance aw ppm 87 18 pL 161 975 MHz 88 18 1 162 025 MHz CH7 DSC 1 136 525 MH CH lt 14 14 13 Interference to VHF Check that FA 150 dose not interfere to and No 2 R T with the SQ set to off Note that the ship 18 at anchor the transmission interval of AIS 1s 3 minutes 14 Carry out transmission and reception test of AIS message 1 Carry out the following settings by MENU gt MSG gt SET MSG TYPE ADDRESS TYPE ADDRESS CAST MMSI Entry of MMSI MSG TYPE SAFETY CHANNEL BOTH 2 Create appropriate sentence by MENU gt MSG SET MSG 3 Transmit the message by MENU gt MSG gt SEND MSG 4 If the acknowledgment is received from the called station popup display SEND MESSAGE COMPLETE MMSI is given If the acknowledgment from the called station 1s not received popup display SEND MESSAGE UNSUCCESSFUL MMSI is given In this case that the message transmitted to the called station did not reach or the acknowledgment from the called station is not received MSG 12 1 2 N 2 Trying up to 4 times pL um 3 SEND MSG eu 13 ___ Transmitting message Transmitting ACK within 4 seconds within 4 seconds Setting and Checking Guide 15 Confirm the operation of EXT ALM See pages 8 2 and 3 22 Are EXT ALM signals correctl
31. REO HED AIH 25 sole al 6 82 2 15 01408542 0 0 29 1 1 IATVDO 1 1 16K82V2P2w lt tSFO 400 47wpOPOD 0 29 IATVDD 1 11 1 6KB V2P wetSFO 406 gt 4 0 0 0828 VSD Voyage Static Data 141 216 80 lt 5 01400 gt 42 0 00 029 Set STATUS to 15 When file is transmitted local echo is displayed 1 1 400 gt 4 0x29 042841 00 025 5 external EPFS lostx3F 042641 00 026 5 no sensor position in usex4F 0426841 00 029 A4 A IS no valid SOG informationx4 042841 00 030 15 no valid COG informationx52 042841 00 032 15 Heading lost invalidx 12 042641 00 035 5 no valid ROT informationx55 1 1 15K8 V P wctSFO 40 gt 4 0 0x29 1 1 4 16K 8 V P 7w tSFO 4Q8 47wpOW3h 0x34 1 1 16K82V P w tSFO0 408 4 wpOPODO 0x29 TIT 00528 w enum 5 Make sure NAV STATUS is set from PC by FA 150 Make sure that 15 Not Defined is set by DISP gt STATUS of FA 150 Be sure to reinstate the NAV STATUS setting Setting and Checking Guide Transmission of test message 9 Send a message to a fictitious station by MSG 12 On the hyper terminal screen the transmitted sentence is displayed TANE REO
32. 0 Location of GPS antenna P NINNIN AIS programming Dynamic information Ships position with accuracy and integrity status Source GNSS 2 Time in UTC Source GNSS Course over ground COG will fluctuate at dockside Source GNSS Speed over ground SOG zero at dockside Source GNSS Heading Source Gyro Navigational status Rate of turn where available ROT Angle of heel pitch and roll where available AIS programming voyage related information 4 1 Ships draught Type of cargo Destination and ETA at masters discretion Route plan optional Short safety related messages 5 AIIN EF U R U N O 5 1 1252 5 Performance test using measuring instrument 5 1 Frequency measurements AIS ch 1 and 2 GMDSS ch 70 00 5 2 Transmitting output AIS ch 1 and 2 GMDSS ch 70 53 Polling information ch 70 o 5 4 Read data from 55 SenddatatoAIS 5 6 Check AIS response to virtual vessels _____ o 6 On air performance test Check reception performance Confirm reception of own signal from other ship VTS Polling by VTS shore installation Electromagnetic interference from AIS observed to other installations The AIS has been tested according to IMO SN Circ 227 and resolution MSC 74 69 annex 3 Name of Radio Inspector Date and place Name of Radio Inspector Company EF U R U N O 5 1 1252
33. 6 4 4 8 2 4 LC x2 2503356 75 004 2 n 60 4 803 amp 4 2 4 4 BPF CO i LC LO x4 29 54025MHz PWR 24P0037 2SA1037AK 2502412 13 6V 1 MUTE 2502712 a 2502712 NJM2904 13 6 2 555 DET fe 5 a RF 0983 2503123 NJM2594 S SHAH SHS summ 22 t 0 156 025 162 025MHz LO lt gt X tal 1 2 24 DC From DSC RX 51 1375MHz Fo 51 1375MHz 25033568 9982498 77 0 0 0 0 ne 1 25 1037 25 2412 RX2 24P0033B lt monu REMOTE 12 24V DC 2502712 NJM2904 555 lt E 5 Rx2 0983 2502123 NJM2594 1 0049 48 495 5 an 156 025 162 025 LC gt From DSC RX 51 2375MHz 51 2375MHz TCISHUD4F 51 2375 9v 2563356 2 225 60075MHz RX2 Y LMX2353 UNLOCK 3 CLKPLLDATAPLLRX2ST 4 52
34. OffLine arget Vessel DatatT MeszagetM MMSI OL 61115 15 DEFINED Pm 15 NOT DEFINED FT 18nn 335 8deg DIEN 45nm 3398deg RANGE RANGE 0 15 028 923 0 5 025 15 5 9 AP5 3 Set Static Data from FAISPC 2 AP5 3 Set Static Data from FAISPC MARK2 Never disclose the setting password to the user Procedure Choose Own Vessel Static Data on the menu bar zm FURUNO FAISPC 2 1 00 2 The Static Data screen appears Type password FURUNO Button appears below SHIP STATIC DATA bil Static Data MMSI 000000012 IMO NO 00000007 0 ADL CALL SIGN 227 STATUS ANTENNA POSITION DRAUGHT EXTERNAL INTERNAL pepsons DESTINATION E D nm bz m FiChange ISet Ship Static Data xj 000000000 71 71 SHIPS CARRYING DG HS OR MP A ANTENNA POSITION 511 C 0 0 63 TERNAL AT m m UNTERNAL AT OlmBy Omel om D 9 m OK Cursor Up Dawn Item Select Enter Decision AP5 10 AP5 3 Set Static Data from FAISPC 2 4 Setting MMSI etc and clicking the button displays the password entry screen 5 The password 18 652111 Enter this password and click the button INPUT PASSWORD ere Esc Cancel 6
35. a SEEN 19 2 185 00060 0 m 0 8 0 COO 20 40 4299 09 9 BO UP PO AMA WP AM 90 0 8 9404 4 4 PO 6 WO UO QC 6 0 Ver o VU OR UM DB MAC AM 4 A 5998 000 90 93 08 9998 080891 04808 0 99 8 929529 0 2 459980879908988086098 8 96655986094823084994889878998984823308582 528 8 3 e 8 b gt 25 154229 S 2 CR3 820N in Kj R20 5 814432 ELJ_NCRB2UF o 3p 5 1 BI 8 CX 48 eju e 5 ei cL 87 8 Lcs i 5 E gt 33 5 5 5 2503356 5 e v af 5 5 uPC27451B 2 5 8 5 8 V 2 amp E 3 3 C44 p 6 C43 C154 C156 uPC27451B o g C155 H e H os 5 gt a
36. popa URP MU aUe quad 6 2 6 1 3 Procedure rewriting the COM Port for the batch file so that it will use some other COM port on your PC 6 2 6 1 4 Confirming program numbers 6 3 iS Tm 6 4 6 2 Updating 6 5 6 5 Chapter 7 Measurement ME 7 1 Elo Ec dh 7 1 7 1 2 Connection of Measuring aenea des hax eoe uu Eu eut ee ue toe 7 2 7 2 Measurement Adjustment E 7 3 7 2 1 Measurement of TX Output power and TX frequency 7 3 72272 Adjusting TX Output eene 7 6 7 2 3 Adjusting TX output frequency 7 6 Chapter 8 Maintenance ere 9 1 5 1 1 248 E 822 9 1 1 Alarm status DISP gt ALARM STATUS rrr nennen 5 2 812 Alarm status analysis TE CELT ee Ae pa ie die 8 4 SENSOR er Hase UO 9 7 8 2 1 Confirm sensor input currently in 9 7 8 2 2 Handling LI 9 7 1 Sentences required by ATS Disce entibus on deni 8 7 2 Input Output sentences for each MODE setting 9 9 3 Processing 8 8 S IN ERR
37. sre x J10 J4 J6 VHF ANT ANT 13 6V 1 7220 44 J1 RX2 19 2MHz RX1 19 2MHz DSC 19 2MHz UNLOCK Power SW 7 I 9 RS 422 38 4kbps Power ON OFF ev J9 8p DSC 19 2MHz 61162 1 2 4800 38 4kbps lt A gt i EXT Display Sd 13 6V 2 61162 1 2 EXT Display 2 2 4800 38 4kbps J15 8p MONITOR HI LEVEL 2 61162 1 2 Pe UNLOCK 4800 38 4kbps EXT Display J16 8p MONITOR 24P0033B or HI LEVEL I F IEC61162 1 2 4800 38 4kbps SENSOR or MM EXT Display 61162 1 2 24P0037 m ELA 4800 38 4kbps CB1 10A Ls IEC61162 1 2 4800 38 4kbps AD 10 12 24Vdc Breaker J19 13p Contact NIU S NETTE J8 5p Alarm System Alarm System 24P0036 Fig 5 1 1 FA 1501 Block diagram 5 1 Overall Block Diagram VHF ANTENNA GPA 0178 GSC 001 FA sow wovn FAB 151D GPS VHF ANTENNA 2 5 2 a z O GVA 100 gz MP 7 GSC 001 0 7 FAB 151D 2 DBI 2 VHF ANT a 2 RG 10 UY Max 20m 8D FB CV 30 50 E GPS ANT TNC PS 3D 15 15m A Z RG 10 UY Max 20m 8D FB CV 30 50m N P 8DFB 1 DISTRIBUTOR MP 3 3 o GPS ANT FAB 151D GSC 001 150M W2VN VA 100 FAB 151D DB 1
38. 23 HAIN 0124 25 HAIN DT25 27 MAIN DT26 29 0127 3 HAIN DT 28 0728 HAIN DT30 37 HAIN DI31 38 41 43 MAIN AD2 45 MAIN AD3 47 HAIN ADS 49 5 51 WEB N 53 43 3 55 3 3V 57 OV 0 LAN IF 43 SV 018 HAIN DTI 18 MAIM DT2 12 HAIN DT3 14 MAIN DT4 Sie HAIN DI5 016 017 22 24 MAJM DTB 26 019 28 MAIN DT10 38 0111 32 HAIN OTI2 34 HAIN_OT13 36 HAIND MAIN DTIS amp 40 OV 42 cipi HAIN CS1_N 44 LAN CS H 45 405 48 LAN_INT 52 80 8 54 3 3 C SUB_CPU RESET_N 381 2 2202 2201 5 5V TP30 3 6 BLOCK 24 006 5022 0 LPS 415 EXC CET182U XH3B 0922 231 Ju FLA gt 1 NC 878 5 2 50 1 IPPS F 3 PC_RD 2110 TR 5 V 6 058 VBACK 5 EXC CET1D2U xe 5 218 fL 8 es 2j S 8 S NE a e 2 acd A 5 Ed m ud e Ble 09 V 210 220 172 220 i GPS_10 ecu AN 825 80 BEN epi 8 5 1 5 ee i i el eee 1 N 8183 BERTET 3 vee 98988 5 5 8983 728 al to lt gt d 2
39. Hardware Settings BASE E STATUS 1 amp NOT DEFINED coms 1 611621 gt Sensor 24 2955 611621 gt Sensor 38400 Monitor z Cursor Up Down ltem Select Enter Decision In the event that setting of Option P gt Setting COM port gt SPEED of FAISPC MARK2 coincides with MENU gt INITIAL SETTINGS SET PORT SET PC PORT SPEED of FA 150 communication begins between FA 150 and PC FAISPC MARK2 The setting of MENU INITIAL SETTINGS SET PORT SET PC PORT gt MODE may not necessarily coincide with the setting of Initial Settings I gt Hardware PC port gt MODE of FAISPC MARK2 If the communication speed of PC 15 adjusted to that of FA 150 FA 150 automatically recognizes MODE as MONITOR through PFEC command from PC FAISPC MARK2 AP5 3 AP5 2 Connection to LAN Port AP5 2 Connection to LAN Port AP5 2 1 Connection to PC Mount the NET 100 board to the MAIN board as illustrated below LAN kit OP24 8 Code No 005 956 020 _ 100 008 535 840 03P9332 000 801 678 4 gt 2 J i mats Ja a EE MAIN board hao 100 Fig 5 2 1 Arrangement of 100 FA 1501 LAN port LAN port LAN Cross Cable Fig 5 2 2 Connection to PC AP5 4
40. ae SIGNAL PATTERN E nd nmm d 1 PATTERN cr TRE Rap RIOT ROT RT 22 55 88 88 88 55 55 86 88 88 888 7 01801 0 o 1 80 1 8114 8115 840 8102 R101 8103 22 59 55 22 5 22 55 552 C 22 ie INLAND AIS Sef MERE MOUNTED NOT MOUNTED 19 OTHERS FOR FUTURE USE ov 12 lt 4 3 PER DSC_19 2MHz 13 14 lt 5 i ov 5 lt 5 oV 16 lt 4 i 5 T P C CET 0 3 13 6 2 16 575117805 exc 1620 i T 06 9072 230 391 883 HONI 19 a verae L ita 015 1 i 1367 me 25 23 Er 58200 PITI 2i y E vec V DISPI TO A Sv 13 60 1 PTI 22 100K 2 T EXC CETI02U EX CETIOPU gt 4 E PUR REF 23 5 5 BY 21 DISP1 8D R46 10K FL36 EXT ALM N C 24 lt E 2 145 ie DISPIRDA 8 gt 6 B CLK PLL 25 uM EXC 5 8 RD B Btu T 231 335 601
41. 20km Ref Phot t 3 File og Add and Mod dd Polygon Del Polygon oo 00 30m Pixe 10ra P Add Polygon Del Polygon Adding and deleting polygon is carried out Add Polygon in spite of a chart scale the polygon is made about 5 mm angle 100m Pixel 30m Pixel 10m Pixel 1m Pixel 120 00700 13000700 It rewrites to the display which is applicable to the length per pixel of PC 0 00 Operation guidance display Polygon For example polygon is an island AP5 17 AP5 5 Editing of a Base chart AP5 5 4 Editing of the base chart 1 Add Polygon Polygon is added It is used when adding new polygons to a base chart The size of the polygon to add 18 respectively about 5 mm regardless of the scale of a chart The size of the added polygon form and position are correctable later Procedure 1 You must scale up the base chart part of the position to add Sets a pointer at the upper left of the area to scale up And then press the right and left button of the mouse and drag to the direction of the lower right to the expansion range Repeat this operation to the scale to edit 2 Click the Add Polygon button 3 Set a pointer on the position which adds an island and right or left click to add an island This operation can be performe
42. OUT OF RANGE CPA 0 6 00 Value entered in CPA of CPA TCPA ALARM is PRESS ANY KEY outside the range OUT OF RANGE TCPA 0 60 Value entered in TCPA of CPA TCPA ALARM 18 PRESS ANY KEY outside the range OUT OF RANGE NAV STATUS 0 15 PRESS ANY KEY Outside of range error in NAV STATUS gt NAV STATUS OUT OF RANGE DESTINATION FULL STATUS gt DESTINATION gt destination name PRESS ANY FULL MAX 20 cases OUT OF RANGE DAY Outside of range error in NAV STATUS gt ARRIVAL PRESS ANY TIME gt DATE OUT OF RANGE HOUR 0 25 Outside of range error in NAV STATUS gt MINUTE 0 59 PRESSANV KEY OUT OF RANGE CREW 0 8191 Outside of range error in NAV STATUS gt PRESS KEY CARGO TYPE amp CREW gt CREW OUT OF RANGE TYPE NO 10 99 Outside of range error in NAV STATUS gt PRESS KEY CARGO TYPE amp CREW gt TYPE NO OUT OF Outside of range error in NAV STATUS gt DRAUGHT gt DRAUGHT DRAUGHT 0 25 5 PRESS ANY KEY 8 35 8 8 Popup message list Outside of range error in I O PORT gt LAN PORT gt OUT OF RANGE 0 255 IP ADDRESS PRESS ANY Outside of range error in I O PORT LAN PORT gt SUB NET MASK OUT OF RANGE 0 65535 Outside of range error in I O PORT gt PRESS ANY KEY SET LAN PORT gt PORT NO zm OUT OF RANGE ZONE 1 8 Outside of range of ZONE val
43. 1 1 i amp 13 6 Ji 6 975786 ET eeu CETIG2U T 00 9072 230 301 883 3 13 6V 1 5 5 FL34 15 1 1 E 5 145 DISP1 7D ie 231 338 1 098 13 6V 2 e 1 E rcc 13 60 1 vec V o DISPLLIDA EN FAT 1k 2 EXC CETIG U EXC CET102U FL 48 EXT x cias DISPIL ED 4 DISPLRDLA poe 5 018 0 8 231 335 001 000 258 wv P45 330 V EXC CETIO2U amp 6 8 ALH 8 24 100K FL35 2 8 5 NO 2 V 7 DISPILSHCH gt V EXC CETIO2U nS 1 5 1 28 d 4 DISP1 SM P a ACK C 12 a 330 13 283 018 1 5 5 i a ALH A C Nornal open 14 ov 183 103 102 185 104 283 DC M EXC CETID2U ALH B C Nornet ciose 15 5 EXC FLST 10 FL37 17 P F NC 1 00 5944089854892888899992209888905869080358990 83 6 20959099085 5 595699089408908848994988009988 589958660 02 9985898888638843989 0 0 9 09592 59996998998 85899068489898989609845980969947 19 N C gt 20 NC LIII 99 609092885 8 4 0102 e SH Pt 17171 ae cg BE goes a et ee 1 144441441144 4244241114
44. 428 4135 was saa SIE Er w 204 7 f 5 LE N V 27 22 01 E ips 18 4324 2 1 208 mec ee 5 VCC 3 3V ue SNT4LVE2GDADBYR 157 4 LAN ARDY D cd 21 19 1 1 1 I2 22 1 184i PLS 2 185 1C6 101 381 5A3 543 RESETSV N eec RESET 1118854 73 7282 SNT4LVC2G04DBVR 58 Mp2 B 1 2 36 864882 ne 3 4 186 2150 MAIN 152 ne 1 Men pee HAIN INTI N 153 M07 1 MASTER _ _ 8 E 281 MAIN INTO N 154 HBB D TEXT CLE c 281 HAIN INT3 N UT H 145 3 31 142 3 39 3 3 51 148 LI 52 138 3 av 4 11177 205 HAIN DACKO N 184 132 185 130 HATN_DRAKO_N 85 128 2059 85 pss 127 2323 265 HAIN_OREOO_N 198 129 HD6417750RF 240 m Y 22 oy 137 CPU_PROGRAH_N 281 1 8 amp 138 RXD2 ENB ipi heoo 8 M 1B55 MAIN CSD N 141 CPU_DONE 281 3143 6 MAIN_CS1_N 145 _ CPU_INT N SES 585 585 281 281 585 MAIN 652 PADOS 84 5 E 53 U PADOB 19 88 23 25 FPGA_CKIO 27 4 HATN CKE 29 1847 MAIN_CKIO 30 28 562 26 502 24 IX ST 502 HAIN RAS N 28 1 51 184 TE St MAIN DTC21 0 Lade HAN RDUR N 16 SUB RES
45. EXT Displa B RS 422 Max 100m PAF ot IEC61162 1 2 4800 38 4kbps a RS 422 Max 100m ERT OSPY OF Hi Level IEC61162 1 2 4800 38 4kbps EXT Display RS 422 C Loop Max 100m dd IEC61162 1 2 4800 38 4kbps eos we me 10p RS 422 C Loop Max 100m IEC61162 1 2 4800 38 4kbps lt 100 Sensor ALM System 5p Max 100m RS 232C 4800 57 6kbps gt rc Beacon 9p Dsub Max 15m or 10BASE T 10BASE T Sensor Option Fig 3 3 2 FA 1501 connections 3 6 3 3 Port Settings Table 3 3 1 Connected devices LONG Reserved for future service with INMARSAT C HF equipment assumed RANGE INMARSAT C equipment is assumed EXT DISPLAY To be connected to Radar ECDIS and Pilot plug to provide AIS data display and carry out control MONITOR As the second display FA 1502 is connected HI LEVEL IF To be connected to NAVNET 2 to provide AIS data display and carry out control Sensor inputted by IEC61162 1 2 or C Loop GPS Pos SOG and COG data GYRO HDG ROT STI ROT data Used for display or servicing BEACON Beacon receiver GR 80 3 3 2 1 sentence table of COM PC port The I O sentences of the table below are shown in the sentence column of COM Port Menu in the next page Table 3 3 2 Detail of 1 0 sentences Long Range output 1 LRI LR2 LR3 VDM VDO ABK ACA ACS ALR TXT LRI LR2 LR3 LRF AIS General
46. In addition latitude longitude 1s the center of an image chart Position data etc are displayed on the upper right of a Zoom in Zoom out The image chart data of a modification part is obtained by mouse operation Latitude 34 66991 Longitude 135 37984 Heading 0 60115 Altitude 21989m Terrain Elevation 1 00meters World Wind File Edit Toole Plug Ins Help Earth Moon cave Screenshot Exit AN DUM the image chart data by selecting File Save Screeshot Since the name to a position is automatically add Heading and Altitude Note A file format is jpg form AP5 26 AP5 5 Editing of a Base chart AP5 5 7 Editing a base chart by using the NASA image chart data The download image chart data 1s installed into base chart and you can edit a base chart Procedure 1 Put a check mark into the Ref Point and select a file to install 2 Since an image chart data 18 put on a base chart an 1mage chart data can be moved and be overlapped An arrow button carries out movement of an image And you must put on the standard position of the base chart 3 Modify a base chart along the coastline of an image 4 After finishing a modification of a base chart save by selecting File gt Save operation dum Put a check mark into the Ref Point and download image chart data An arrow butto
47. Ld DISP1 TD O SP1 RD 42 DISP1 RD 0v 43 DISP2 1D 44 R28 22D DISP2 TO DISP2 PD 45 DISP2 PD DJSP3 1D 47 EEE EEE EEE EEE EERE ae DISP3_1D DISP3_RD 48 DISP3 PD EXT IPPS 49 228 EXT_1PPS 3 39 59 8 FPGA JTAG J16 BTB PH K S 0 U 5 2 1 gt 201 co 2 1 2 1 201 2 1 gt 2Ci gt 201d Ceci 201 ect 2 1 201 201 2 1 ceci 2C1 gt Ct 201 201 201 104 241 MAIN 01 31 90 143 2A1 25 1 3 3V 100 281 FPGA_TCK 281 ipis HAIN CSTAN 42 3 3 184 185 11 2B1 AIN RD N 9 cac SUB RESET N 5 NCC 48 2 C319 63201 SOV C322 T 2 20 7 023 39 164 104 423 29 IP13 1P7 HK_3 G_1 HK 3 G_T DRAWN ee T YAMASAK I SCALE MASS 7 04431 14 A 184 185 101 2819 igu i6V 8 lt m lt V HK 3 6 1 gt D 3 3 TAAL Uie MAIN VEO N DOHO J3 FX8C 80P SV 1 07 OV 5 HAIN O1IS 7 UAIN DTIT 9 018 11 HATNLDTIS 13 HAIN DT20 15 0121 y HAIN_DT22 19 HAIN DT 3 gt 21
48. MENU gt Diagnostics gt For service 75 70 gt Other gt Debug menu gt A D monitor 57 242 E 137 149 Values in are threshold judgment values Are VF VR values increased even a little when transmission 1s made Yes NO Check the connection of Tx 45 MHz between Failure of TX board the TX board J4 and the MAIN board J3 Is it OK Yes Failure of TX board or MAIN board 6 38 8 9 Trouble Shooting Case 3 EPFS L L SOG COG HDT or ROT error is shown sensor signals are not received Check the reception condition of the Internal GPS gt Internal GPS and the connection and setting of the External sensors The time out of each sentence is 5 seconds When data 18 not received for 5 seconds or more a corresponding error is shown corresponding error 1 also shown when data 15 invalid See pages 3 6 8 4 8 7 8 22 and 8 29 Following errors are shown le Y No Position data No SOG COG data from No HDG or TI ROT data from the EXT GPS the EXT and INT No Position data from No HDG data the EXT and INT To the next page the next page the next page Check the INT GPS in MENU gt Diagnostics gt Transponder test gt The status of the INT GPS can be checked GPS test 16 it OK in MENU gt Internal GPS Yes NO Failure of GPS Antenna Is the power 3 3 VDC supplied to the GPS Antenna terminal Yes Failure of GPS board
49. _ 0 6 Identifier for this message 1 203 Repeat Used by the repeater to indicate how many times a message has been repeated Indicator Default 0 3 do not repeat any more User ID MMSI 0 under way using engine 1 at anchor 2 not under command 3 restricted manoeuvrability 4 constrained by her draught 5 6 aground 7 engaged in fishing 8 under way using engine 9 reserved for future amendment of Navigational Status for HSC 10 reserved for future amendment of Navigational Status for WIG 11 14 reserved for future use 15 not defined default 127 128 80 hex indicates not available which should be the default Coded by ROTAIS 4 733 SQRT ROTINDICATED degrees min Navigational Status Hate of ROTAIS Ground Position Accuracy Fixing Device default 0 1 1 2 Longitude 1 10 000 min 180 degrees East positive West negative 9 181 degrees 6791 0 hex not available default 1 ROTINDICATED is the Rate of Turn 720 degrees per minute as indicated by an external sensor 1127 turning right at 720 degrees per minute or higher 127 turning left at 720 degrees per minute or higher Speed over ground in 1 10 knot steps 0 102 2 knots 1023 not available 1022 102 2 knots or higher 1 1 high lt 10 m Differential Mode of e g DGNSS receiver 0 low 10 m Autonomous Mode of e g GNSS receiver or
50. 1 i Y NEL prose 1 1111 0 5 SW eee lt 7 lt OV DC Ne 1 12 24 0 ANTENNA SP SW EE lt 8 lt 10 CIN gt 25 9 BLK 0 D 3 5m 9 6 8 EN gt 3 Kg ae XY LOGRNE 104 FG FAB 151D 1 I 88 1 ECo1162 1 2 IVL 2554 R EE E 2 3 M E ATNP N 15 EXT D PLAY 2 EOS Ei 1 61162 1 2 PR 240 CE 5 1 100 115 200 230VAC m Wr 00 A IN 2622 2 30 50001 52000 2 XUNTA 4 uM FS LRG IO 20m gt me EXT O SPLAY 2 8D FB CV 30 50n L 200 2 j gt 8510 OY MX 2 EN 12061162 1 2 P _____ PYG 2 5 1 4 100 EXT SPLAY peces scm Dep 3 1 061162 2 04 6 Gonnect sane as above 1 2 Pc ME 1 1162 2 100 115 200 23 15 1 iE carm 19 50 60Hz des ap aj 1 SENSCR 24VDC DIN 2 1 1162 1 2 52 122 2 1 1 2559 1 00000 a SENSCR ROT 1 61162 2 2000 2 MNTR WT 3 DSJB9P ec In M ALOSPFOOI2 22 PC SD 1
51. 1N3 pue NO WNS MO3HO PU LN3TIIS 24 41 5 440 H3MOd E XX NS 50 NS XX NS 1 B XX SS XX SS SS HOLINOIN NS SSI XXX 34H HA XXX JA HOLINOIN Q V NNAW lt LN3 lt 20 06002 dSid lt VOdJ lt AVN lt 1804 62615170900 lt lt L0 LO ans umoq lt Key 279102016002 8 69 LX NIVIN X0 20 8L00GSvZ NOISH3A SJA 2418 TIV VSN LNI AGOW HO dOLS INHV IV 3LLOH VMVSO OAMO 1 33O ACOW WIS AVN 5 AP6 6 Abbreviations AP6 6 Abbreviations Abbreviations Application Identifier Automatic Identification System Al IP Automatic Identification via Internet Protocol ADN ADNR European Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Inland Waterways Central Commission for Navigation on the Rhine DC Danube Commission Unique European Vessel Identification Number Electronic Reporting International GLONASS Global Navigation Satellite System Russian Global System for Mobile communication Graphical User Interface International Association of
52. 29 54025 2 CR2 13 6V 2 proper v 2 J1 1 2 1 6 2 9 DI 5 8 5 V 5947 0 38 4 2 Fig 5 2 9 Block diagram of DSC board The receiving signal input from RX RF terminal 18 fed to the VHF BPF with the L C circuits and Q5 and then distributed to DSC RX circuits RX1 board and RX2 board the divider Q5 is a 6 dB amplifier for compensating the divider loss of CH70 receiving signal 18 fed to U8 via CH70 BPF with L C circuits and Q3 Yl is a 29 54025 MHz oscillator with the accuracy of 2 5 ppm At U7 the oscillation output frequency is multiplied by 4 into the Ist local frequency of 118 161 MHz At U8 CH70 DSC receiving signal 1s mixed with the Ist local frequency components and down converted to the 38 364 MHz Ist IF signal 5 2 1501 Block Description FLI FL2 following U8 are the BPFs Passband width 10 kHz reducing the spurious components generated by frequency conversion DSC signal of 19 2 MHz from TX board is up converted to the 2nd local oscillation frequency of 38 4 MHz by the frequency doubler Q6 At U6 Ist IF signal of 38 364 MHz is mixed with the 2nd local frequency and down converted to 36 kHz signal fed to MAIN board Antenna input signal of 50 ohm 107 dBm corresponds to the 36 kHz signal of 600 ohm 60 dBuV Q7 U5 and QI compose the AGC circuits having 2 lines controlling for RF and IF circuits For RF circuits the
53. Change Icor Bits per second 38400 Country region J span 81 D Bit sec 38400 Enter the area code without the long distance pre Data bit 8 Area code forse Parity None Parity none Phone number 24556578 Connect using Stop bit 1 Congue conto Flow control Use counti regian cade area code 7 busy Restore Defaults 2 Open Settings tab menu of Property click ASCII setting and carry out the following settings XX 0 ConnectTo Settings Tick off Send line ends with Function arrow and ctrl ac Terminal keys C line feeds and Local Echo C Del C Character delay 0 milliseconds Backspace key sends Emulation ASCII Receiving Auto detect Append line feeds to incoming line ends ANSI Force incoming data to 7 bit ASCII Telnet terminal ID wrap lines that exceed terminal width Backscroll buffer lines 500 Play sound when connecting Cancel Input Translation ASCII Setup OK Cancel Confirmation of RD line 5 Upon completion of the above settings display a sentence received from FA 150 on the hyper terminal screen RED ETU NIH Alarm message that external EPFS error oc
54. Deleting of the lands added by Add Polygon operation Del Polygon Operation guidance message 1 Specify Polygon to be deleted with Left or Right Button Click 2 Delete gt Left Button Click cancel gt Right Button Click AP5 19 AP5 5 Editing of a Base chart 3 Add and Mod and Del Point Editing of the polygon Change of the position to constitute a polygon addition and deletion are performed Refer to the operation guidance column for basic operation 1 Add and Mod Operation 1 When specifying the polygon for modification Click the Add and Mod button and set a pointer to the target polygon And then the selected polygon changes to a red by clicking a right or left click Polygon 52 Changes to Red gt 00 Add Polygon Operation guidance message Select Polygon to be edited Left or Right Button Click Short cut key change polygon gt CTRL L R When specifying a polygon Set a pointer to the target polygon right or left click with pressing the key AP5 20 AP5 5 Editing of a Base chart 2 When adding a point to the polygon Procedure 1 Specify the target polygon to modity 2 When the pointer is set to the line to add and left click is carried out the chosen line changes to red 3 Seta pointer on the position of the point to add and a left click Left click the button when you added accidentally When specifying a line and a left click the line changes to red MM
55. FPGA For the asynchronous serial communication with the external equipment the timing control of the AIS TDMA communication the TDMA slot forming and interfacing with the CODEC I O DDS Output MAIN CPU and SUB CPU DDS The GMSK modulated signal of AIS TDMA or FM modulated signal of DSC generated by SUB CPU is converted to 45 MHz signal by DDS and fed to TX board 5 2 1501 Block Description CODEC 1 The 36 kHz AIS TDMA receiving signals are input from RX1 and RX2 boards AD converted fed to SUB CPU via FPGA and then demodulated CODEC2 The 36 kHz DSC receiving signal 18 input from DSC board AD converted fed to SUB CPU via FPGA and then demodulated Table 5 2 1 Memory allocation for FA 1501 Memory IC Capacity Contents description MAIN CPU Program SUB CPU Program FPGA Program INITIAL SETTINGS CHANNEL SETTINGS PWR ON OFF HISTORY MBM29DL640E90TN ON OFF HISTORY CH amp PWR SETTINGS USER SETTING gt LR MODE SILENT MENU NAV STATUS MSG CREATE MSG TX LOG RX LOG RAM for MAIN CPU 2 SUM EDSI232AATA 75 Storage area of data at the time of 128 M bits carrying a program U2 SDRAM D Ex RAM for SUB CPU Storage area of data at the time of U8 SDRAM carrying out a program Doe 025 FLASH 64 8 8 4 16 bits 5 15 5 2 5 24 036 1 61162 1 2 1 61162 1 2
56. Fig 5 1 2 150 VHF GPS Antenna system 5 2 5 1 Overall Block Diagram 5 1 2 Outline of Board 1 FA 1501 Table 5 1 1 FA 1501 outline Consists of MAIN CPU SUB CPU and its peripheral circuits Controlling processing of AIS DSC communications and 1 interfacing are done by the MAIN CPU Processing of TDMA DSC modulation demodulation and the analog interfacing with the radio part are done by the SUB CPU GMSK modulated signal of 45 MHz is input from the MAIN board and TX up converted into the transmitting frequency and power amplified 24P0032 RF power module HPA U1 RA35H1516M amplifies the transmitting frequency into 12 5 W DSC receiving signal is down converted into the 36 kHz IF signal 24P0034 The receiving frequency is CH70 156 525 MHz AIS receiving signal is down converted into 36 kHz IF signal Circuit configuration is almost same as those for RX2 board Basically receiving frequencies of CH A Primary channel are allocated for RX1 board Note Not compatible with RX2 board because the Ist IF frequency is not the same AIS receiving signal is down converted into the 36 kHz IF signal RX2 Circuit configuration is almost same as those for board Basically receiving 24P0033B frequencies of CH B Secondary channel are allocated for RX2 board Also see above note PWR Consists of the switching regulators to convert the input voltages of 12 to 24 24P0037 VDC to
57. This Test Report is accordance with MSC 1 Circ 1252 1 AIS Initial Setting List FA 100 MMSI 1 SET SHIP DATA DRAUGHT ore o DESTINATION mew ENBL DSBL 6 SET ANNTENA POS EF U R U N O MSC1 Circ 1252 210 FUNCTION E EXi LR LAN PORT EX1 LR PC LAN EXt LR PC LAN 3 1 0 PRIORITY DSBL 4 AIS DSBL DSBL DSBL 4 SET IP ADR 000 000 000 000 6 LAN SUB NET MASK 000 000 000 000 SYSTEM IP ADDR PORT NO 1000 Sep MODE 2 _ 3 SET LR MODE LR MODE AUTO MANUAL 1000 2 1 VIEW POWER SETTING CHANNL CHANNEL NO re 2 5 4 5 10 058 Sec 5 SET ALARM ON OFF BUZZER CPA TCPA ON OFF MSG ALM ON OFF MAIN 245 0001 851 245 0003 852 245 0004 853 245 0005 EF U R U N O 5 1 1252 2 Measurements 100 Main Emergency Reserve Yes Static information Good Ship name MMSI Callsign Type of Vessel etc Dynamic information Good Time Pos SOG COG Heading Nav status etc Pilot plug arrangement Voyage related information Good Draft Type
58. g 1 ss 4 16 82241 cias 17 1 DATA 8 9 2107 3 3 2 1 998 CLK 185 149 V 3 3V 2 01 82828 T 180K 5 33K 555548 e co 5 6159 S on 2SA1037AK 7 011 C137 0 010 s 185 gt T RiOt 2 2K R102 100K TYPE DRAWN 05 07 21 YAMASAKI Dp pee e PN pwe No 04431 6 24 006 5014 1 24P0032 3 3 DAR E P 52 TX PCB SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD 2 RX1 RX2 RF 9 210 IN 9 8 9 FR 00 P 0 FE Em GO RN EYED 3 UN OU PR Dp ER ppan SED 2 3 1 PSI BO PR 990050 DM FORE ARAM OA EE UO EUR EORR ORAN ORA SOR 0 9 EN 5 ANO DEI EP UE POPE EP EF E 3408 89 09 OLEO OO PO WIDE PALO P EM CURE UR ID RC OF PO 6 E EE b PO ER PE MEO AM OC ORE MODEM
59. gt gt lt wvorwo v7 da 4518 M lt gt lt 5 gt aros S r es gt i i e lt 2 80171402 870174510 lt ur gt 4 lt vario 0174510 lt see Ser S i 30479207 80 evez 000710078 5 52 2 29 _ 6E 20 5 1 i N bd 1 sr o lt u 22 0 4 8 lt 1554510 lt lt gt gt ao 1 88764810 lt gt s gt 1 i i lt 9 lt 0 lt lt gt 8 gt i i lt 5 850874510 105 amp b L lt 0 5 0 2 49 724 lt gt 92 2 38 213 I 1 lt lt gt S2 i 2 i lt lt 8701 4510 lt lt v2 10 is 1 701764510 4864 gt 4037920788 71 0007 100 87 12 6 gt 22 2 13 1 d 0 4056 1 3 5 1 6 8 lt 88724510 11 51067 23 gt a 5 555 Nd 212 2 25 5598 1 15 05050505 50 55555 6 3 lt 5 0 i ig i 4 5 3 EO PM AO i a 7 AM M 1 5 dm
60. gt B 138 08 a ok SOK SUB CSO_N 141 ale 2 5 32 A 260 2 284 SUB CST N 145 8 SP UU Sg 11 384 385 248 308 5 AGT eo Ap ino o 4 3 3 3 3 2 SUB _________ 384 385 E es ed 2123 22 2 395 SUB CKIO 5 VN Ta A 5 5 109834860 i C HD3 CE2A N 28 52 NUS _ 005 FSELECT 4 i 1821755955655 038 NY 304 3 5 LJ F ATR2JF 04 037 286 C02 CSN me 8 277 5 8 183 ros aso 21 2 22 22412 25 22222582 COLCSN 4 20 278 220 2H SUB RASN n Em 2 384 3857 08 80 1 2255 2104 RAS_N 035 N 444 449 384 284 385 2 8860 2 0 55 FRAME iili c Ep COLCCLK aca EM C9 I S com _ 8 gt 2 384 385 222 5988 ee 02 8 610 31140 GIN RP 339 S TE m 8 ge eor mem bb vix n Y 2 01 _ 3 ovoD 5 8 0 27 SUB 2 2 5 385 28 1 C WO N CASO N DOHO 122 3 3 af 5 1 1 SUB VE 1 N D 35 5U8 ME I N DOHI 1282 22 01 Gl dL N CASI NDOK 028 on i des I 11080 N
61. 100u 50V c89 0 10 190V Ca 7 JP18 ERU_3CEYOROBY 188272 44 CRS 04 DIC143ZKA P_HOLD 2 2 0 GND T SKHUGE 510 vec o E 282 PSW S 80946CNMC G9J T2 A M NC 5 Nb 212 GND 3 C192 0 5600 V SLF12675T 151HTR 4525 192 TP49 9 1500 11 10900 52 VCCD Ut4 ES E S 816A33AMC 2 R35 1 10 C109 2 7K 17 0 14 22 1 2581201 lt C94 9 81u C105 P 410 2 R36 0 01 Ga 16V 7 166272 TE C104 t 220 R39 16 17 188 C93 12800 1 101 R37 C91 300 17 17104 V 17 Y RAWN t i 1 1 04431 K20 24 006 5030 1 24 0062 3 3 e P Eg CPU PCB SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD 11 11 OD 2154199719 0 9IIVNGHOS 0 8208 00 v2 V SDI L LEO sug 40111913151 a yg obo 1 80 DIVSVRVACI 02790700 t A2 84 64 Ap ID L S N 2129 62 11 1008 RG 872 4 Six i N 854 9 89 Sao E BOOT HO 2 8 A eis agg m G e 1 17898 RNG agaat HEERE 1 4 2 2 p RE 3 idi 1910 E 5 raci womo
62. 133 2 V V amp RR V DRAWN 05 07 21 04 35 3 5 fh MAINE 5 Fe 2 MAIN SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD T NOTE key 1 PATTERN ONLY 5303 AC A ode adhe s SCALE MASS No c 4431 K12 A BLOCK No NAME 24 006 5020 0 2 108p C328 3 4 5 6 5 13 13 5 R67 2 113 4 7K 2 S 1 339 1P4 1 5 2 2 S 158 ATE 114 C161 330p HK 3 6 T LC 4 8 Y NJH55328 T 1 5 100 100p C324 1 a C122 1580p i 5 C200 5608p E C 0 H m si M 8 un 2 a 848 5 01 AK4528VF 2175 y E x 5 4 1K 150 P PX1 36kH 5 ET 2 me AE igs 2 2 AJNR P 9 d NJM5532H 1001 R65 338 26 2 C160 390p e T y AINR N ADUTL P 0 8 4 S B NJM5532H TE1 5 AINL P ADUIL M 9 5 DGND 238143 16 5
63. 5 524 x 5 s iL E M lcg 5 gu x o M PUE GN E 2 X E xS liizzz 2 8 i225 2 25 58 1 15959 3 3 a B B J g c qo quas ou 25 84 F 1 10858 2 3 Si UascacsciEiEs ssssI JII22228202 FR OS LSSSESLERSS CSET SES 10045558 2584 5 85585 ili 1 f E 14 i JE i g Pd i 21 Ev i i ili ii IM ioi i i iji pd 48 ii 1 MEME 4 i i d 4 201 e d i 108 Pod 5 iji T 11 lt 20 gt 5 amp v 51 amp ou amp 7s gt st 195 3 xx EJ Pod 222 Pod 5 ili B B B 01 2 8 e t ial 2 3 X 2 G 9 O 58 i i EL 5 MI Pod Pod 8 i TEMA c I E E S uude M NU 5 E 5 65 O Om T er CO LL LL LLI O lt co DA SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FURUNO ELECTRIC LTD REF No 54 006 5011 2 Pwe No 04431 01 A FURUNO 2 2420032 2 RA35H1516M 25 3074 2503356 2 2803123 2502123 A NEU S ME 156 025 162 025MHz gs hed pom a ET E E 9
64. 6 3 Waterproofing IEC 60529 Antenna Unit IPX6 Other Units 6 4 Vibration 60945 ed 4 From 2 Hz 5 Hz to 13 2 Hz Amplitude 1 mm 10 90 Maximum acceleration at 13 2 Hz 7 m s 7 COATING COLOR 7 1 GPS Antenna Unit N9 5 7 2 Other Units 2 5GY5 1 5 AP1 2 Appendix 2 Channel List AP2 1 International mode 1002 1022 1571 211 1565625 2001 16065 2202 1607125 128 1574 217 1568625 8 1564 2218 161 5125 1060 156025 1218 1569125 9 165 2219 1615625 68 156425 1226 1573125 17 15685 2227 1619625 69 1564 5 1227 1573625 2018 1615 2228 162 0125 1087 157375 276 1568375 2078 16155 J AP2 1 2 2 USA mode AP2 2 USA mode 1201 1560625 1278 1569375 2080 1665 1203 1561625 1280 157 0375 2082 161725 156 2625 1022 1571 211 1565625 2001 16065 2202 1607125 1028 1574 217 1568625 8 1564 2218 161515 Po 1218 150915 9 15645 2219 161565 HI 68 156425 1226 1573125 17 15685 2227 1619625 69 1564 5 1227 1573625 2018 1615 2228 162015 1087 157375 276 1568375 2078 16155 1 W power on CH13 and CH67 AP2 2 2 3 Channel Number Assignments AP2 3 Channel Number Assignments 1 International AIS Channel 2087 161 975 MHz Al S 1 2088 162 025 MHz Al S 2 2 For channel numb
65. AP4 2 IEC 61162 AIS sentences i Channel B j Channel B bandwidth k TX Rx mode control TX RX TX RX TX RX TX RX Power level control 12 5 W 2 W m Information source A ITU R M 1371 message 22 Channel management address message B ITU R M 1371 message 22 Channel management broadcast geographical area message C IEC 61162 1 AIS channel assignment sentence D DSC channel 70 telecommand M Operator manual input n In use flag Time of in use change Acknowledgement alarm This sentence 1s used to acknowledge an alarm condition reported by device ACK xxx hh lt CR gt lt LF gt a a Local alarm number identifier AP4 4 AP4 2 IEC 61162 15 sentences AIR AIS Interrogation Request This sentence supports ITU R M 1371 message 15 It provides an external application with the means to initiate a request for specific ITU R M 1731 messages from distant mobile or base AIS stations a b c de f h a MMSI of interrogated station 1 b ITU R M 1371 message requested from station 1 199 c Massage sub section Reserved for future use d Number of second message from station 1 e Massage sub section Reserved for future use f MMIS interrogated station 2 g Number of message requested from station 2 h Massage sub section Reserved for future use Note Example of messages that may be requested from a distant mobile AIS station include Message3 Position report Me
66. Message ID 6 Identifier for this message 4 11 Repeat Indicator 2 massage has been repeated epeat Indicator 2 message has been repeated UTC month 4 Month UTCday 165 O UTC minute 16 0 UTC second 6 Second Type of Electronic GPS GLONASS Loran C etc Position Fixing Device Communication State 199 Total number of bits 168 AP3 6 1 Messages Message 5 Ship Static Voyage related data This message is only used by Class A Shipborne Mobile Equipment when reporting static or voyage related data It is transmitted immediately after any parameter value has been changed Table 1 4 Message 5 Parameter Description Message ID 6 Identifier fir this message 5 Used by the repeater to indicate how many times Repeat Indicator 2 message has been repeated MMIS number AIS Version Indicator Indicator for AIS Version IMO number IMO number Call sign 7x6 bit ASCII characters Maximum 20 characters 6 bit ASCII EN Indicating the type of ship and cargo type Overall ed 30 the dimension of ship in meters or position Maximum Present In 1 10 m otatic draught Number of bits Occupies 2 slots Reference point for reported position also indicates Message 6 Addressed Binary Message The Addressed Binary Message 15 variable in length based on the amount of binary data The lengt
67. Reception and MSG 6 Binary Address Message and MSG Binary Broadcast Message only are allowed to be transmitted 4 Set SILENT MENU to OFF Call the SILENT MENU again and set SILENT MENU to OFF 7 CHECK SUM The same method to call up the SILENT MENU the previous page 15 used to enter this menu Even if the power supply is turned off CHECKSUM settings kept To turn OFF this function call up the CHECKSUM menu again and turn off the settings CHECKSUM CHECK The checksum field of input sentence 15 checked CHECKSUM UNCHECK The checksum field of input sentence 18 not checked Even NMEA Ver 1 5 sentence can be accepted AIS requires IEC61162 sentence When CHECKSUM is set to UNCHECK it does not conform to the AIS regulations to which care must be taken 6 29 8 6 LED 8 6 1 8 6 Lo LN i 4 4478 S 1 Ecken vasa B 55 5 bc em ent AT J 3 2E Ed a im TK m 3 i zig 4 1 mnm nu i 4 Aera 2843 2 gt 80 17 7 1 UN 5 7 mi 2 5 mt eu zy 3 on P 1 1 7m 4 gt 582 22 07 HAm 286 ME CRIT CRI2 CR14
68. VREF DIN 187 8 1 VMON 501 25 2 130 MONI 502 9 5 4 d ON C 5 1 0 2123 ND amp alo 3 Ss eol o TD 1C 4 8 Y 3 1 1 V V ud 5047 0 4 TD E 1 3 6 504 COM4 RD b i28 4 1 i eres 34 504 0015 10 123 ___ FPBA CKID 14 HK 3 6 T O 54 20 5 80 E JP18 504 3 HAIN DREOO_N B1 684 2 1 28 1 E oJ 504 COH7_TB 118 TP18 een spense COHT RD Pec HAIN DRAKD N m x gu 564 2048 RD RIGS 22 HAIN DACKD N 2 005 661 88 364 see 181 E 504 DISP1 RD 772 005 50 2 005 5 pede 594 582 10 BABE 304 1 504 5 2 504 93 A 38 58448 5 443 36 8523 3 corper 43 S4 8881 80 SUPR CD 50 4 SNSR2 RD 443 cay D DATA EO 5 DT 2 02 022 55 J A 403 584 E C02 DT2 ALM_ACK 403 0514482 43 403 6 5_1 5 164 CO S6kHz 403 B 5C5 5 201 0 00 565 25 0 INTGPS PD TX UNLOCK 502 EXT IPPS 1 RXLLUMLDCK 584 EXT iPPS RX1 UNLOCK Faz 2 RX2 UNLO
69. bandwidth Bandwidth p transitional Zone Size in nautical miles Transitional Zone Size 3 calculated by adding 1 to this parameter value Total number of bits 168 AP3 16 Appendix 4 IEC 61162 sentence 4 1 Sentences used FA 150 The sentences underlined are new IEC 61162 sentences due to AIS ABK ABM ACA ACK AIR ALR Addressed and binary broadcast acknowledgement Addressed Binary and safety related Message AIS Regional Channel Assignment Message Acknowledgement alarm AlS Interrogation Request Set alarm state Broadcast Binary Message Datum reference GNSS Satellite fault detection Global positioning system fix data Geographic position latitude longitude GNSS fix data Heading true Long Range Interrogation Long Range Function Long Range Reply with destination for function request A Long Range Reply with destination for function request C E and F Long Range Reply with destination for function request 4 P U and W Own ship data Hecommended minimum specific GNSS data Rate of turn Ship Static Data Text transmission Dual ground water speed VHF Data Link Message VHF Data Link Own vessel message Voyage Static Data Course over ground and ground speed 4 1 AP4 2 IEC 61162 15 sentences AP4 2 IEC 61162 AIS sentences The sentence underlined is new IEC 61162 sentences due to 5 ABK Addressed and binary broadcast acknowledgement The ABK sen
70. hh CR LF a 9 a Curse over ground degrees true b Curse over ground degrees magnetic C Speed over ground knot d Speed over ground km m e Mode indicator A Autonomous mode M Manual input mode D Differential mode S Simulator mode E Dead reckoning mode not valid AP4 18 AP4 3 New serial sentences overview APA 3 New serial sentences overview The serial digital interface of the AIS 1s supported by a combination of existing and new IEC 61162 sentences The table below summarizes the AIS messages use which use new sentences Table AP4 3 1 a Serial output sentence related to received VHF data link VDL messages MSG 1 Position Report MSG 2 Position Report MSG 3 Position Report cnn External Application handling System control Serial output sentence related to broadcast VHF data link messages M Laien Addressed binary 4 19 AP4 3 New serial sentences overview Table AP4 3 3 1 b Serial output sentence not directly related to VHF data link messages LRI LRF Long Range response LRI Long Range response Regional channel management information Alarm status existing Alarm status existing Serial input sentence directly related to VHF data link messages MSG 5 MSG 5 MSG 6 MSG8 MSG 12 MSG 14 5 15 AIS interrogation request AIR Serial input sentence not directly related to VHF data link messages AIS messa
71. 080 1 3 BV 2 N C 26 1666 245 330 V FL38 gt 5 0 T gt 8 27 WV d SV R4 S N A A 8 V 7 01521 50 1 2 SV 59 wt 28 lt 44 338 ERG CETI62U 8 018 1 548 3 3 18 0v TX ST 8 4 29 015 1 59 _ N C 30 lt 243 339 103 283 caa 5 ACK C D 183 13 102 185 104 283 Hu n clase 2 2015 EXC CET102U E 0 A N 13 6V 2 205 34 8 37 25 2412 9 i 13 6 2 19 182 N C 18 gt 8 AP 998 8 5948 8 0 54080882858 948234094348998600948808999 90899908999389 5 055944 HAS N C 7 N C ov 16 pv 15 d ossas esse sg n 244 5 48 888 888888855 855 9 v 102 4 DSC 19 2HHz14 2 gt aca N C 12 gt 0 ov
72. 13 Not used should be set to zero Reserved for future Spare use Occupies 1 slot AP6 24 AP6 3 INLAND AIS Handling 5 Inland specific message 123 EMMA warning The EMMA European Multiservice Meteorological Awareness system 1s used to warn shippers of heavy weather conditions by indicating on the screen of an ECDIS for INLAND The message below can be received as EMMA data using the AIS channel This message should be sent by base stations only to give weather warnings to all vessels in a certain area This message 15 sent via MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 23 as required Table AP6 3 7 EMMA warning report Message ID 6 Identifier for Message 8 always 8 Used by the repeater to indicate how many times message has been repeated Default 0 3 do not repeat any more Source ID 30 MMSI number Start of validity period YYYYMMDD Start date Bits 18 10 year since 2000 1 255 0 default Bits 9 6 month 1 12 0 default Bits 5 1 day 1 31 0 default End of validity period YYYYMMDD End date 17 Bits 18 10 year since 2000 1 255 0 default Bits 9 6 month 1 12 0 default Bits 5 1 day 1 31 0 default Start time of validity period HHMM UTC Bits 11 7 hour 0 23 24 default Bits 6 1 minute 0 59 60 default End time End time of validity period HHMM UTC Bits 11 7 hour 0 23 24 default Bits 6 1 minute 0 59 60 default Bit 0 0 positive 1 negative value default Bits 1
73. 8 value 0 253 254 254 or greater 255 unknown default Msi 9 Bit 0 0 positive 1 negative value default Bits 1 8 value 0 253 254 254 or greater 255 unknown default classification of warning 0 unknown default 1 slight 2 medium 3 strong heavy according to below table Repeat Indicator Starttime Starttime Min value Classification 2 Wind direction direction of wind 0 default unknown others see below table 6 not used should be set to zero Reserved for future use 256 occupies 2 slots Weather type code Weather category code Wind direction code TH Thunderstorm 7 5 southeast Fog 65 LT Lowtempraue 5 HT FL Food 1 northwest Fi jFirintheforests 12 6 25 AP6 3 INLAND AIS Handling 6 Inland specific message 24 water levels This message should be used to allow the base station to inform skippers about actual water levels 1n their area It 1s additional short term information to the water levels distributed via Notices to Skippers The update rate shall be defined by base stations It 1s possible to transmit the water levels of more than 4 gauges using multiple messages This message should be sent by base stations to give water level information to all vessels in a certain area The message is sent via MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 24 at regul
74. 803 4 4 a DRAWN 05 07 21 TYPE 150 7 sd AL j 207 5 E epp ro 24 006 5032 0 BLOCK DIAGRAM T YAMASAKI FURUNO ELECTRIC LTD FURUNO 298885DDRBEUPRBZUBDPDBESUUD REURADADURESEUSOSRRODBBOEARORERODROARRRAUARORAODSSBOU ORBNRTADESADRSOREDUSRPAPARBRBERBASEETVTAE 2 E 110 C130 0 010 8 01 C173 09 0 01u NJM25S4M C136 C135 0 010 0 01u R153 560 C166 47p 220 253123 12 41 2 JO1X_V6 888 9999 8 18p 18 Nu 2963123 0164 5 45 2 2 015 P C138 5 0 01 2 m 168 892 amp De C133 Gb m l Olu T 8 010 24 m 8 Shield Case 5 C213 M 5p 155 190 9v 016 R154 16K 2SA1637AK 021 SV 13 6V Sv 7809 Riss 41 TAR C182 10u 0 10 3 3V 1 481033 DTC1i4EKA 304 205 205 284 263 305 305 305 C100
75. FA 150 COM port MODE gt HI LEVEL IF and SPEED gt 38 4 kbps NAVNET2 DATA2 port used BAUD RATE gt 38 4 kbps or AUTO in MENU gt E gt C gt A gt B DATA2 NMEA PORT Q20 What sentences are VDO and VDM See pages AP4 16 and 17 VDO 15 a U AIS VHF Data Link Own vessel message Using this sentence the data which FA 150 reported is outputted In addition every 1 second MSG 1 position report 15 outputted using this sentence VDM 1s a U AIS VHF Data link Message The received message 15 outputted using this sentence 9 5 Chapter 9 Q amp A Q21 Could we use FA 100 GPS antenna For FA 150 the former GPS antenna and composite antenna set for FA 100 are unable to be used Because the current consumption of the former GPS antenna 15 larger than the new model GPS the use of the former GPS antenna causes the over current protection circuit of GPS core GN 8093 incorporated into the FA 150 proper to work However FA 100 both new and former GPS antennas can be used Identify the new and the former GPS antennas by SNo of GPS antenna The model No indicated on the GPS antenna is either GV A 100 or GSC 001 and it 15 unable to identify which is the new antenna and which 15 the former one The table below shows GPS antennas which can be used in FA 100 and FA 150 Former GPS with no mu VHF ANT Former GPS with Composite 2 51004 ee antenna GV A 100 T E New GPS with no ibid daa for and aft
76. Operation Mode AU Autonomous AS Assigned IN Interrogation Polled Access scheme This column indicates how a station may select slots for transmission of this message Communication State Comm State Used in the message If a message does not contain a Communication State it 1s stated as N A Not Applicable Communication State where applicable indicates expected future use of that slot If no Communication State 15 indicated the slot 18 immediately available for future use Mobile Base Indicates the message transmitting station Mobile means mobile station and Base means base station AP3 1 1 Messages NIME Categor E 3 7 Addressed Ack Aircraft Scheduled position report Class A shipborne Mobile Equipment Assigned Scheduled position Report Class A shipborne Mobile Equipment Special position report response to interrogation Class A shipborne Mobile Equipment Position UTC Date and current Slot number of Base station Scheduled static and voyage related vessel data report Class A shipborne Mobile Equipment Binary data for addressed communication Ack of received addressed binary data Binary data for broadcast communication Position Report Position Report Position Report Base Station Report Static and Voyage Related Data Binary Message Binary Binary Broadcast Message Standard SAR Position
77. RESET3V N 4 sgg SUB CPULRESET LN 2 989909 161 EA 1655 E 21 2 4 80 4 2 ar r 5 B 30 8 CENE L Da ACE 2 S 9 0 apaa 186 428 Cnm 6 R26 22 005_ hal 4 304 2B4 1611 1 _ _ 88 22 DSC DATA 301 SUB SDRAMCS N 18 SUB SDRAHCS N 18 25 8 7 R25 gk 1544 5 8 1 1 22 301 385 SUB RDUR i 38 531 384 SUB ROWR_N 18 5 21 TEX 46 15544 2 er 31 385 1 301 38 SUB RAS N t HS s CJ IRL3 N TR 301 385 NUNT 5 301 384 T 301 284 385 308 80 18 301 284 384 SUB RO 142 3 1 385 208 0 33 1 384 0 148 301 385 508 10 3C1 384 _308 10 R98 JOK 52 JN pRED BSACK 138 SUB 2_ 2 14 SUB UFO N DOMO 14 134 3017 aig 3500 301 28 MEIN DAMI SUB DACKO N 184 132 ERE M UDOH GCh z UB DRAKO N 58 UG psc 128 3 39 3 39 p qe ae 284 SUB DREOO N 055 4 RIDA 1019 HD641 7 50RF 240 131 5 Gl 137PA088 s 33s
78. Speed SOG quality information Course COG quality information Heading HDG quality information Rate of turn ROT Position accuracy GNSS DGNSS Time of el position fixing device Navigational status Inland AIS extension regional bits in Standard IMO AIS derived from ship sensor or GNSS derived from ship sensor or GNSS derived from sensor Blue sign set Quality of speed information Quality of course information on Quality of heading information N 4 ETA at lock bridge terminal lock bridge terminal information estimated time of arrival lock bridge terminal arrival is reported via MSG 6 DAC 200 FI 21 from a vessel to base stations on land SOLAS AIS INLAND AIS Lock bridge terminal ID UN LOCODE ETA at lock bridge terminal Number of assisting tugboats 5 RTA at lock bridge terminal at lock bridge terminal information requested time of arrival lock bridge terminal 18 reported via MSG 6 DAC 200 FI 22 from base stations on land to a vessel SOLAS AIS INLAND AIS Lock bridge terminal ID UN LOCODE Inland AIS extension RTA at lock bridge terminal Inland AIS extension AP6 18 AP6 3 INLAND AIS Handlin 6 Number of persons on board The number of persons on board 18 reported from a vessel to base stations on land via MSG 6 DAC 200 FI 55 when requested by IFM2 or if there is any change The information is sen
79. VDM and VDO sentences simulation related data are outputted For static data such as MMSI IMO No ANT POS and others set parameters are used The position data forms the status same as that when the data was inputted from the GPS In addition once the system enters the simulator mode S is displayed in the upper right end of all the screens This mode continues to hold this function even if the power 18 turned off 9 4 Chapter 9 Q amp A Q18 Targets lost conditions signals from the target are not received at the time shown below the target 1s lost target display Furthermore six minuets and 40 seconds after loss of signal the target s data 1s erased Time to change to 2 Ship s Maneuvering Condition lost targets Ship at anchor or moored and not moving faster than 3 knots Ship 0 14 knots and changing course 50 seconds Ship gt 23 knots Ship gt 23 knots changing course Reference FAR 2xx7 lost conditions include The target 1s not received 5 times in the notification intervals of the target and The target 1s not received for 6 minutes FA 100 side lost conditions When the target is not received for more than 3 minutes and 20 seconds the lost status appears Furthermore 3 minutes and 20 seconds after loss of signal the target s data 1s erased Q19 To which port should NAVNET 2 be connected See page 3 6 Connect to COM2 or 3 ports setting of FA 150 COM port and NAVNET 2 are
80. VIC 1541 HOLINOIN LNOO INOH c0 LcO0Svc ON 9OHd X0 c0 0c00Svc ON 1008 99411 SG 9dv 94 08489 6 e 01 68 10 SdO Od 9WOO S WOO Y NOD WOO Z WOO LWOO YOLINOW 1811 AHOLSIH pue 10 Z049A Z0S1 VJ pue 20 20 49A 1091 74 440 NOIS ANTE 1591 5 1531 1908 01 QV 9INOO SINOO ON IO 04 9INOO ON MO SINOO 1531 LHOd 291 ON MO INOO ON IO PPM 3OlAH3S ONPMO LINOO HOJ 259 umog lt eX 1541 Xd pJOMSSed 6 15 41 LHOd VINN 1641 1HOd lt FINSIW lt LNA lt lt JxL Aaleosa ANIN 3015 XL osa Alt osa WIG LHVIS 3dAL L NH3LllVd Nd 19 HO aasnNn XH XH X L g HO aasnNn XH XH XL V HO q3a3ONW SONILL3S HMd 8 HO 1541 XL XXXX G HD XXXX V HO ON 99411 99411 AGOW 103155 WIG sseJd 104138 94 dn 2 0 NO 11434118 lt H3HLO lt 39IAH3S dn jeo pJoMsseg 94 indui
81. gon v quu 1 SB 1909 F 000000000 0001 000 126 024 000 801 408 LOK NG SADDLE i LV M 6 RX DSC OO 000 809 275 qumm RX DSC J EDGE SADDLE 24 006 1022 1 8 100 321 101 24 006 1014 1 000 108 152 10 LE 10 00108 100 321 031 WASHER HEAD SCREW 10 CZ00WMNN 2 0000000 UPPER LAMP 0000000 0 24 006 1016 3 CN STI CKER OLD UB 100 321 053 14 055 4202 1 WASHER HEAD SCREW B 005 955 860 100 245 221 n m 2 1 _ 2 0100100000 PVR EDIT 005 955 840 UPPER BLI ND SHEET PVR PCB COVER 24 006 1024 0 24 006 1018 0 RX2 PCB 100 321 120 100 321 070 24P0033B 005 955 850 PVR CLO 00000008 0000 PVR ASSEMBLY FPC CABLE VASHER HEAD 1501 5 201190 X50BD8PO 554 25 505304 005 955 910 000 150 209 000 802 771 ae FPC LOR ape FBC CABLE 24 006 1015 2 5 2 X55BD8PO 554 100 321 042 000 281 404 000 150 210 WASHER HEAD SCREW MN NOW 10 CZ00WMNN 2 MN N PCB ND SHEET aX 24 006 1023 0 TX PCB COVER VH CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY 100 321 110 24 006 1021 0 24 007 4 100 321 090 005 955 780 TXO TX ASSEMBLY FA 1501 TIT 000 08 005 955 900 WASHER HEAD S
82. m i Geoidal separation difference between the WGC 84 j Units of geoidal separation m k Age of differential GPS data I Differential reference station ID 0000 1023 AP4 8 AP4 2 IEC 61162 15 sentences GLL Geographic position latitude longitude Latitude and longitude of vessel position time of position fix and status GLL yyyyy yy a hhmmss ss A a hh lt CR gt lt LF gt a b C de a Latitude N S b Longitude E W C UTC of position d Status A data valid V data invalid e Mode indicator A Autonomous M Manual input E Dead reckoning D differential S Simulator N Data not valid GNS GNSS fix data Fix data for single or combined satellite navigation systems GNSS GNS hhmmss ss Illl ll a a 9 d hh lt CR gt lt LF gt ef gh i a UTC of position b Latitude N S c Longitude EAW d Mode indicator 1st char 2GPS 2nd GLONASS 3rd other satellite system fix F Float RTK A Autonomous E Dead reckoning mode D Differential M Manual input mode P Precise S Simulator mode time Kinematic e Total number of satellites in use 00 99 f g Antenna altitude m re mean sea level geoid h Geoidal separation m i Age of differential data j Differential reference station ID AP4 9 AP4 2 IEC 61162 15 sentences HDT Heading true Actual vessel heading in degrees true produc
83. 16 bits 16 bits INLAND 10 bits Fl 6 bit 200 Figure AP6 3 2 MSG 8 Binary Broadcast Message AP6 20 AP6 3 INLAND AIS Handlin Table AP6 3 2 INLAND AIS FI types MSG FI Name of MSG Broadcast Addressed No X __ voyage related data VTS ETAatlock bridge terminal Ship X J VTS RTA atlock bridge terminal Shoe X VIS EMMAwaming Shoe X VTS Waterlevel 1 1 Shoe X A o N Signalsiatus Shore X 5 Ship 414 1 Inland specific message FI 10 Inland ship static and voyage related data The message below 15 used in Inland AIS This message is additional static navigational information related message to MSG 5 and sent by broadcast This message is sent via MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 10 within 4 seconds after MSG 5 18 sent Note The data for the shaded Bits are INLAND AIS binary data The same applies to the tables that follow Table AP6 3 3 Inland vessel data report Parameter Description Message ID 6 Identifier for Message 8 always8 Repeat indica Used by the repeater to indicate how many times a message has been repeated Default 0 3 do not repeat any more Unique European Vessel Identification 48 8 digits 6 Bit ASCII characters Number 1 8000 rest not to be used length of ship in 1 10m 13 0 default Beam of ship 1 1000 rest not to be
84. 2 DISP3 SH P ae 36kHz NC 015 3 5 7 ov 1 gt s 8 4053 5 d 185 41 5 2 4 2 12 8V 2 cao tu C27 025 13 ti XF2M 2015 1A tu Dd C42 13 6V 2 2188 1K C C24 oe 23 13 8 2 19 4 8 10 S 45 C28 lU SC 10 10J 22 182 ay 17 2 4 18 258 180 F 4063CS ov 183 183 102 185 283 22 4 50V HZI 5 gt 81 T RX1 15 2HHz14 i 4 4 ov 3 4 d E N C 12 gt 8X1 UNLOCK 19 08 188365 RXi MUTE 9 421 ov 8 5 Cl 7 55 29 Z Y DATA PLL 5 UE 185 4 3 5 RXi 35kHz 2 110181 08 E 018 1 4 155 293 b e Y 155255 EXC CETIQ2U SEP 41 2 sinu evene 60162 FL45 183 103 185 104 281 1 98 V ME m ELM TLP181 0B TPL 1 MOUNTED FOR FA 2001 ONLY i 2 SELECT HARDWARE VERSION REFER TO TABLE 1 2 Lows 7 WE 2420036 1 3 lise SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FURUNO ELECTRIC LTD FA 1501 2001 MODEL REF No 1 B2 BLOCK No NAME 24 006 5023 3
85. 3 26 3 7 USER SETTINGS 3 7 USER SETTINGS On MENU gt USER SETTINGS the following settings are carried out Table 3 7 1 USER SETTINGS Menu KEY BEEP 0 ON OFF of sound when panel keys are operated ALARM ON OFF setting of beep sound when alarm is initiated BUZZER ON OFF 2 n buzzer pressing any keys or turn ON ALM ACK ALL Controls display of incoming call notice popup MESSAGE irrespective of kind of messages ABM Controls display of incoming call notice popup MESSAGE when Safety Binary messages to the own ship are received ALL ABM OFF OFF Incoming call notice popup MESSAGE of all the received messages are not displayed Note In any of all the above settings the received messages are stored in MENU MSG gt RX LOG Controls whether or not the buzzer is sounded when a message is received ON OFF Note Setting of incoming call notice popup MESSAGE display 1s the setting of the above DISP RCVD MSG LR MODE AUTO MANUAL Setting whether the request from Long Range is returned automatically or manually limit 18 set The target that comes within this setting 15 CPA 6 00 nm Meo e considered a Dangerous Target set in this section is not related to the radar side 60 min pe dic dad within this setting is Oe set in this section is not related to the radar side ALARM MODE Contr
86. 3 FA 1501 Internal Top view with cover opened LED CR6 TX monitor Fig 2 1 4 FA 1501 Internal Top view with Shield cover removed 2 2 2 1 Transponder Unit FA 1501 GPS RX2 GN 8093 24P0033B RX1 MAIN 24P0033A 24 0035 DSC 24P0034 Fig 2 1 5 FA 1501 Internal Bottom view E n i 1 x AE m Fig 2 1 6 FA 1501 Internal Bottom view with Shield covers removed 2 3 2 2 1501 5 2 2 1501 5 J1 RX RF PA Module RA35H1516M J2 ANT 8133 n TX RF Block LED CR6 TX monitor PLL Block J4 45 MHz Q12 TX 45 MHz Amplifier Fig 2 2 1 TX Board 24P0032 R25 FRZQ 51 13 6 VDC check TP52 GND 4 054 SW FET drain TP53 5 m 227 d GND HE 10 m Q53 SW FET drain Heat sink U54 CR51 054 Q53 5 VDC REC SW FET Fig 2 2 2 PWR Board 24 0037 2 4 2 2 1501 5 TP1 For checking 1st Lo 118 161 MHz xs d me _ UNE ___ J2 RX RF 3 DEB J1 lle Soe ha 5 7 J4 RX2 RF 3 RX1 For checking 2nd Lo 38 4 MHz 1st Lo Block Pen 118 161 MHz Fig 2 2 3 DSC Board 24P0034 U1 AD831AP U1 OUT 1st IF 1st MIX RX1 51 1375 MHz TP5 RX 2nd Lo RX2 51 2375 MHz TP1 GND
87. 30 1 1 16 12 18 30 20 2 Lock bridge terminal chamber available etc status 2 out of order 3 not available 2 Not used should be set to zero Reserved for future use 232 occupies 2 slots AP6 23 AP6 3 INLAND AIS Handling 4 Inland specific message Fl 55 number of persons on board This message is sent by a vessel for the purpose of informing about the number of persons on board This message is sent at the time of an event when a message is sent by going to MSG NO OF PERSONS and when requested by IFM2 and 16 via MSG 6 DAC 200 FI 55 Table AP6 3 6 Persons on board report Parameter it Message ID 6 Identifier for Message 6 always 6 Repeat Indicator 2 Used by the repeater to indicate how many times message has been P repeated Default 0 3 do not repeat any more MMSI number of source station Sequence Number 2 Destination ID MMSI number of destination station Retransmit should be set upon retransmission 0 no retransmission Retransmit Flag 1 default 1 retransmitted Not used should be set to zero Reserved for future use Application Identifier As described in Table AP6 2 2 Number OF Crew 0 254 crew members 255 unknown default members on board Number of passengers on board Number of shipboard personnel on board 0 8190 passengers 8191 unknown default 0 254 shipboard personnel 255 unknown default
88. 4 lt 2 lt 81017680 3701 5403 5 gt i 1 SN gt 1 Yuso 7017 00 E i gt rt gt ana S20 BOE 2 0887 8078667162 i d 5 5 1 i 1 p gt gt 0 CO i L5 2 m 2212 s 2 2 is 87408738 4 680 1 108 5457509 98 i 15 8 061709 CO 0517089 lt 2 lt gt wx tmm Mme 2 66 lt Y sarno 27 lt b i 5 i i 1 C 8 i amp v lt vor 5 vox 2409 5 S gt NOH i 1 i i 5 A gt lt 0517089 OSI ON9 9 SSS gt 2 I c lt 2 lt 801702 870172402 48 41 lt gt gt i No i Uus lt 1 lt Y701 bH02 v701 2902 1114 8 lt gt gt gt 1114 d i i bk tenes mage ant aam RN Gan QUEM PS QM OE adim Op NN GI NUN gt ans 920 808 1E2 0808710878 67162 lt 6 lt gt gt 1 gt 14 lt lt gt gt 1 2 lt 8 lt 02 14 6 i35 ata lt 4 lt of 1403 lt lt gt gt 1 t lt 3 05109 C 051 0 9 11487312 lt 8 lt gt gt i lt 5 sore z amp i 5 i i
89. 4 to COMO supported with C Loop interface For sensor input ports are 5 and COM ports 2 Necessary sensors are own ship s position L L speed over ground SOG course over ground COG and heading HDT If a rate of turn ROT indicator is available IEC61162 interface it should be connected to AIS Position information GNS GLL SOG Speed Over Ground VBW VTG OSD RMC COG Course Over Ground VTG OSD RAIM Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring ROT Rate of Turn TI ROT 7 3 PC can be connected to port LAN port When PC 18 connected to LAN port NET 100 board option should be mounted to FA 1501 4 NAVNET 2 may be connected to FA 150 for AIS reception data display NAVNET 2 should be connected to either COM2 or in 1501 and MODE and SPEED setting of connected COM port should be set to HI LEVEL IF and TEC61162 2 5 Maximum 2 sets of MKD Minimum Keyboard and Display FA 1502 can be connected The second FA 1502 should be connected to either COM2 or COMS3 and MODE and SPEED setting of connected COM port should be set to MONITOR and 61162 2 6 When PC is used for a display PC version displays software FAISPC MARK2 Option should be installed to PC The PC version display cannot serve as a substitute for MKD FA 1502 to which care should be taken 7 For the antenna combined antenna
90. 44 5 Hi Level input DISABLE pa NeYO spggp 1 61621 127 IEC 61162 2 Output 1 2 AIS General output usd dnd Input 714 5 AIS General input MONITOR Output 1 2 Control command 1 MODE RS 422 Input 44 5 Control command 2 COM 3 Output 311 2 Hi Level output 6 Input 4 5 Hi Level input DISABLE sup ___ oo 61162 2 Output 1 2 No output 1400 RS 422 SENSOR Input 714 5 AIS General input Input 49 10 AIS General input Output 1 2 AIS General output COME MODE Input 44 5 AIS General input Novo CLop __ 0 WENN IEC 61162 1 SPEED EGGS mE ______ _ son 00 25 422 OuputGH 2 Nooupu MODE SENSOR COMS EN sup Ecengi _ 22 Output 41 2 MODE SENSOR Input 4 5 AIS General input Input 9 11 AIS General input 3 COM6 EC 61162 1 1 1 IEC 61162 2 J 0114 SPEED dus Stews Input 10 11 AD DATA Input 12 13 ADCLK 3 8 3 3 Port Settings Table 3 3 4 PC port menu Output 2 AIS General output Eee Input 3 AIS General input Output 2 Control command 1 Input 3 Control command 2 gt SERVICE RS 232C Output 2 Service output Input 3 Service input 7797 Output 2 Noouput BERSON Input 3 RTC
91. 45 44 HOLASIMS SIO LINOINUGPIHGOIN HAON 1 9 9 45 5 HAON A LTSHOT Id LAS DAH LAS ALTAOTAd LAS DOS DOD 17 ALIMO Md LAS ON LYOd ASYN LAN 905 SSH ICICIV dI LAOd LAS LaOd LHS LAOd LAS 5 HAON LefOd Od LHS LYOd Od LAS 5 HAON LYOd WOO 145 LAS t 000 0 5 0 00 0 WOLLOd LAH 000 0 5 0 00 0 dOL TINNVHO 8 1 GHSNNN er XGI XLL 8 qasaNn Xer XMW XjL V HO 8807 1806 ON HO 3 4 SNN THNNVH2 puuro PNIPH 6 CON 1uaxm ON puuro HPH 404 0 ON 210N 6 Id SIV VJMS IHNNVHO SONLLLHS IHNNVHO ww yy ANWIL 0 ON LOTTAS LITH THNNVH2O 9502 L807 ON IHNNVHO AN STIA S THANOd IHNNVHO 15 IOO 849 SHA HS LAS 8215 AAY HOLINOIN oul AMOLSIH XL NO XL ANO LSIH SHO NO
92. 6 VDC 1 13 6 VDC 2 and 5 VDC Short circuit protections is accomplished with the Poly switches Current limiting resistors RT81 RT82 and RT83 Power supply reverse polarity protection is made with If the reverse polarity connection check the Circuit Breaker of FA 1501 If the voltage drop down to 10 VDC or less for 13 6 VDC output the signal of PF Power Fail is output from CR52 Q51 and 052 to MAIN board and PWR OFF event 18 indicated recorded in the POWER ON OFF HISTORY log screen Table 5 2 2 Specifications for power supply protection circuits Protection circuit Protection circuit operation Power supply Power supply input stops for the input over voltage voltage of 34 VDC to 38 VDC Power supply input stops for the input voltage of 7 VDC to 9 VDC Power supply 1 Circuit Breaker polarity connection Output over current 2 For 5 VDC output Power supply input stops for 10 A For 13 6 VDC 1 output Power supply input stops for 2 7 For 413 6 VDC 2 output Output low voltage Detected at 10 VDC or less for detection 13 6 VDC 1 2 outputs Outputs PF signal 12 24VDC m 5 RT81 DC 13 6 1 RT82 Switch SW REG 5 13 6 2 Input Voltage utput Voltage SW gt age Control Control Circuit DC Monitor Circuit Circuit 1 U52 TLP181 Y U11 RC9528 U21 RC9501 U53 u PC1093T RT83 5V
93. 671 GND GND 911 pu 3 13 5V 1 x 4 60 5 13 61 O 03 60 RUE135 AA 71 13 6 2 s R55 R51 201 GND use 169 560 T T 1 100u 0 10 2 GND Vl R54 16y 3 5V 3 GND R52 5 SV TLP1B1 Y TPL C52 3 9K 16 Tem 5 lt is N C 2 lt R53 SHO 22 0 gt 23 24 0 25 DCC V 25 0 DCO 28 DCO CP52 29 0009 10V 30 DCC PSB 2 2K 2862112 052 2502412 R58 2 2K LC 2 8 Y IP53 54 RT83 RUE25O ERES 5 125751 158487 FB L52 15 13 6 146 2 094 24 7 POWER PCB SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 5 19 FURUNO ELECTRIC LTD E U Fe 1 2 RXD1 182 IX VCCD TXD1 182 54 RXDO 283 TXDO 283 201 CLKOUT 9 VCCO CONT 13 0 282 p 21 5875179 Ra a 45 s 2158 100K ERU_3GE YOROOV 0 04u 0 01u B C63 iilo C61 9 01u 0 010 AUXTD 243 2 C 0 CO LO Wr OMIT co CO SISISISISISIS 88 50 le 2 E 6 58 TCTWHT4FU oe a eee CHR309T 10HH i QODDUTO UO er Scd EE AUXRD 2A3 gt gt OODOOOOOO0O0000t000 0 755 55 1 lt lt Ww 11 ja Faao gt gt
94. AP5 1 Appendix 6 INLAND AIS er Ce CE ee CL ee 6 1 Part List M M D E 1 Contents of Drawings ert eat il ile ec i sl atti ta RR M E M mica eo ea E ERE ES Meu E we rata i S 0 Setting and Checking Guide 1 Operating voltage of Power unit PR 240 See page 3 29 Operating voltage of the PR 240 1s jumper selectable to 115 VAC or 230 VAC factory default 230 VAC Check the jumper setting on the PR 240 The AIS is required alternative source for example emergency source 2 Have you waterproofed Antenna 3 Have you set the output sentence of GPS Set the output sentence of GPS FA 150 accepts sentences of IEC61162 NMEA Ver 2 0 or higher In addition set the sentence transmission interval of GPS to 1 second In the event that IEC61162 data is not inputted for more than 5 seconds AIS outputs an error message priority RMC VBW PSRMCSVTG OSD GNS GLL GPS gt gt 8 GGA GBS Notel VBW 18 a sentence outputted from the speed and distance measuring devices and OSD from radar Note 2 be connected if TI ROT sentence is outputted from the ROT meter 4 Check connection with the External equipment See page 3 6 Confirm the equipment to be connected SENSOR GPS HDG ROT EXT DISPLAY RADAR ECDIS MONITOR additional FA 1502 HI LEVEL NAVNET 2 Equipment COMI LONGRANG
95. CASHH N PTJS Gum m CASHL_N PTJ4 4 A IE 2 06 215 CASLH N PTJS H 158272 1999 i i DACK1_PTD 58 e 8 D4 Mixx 28 5611 AREE De Zz n Priests NN M 11 11 1 11 11 122 2 28 2 2 coca MODE 2 80MHz BS URS ood xe 5 O AIM N COLO TO 4 lt 4 4 4 NNA NONANO NN 00 60 O 02 02 00 CO UL MDO 0 7 __ 31 0 _ lt lt lt gt 2220 02 05 See e a E 2 MDI 1 20MHz cas vec 2212 58160 88183 Go fea 9 65105 60 Cn seges 0 014 C46 T CSO ROM 9 01 9 0 TIT veco veep C50 BUS SIZE 082 SDRAM 909 2222 22 2222 fa 0 _ 03 0 053 NC GPS _ 0 1012 0 222 V MDA 1 054 NAV G A BIG ENDIAN MD5 0 DRAWN 05 107 21 T YAMASAKI SCALE MASS 7 MODEL Dwg No A REF No 24P0062 1 3 CPUZE BLOCK No NAME CPU PCB 24 006 5028 5 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FURUNO ELECTRIC FURUNO 102 00 19 1 102 IC42816180 7T DATAC15 0 0 8 5 00 5 Di Mo A2 D2 OFI 52 03 SY A4 04 5 C2 05 0 ex n 38 08 AS 09 018 EH M1 011 OEN 2 me
96. CREWI of the NAV STATUS menu set cargo for each ship s of the units digit 1 0 7I Cargo ships carrying DG HS or MP A CARGO TYPE amp CREW CREW 0000 TYPE NO TYPE DETAIL CARGO SHIP ALL SHIPS OF THIS TYPE 3 2 Initial Settings Table 3 2 1 Type of ship table Identifiers to be used by ship to report their type Identifier No Special craft 51 SAR vessel 52 Tugs 53 Port tender 54 Vessels with anti pollution facilities or equipment 55 Law enforcement vessels Spare for assignment to local vessels Spare for assignment to local vessels Medical trans ports as define in the 1949 Geneva Conventions and Additional Protocols 9 Ship according to Resolution 18 mob 83 First digit Second digit First digit Second digit gt reserved for c 0 ships of this type 0 Fishing 5 21 2 WIG I Carrying DG HS or MP IMO hazard or pollutant category A 3 see right 2 Carrying DG HS or MP IMO column hazard or pollutant category B breadth exceeds 25m 3 Carying DG HS or MP IMO 3 Engaged in dredging or 4 HSC hazard or pollutant category underwater operations 4 Carrying DG HS or MP IMO 4 Engaged in diving 5 see above hazard or pollutant category D operations 5 reserved for future use operations 6 reserved for future use 6 Sailing ships 7 Cargo ships 7 for future use 7 Pleasure
97. Craft 8 Tanker s 8 reserved for future use 8 reserved for future use 2 types 9 No additional information 9 reserved for future use of ship Note 1 DG Dangerous Goods HS Harmful Substances MP Marine Pollutants 2 The identifier should be constructed by selecting the appropriate first and second digits For example a general cargo ship not carrying dangerous goods harmful substances or marine pollutants would use identifier 7 because the first digit indicates the ship s type Since the second digit indicates the attribute of the ship a general cargo ship 1s 0 of 0 All ships of this type Consequently the code of a general cargo ship is 70 3 5 3 3 1 Port Settings 3 3 Port Settings 3 3 1 Arrangement of connection ports EXT ALM FA 1501 COM 1 Long Range EXT Display 2 EXT Display COM 3 EXT Display OM 4 Sensor COM 5 Sensor Sensor AD 10 EXT ALM PC LAN COM6 SENSOR AD 10 5 LAN Option Pd 4 EXT DISP DISP MONI Hi Level COM2 EXT DISP MONI Hi Level COM1 LR EXT DISP PC BEACON DISP FA 1502 ig 3 3 1 Arrangement of connection ports 38 4kbps Power ON OFF 1502 8p RS 422 Max 100m IEC61162 1 2 4800 38 4kbps Long Range EXT Displ RS 422 Max 100 Long Range Range o 5 IEC61162 1 2 4800 38 4kbps
98. Disable COMA T SPEED IEC 61162 1 IEC61162 2 External Display Sensor Disable 5 TL SPEED IEC 61162 1 IEC61162 2 MODE Sensor COMO 5 1 61162 1 1 61162 2 MODE Sensor AD 10 SPEED 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 bps Port Standard Monitor Service Beacon Disable LAN ADDRESS E SUBNET PORT NO F2 Sensor Priority L L SOG COG Ist 5 COMO 2nd 5 COMO 3rd 5 COMO HDG continued ROT Same as L L SOG COG AP5 12 AP5 4 Menu tree of FAISPC MARK2 Continued Initial r L R Mode Manual Auto Settings Memory Clear Set User Default To be continued GPS Cold Start All Clear PC Clear Option Setting COM Port COM PORT 1 9 SPEED 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 USE PORT 510 LAN Display Settings GRID DISPLAY OFF ON RING SCALE OFF ON SHIP NAME OFF ON OWN SHIP TRAIL OFF ON OTHER SHIP TRAIL OFF ON 5 10 30 min 1 2 hour TRAIL CLEAR OWN SHIP OTHER SHIP MAP COLOR SEA COLOR LAND COLOR TRAIL COLOR OWN SHIP OTHER SHIP TIME DIFFERENCE 12 00 12 00 00 00 CPA 0 0 6 0 0 5 nm 07 60 10 ALARM OFF sensor Status Fi Sensor F2 Internal GPS Alarm Status CPA Settings About Program Version AP5 13 AP5 5 Editing of a Base chart AP5 5 Editing of a Base chart AP5 5 1 Overview 1 Base
99. ETU PED Transmission of message Transmitting a file displays local echo I6K8 VZ7Xw tSFOI 400 gt 47 wpOPOD 0x29 16 2w lt tSFOl 40 gt 4 weOP00 0x29 0 000000001 1 12 05CDP 500175 0 58 1 1 1 1 16K8 V P w tSFO0 40 gt 4 wpOPO0 0 29 1 48 824000004050 500175 0 20 Lis 1BK82V2P2w lt tSFO 247 0 00 ur bes Ua AC 28 1141 16 82 09 First message sent by l4 ls T l 14 UR 1 18 8 lt 16 8 2 lt 5 01400 gt 47 0 29 lt 6 8 00000605 5 1 75 Ox2F 16 8 2 DD n 16K82V P w t 10K8 V P 7w t 16K8 V P wct IBK8 2V2P wetSFOT4QQ 47 0529 A lt 00 lt 75 2 00530 Geet 138400 1 Third message sent by 10 Make sure whether or not the message was sent from PC Open MENU gt MEG gt TX LOG and make sure the transmitted message TEST MESSAGE is recorded 17 Have you done enough operational on FA 150 to user 1 How to turn ON the power supply There are two power switches FA 1501 and FA 1502 In addition explain the requirements to turn OFF the AIS power supply on the basis of A 917 See page 8 17 2 Explanation of each item of DISP NAV STATUS and setting method See page 3 4 3 Since the ship s name call
100. Fig 2 4 2 GVA 100 Fixing side Fig 2 4 1 GVA 100 2 11 2 4 Combined Antenna GVA 100 Combined Box 24P0029 Fig 2 4 3 GVA 100 Bottom cover removed Combiner Board 24P0029 Fig 2 4 4 Combined Box cover removed 2 12 2 4 Combined Antenna GVA 100 24P0029 Fig 2 4 5 Distributor DB 1 2 13 2 5 AC DC Power supply 240 2 5 AC DC Power supply PR 240 CE CB 1 DC OUT CB 2 AC IN 12 A DC Breaker 5 Breaker K1 AC OFF detection K2 Backup ON OFF Fuse 250 V HT6 3A Wiring change for AC input voltage selection 115 V 230V 8508 VR1 for 24 VDC output voltage adjustment Jumper Wire for AC input voltage selection 115 V 230 V note Note For AC input voltage selection see page 3 29 for details Chapter 3 System Setting 3 1 Overview of Initial Settings Items to be set are as follows To open the Initial Settings menu the password must be entered See FQ4 2005 012 for the password or refer to Fig 3 1 1 Table 3 1 1 Initial Settings Menu E SET MMSI a AME SIN SETINTANTPOS 1 ____ C D SET EXT ANT 10 90 Number of tens only NAV STATUS INITIAL SETTINGS SENSOR SPEED E CUT and SPEED SET I O PORT MODE SET IP ADDRESS LAN PORT SUBNET MASK and PORT No SET Boe 2 4 5 6 1 2 3 PRIORITY 4 5 6 gt 1 2 3 4 5 6 gt 1 2 3 Data e
101. HGOIN IINOO InN3WI C COTTI9OHI lt 9 19041 5 HAON C CO TI9O0H I c9 5 AV IdSICI LXH aOSNHS HAON lt lt 9 90 1 1 lt 9 19941 5 eIOLINOIW AV IdSICI LXH HAON C C9 TLI9 0HUI I C9 E TOOMI C THJd S eIOLINOIW AV IdSICI LXH HAON 9119 1 11 291199 1 5 AV Id SIG 1 HAON 5 LHS 45 AON VINOO LHS 46 LYS WOD LAS 4 45 CINOO LHS 4 45 IINOO LHS 0 59 0 59 0 116 008 118 0 V 69 03 9 0 D P140 LefOd LHS IJU SONILLAS IVELINI Hd A L dIHS LHS 504 LNV LXH LHS 504 LNV LNI LAS 116 0 8 116 0 Joyoereyo XEN NISO 161 Qc AWVN 6X IX ON OWI TX 145 t 9INOO L 8INOO T DOS DOD 1 7 00001 ON LelOd 000 000 SSC SSC ASVIN LEIN 415 TOO TEO CLI SSHACV dI 5 15 5499 LS 4 86 5484 61 0096 0087
102. Is the connection correct 2 TDB 4 The connection port of the Radar 3 GND ISO 5 GND is 2 to COMA 4 1 TDA 5 RXB 2 TDB v 6 GND ISO 5 GND Yes Are the settings of Mode and Speed Setting as follows for the Radar connection port OK Mode EXT display Speed 37 8kbps Yes Checking procedure as follows FAR 2xx7 Execute Self test gt Check AIS VDO VDM FA 150 MENU gt Diagnostics gt For service gt I O Monitor Note A message ABM should be sent properly from the FAR Is the result of I O Monitor test of the radar and AIS both OK NO i Yes Change the Radar type to or B Do the loop back test Operation on AIS display differs MENU gt Diagnostics gt according to the Radar type Refer to For service gt I O port test the Service Manual If the result is NG the error is caused due to the failure of the MOT board or MAIN board If the result is OK when the connection port of the Radar is changed the error is caused due to the failure of the MAIN board 8 42 Chapter 9 Q amp A Q1 Strange characters are displayed on the target list What do they mean No mark Vessel Search and Rescue Aircraft Detecting from Msg 9 Aids to Navigation Detecting from Msg 21 AIS Base Station Detecting from Msg 4 Q2 It seems to take long time to display the Name of Ship See page 1 2 The Name of Ship Call
103. M3 013 Zoom VCCD RESET_N 1 3 282 138 4 TK MODE H NOPMAL MODE A gt 006 e ES 2 007 008 gt T 009 to 5 0010 29 10 N 0011 11 0012 2 CSO_N CLKOUT 054 N NP DOMLL TP 0041 RD N TP DOMUL DQHUU RASSL NP CAS N TP CKE LDCT 8 4 5 RXDO 143 p 187 TXDO AUXRD 142 ev 3 9 AUXTD 142 PON 384 REO P_HOLD 1 55 4 s 4 22 3 22068 181 SKHUQE SKHUQE Q 87 1 1 sg e 88 25 3 gg o Te32 O SKHUQE SKHUQE 144 CLKOUT 55 382 5 2 1 1 3 C74 C149 C151 0 01 0 014 0 01 vce NSCHS405T 1588 5 LE VON 2245 0113 GNO 3 V 184 LIGHT 2 DRAWN 05 07 21 T YAMASAKI 153 3 1 s4 4 Em ME SKHUQE SKHUQE R19 47K D BZ1 50120973 1 872 SD1209T3 A pIDUBERTIMB 24P0062 2 3 CPUS FR ol re d CPU PCB SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM _ FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD FURUNO J4 B3B_PH_K_S 1 m 45 ERA15 02V5 CR TP46 8 C87 4170 1 QUU QUU C88 9 1u 100V C90
104. MAIN board 15 up converted to the TX signal of 150 MHz band and then amplified into 12 5 W in the HPA module Reference oscillation frequency of 19 2 MHz 18 used for the TX board and also as the PLL reference oscillation frequency for DSC and RX2 boards 5 2 FA 1501 Block Description RX RF CR1 CR2 U9 156 025MHz 162 025 2 45 2 FL1 45MHz NJM2594M FL L C ANT E pe Aka oo HPA OUT or X ar 1 RA35H1516M 44 42 15110 201 025MHz 207 025MHz VCO CR11 12 U5 6 Q8 19 2MHz 19 2MHz CR6 Q13 14 Uti 4 13 9 2 19 2 2 ir 48 11 PXI 192MHZ 11 1 19 2 2 V J3 13 DSC 19 2MHz R14 lt 13 6V CR9 43 20 R VSWR CH1 161 975MHz 87 3 1 3 5 13 6 1 U7 2 CH2 162 025MHz CH88B 7809 gt J3 23 PWR REF DSC 156 525MHz CH70 e 3 3V 43 21 1 43 25 CLK PLL J3 27 DATA PLL J3 29 TX ST J3 17 TX UNLOCK TA48L033F Fig 5 2 2 Block diagram of TX board The GMSK modulated TX signal of 45 MHz 30 dBm coming from MAIN board 18 input to U9 frequency converter via 015 012 is BPF Passband width 10 kHz and reduces the spurious components included in the TX modulated signals At U9 the TX 45 MHz modulated signal is mixed with the 1st Local oscillation frequency of 201 025 MHz to 207 025 MHz and then converted to the transmitting frequency of 156 025 MHz
105. MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 10 following MSG 5 7 NO OF PERSONS INO OF PERSONS CREW PASSENGER 0 SHIPBOARD PERSONNEL 0 NO OF PERSONS 0 Set the CREW PASSENGER SHIPBOARD PERSONNEL and NO OF PERSONS The total of the CREW PASSENGER and SHIPBOARD PERSONNEL 18 the NO OF PERSONS The setting can be viewed by going to DISP gt STATIC DATA page 7 9 This information 18 edited by going to MSG gt NO OF PERSONS gt CREATE MSG and sent manually Or the information is sent automatically when requested with IFM2 or IFM16 This information is reported via MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 10 AP6 13 AP6 2 INLAND AIS Settings 8 LENGTH amp BEAM LENGTH amp BEAM LENGTH OF SHIP BEAM OF SHIP Set the length and beam of a ship Enter a value not different by more than 3 m from the SET ANT POS value specified by the INITIAL SETTINGS The setting can be viewed by going to DISP gt STATIC DATA page 6 9 This information is part of navigational information and reported via MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 10 following MSG 5 Hint The size of a ship relates to SET INT EXT ANT POS which can be accessed by going to MENU gt INITIAL SETTINGS gt SET INT EXT ANT POS Specifically if the LENGTH value is different by more than 3 m from A B which indicates ANT POS an error message DIFFERENT FROM ANT POS VALUE is displayed However the input data is accepted The same applies to the BEAM value and if the
106. NO CARGO TYPE amp CREW CARGO TYPE amp CREW Only the second digit of the CREW CREW TYPE NO TYPE NO vessel class may be TYPE DETAIL pu TYPE DETAIL entered here The first digit 21 is entered on the INITIAL THS IRE THIS TYPE SETTINGS menu during installation DRAUGHT DRAUGHT DRAUGHT DRAUGHT ENT Input DRAUGHT Fig 4 2 1 NAV STATUS screen sequence LON CI IVA LAH NOD DOS TALXA SO LVLS SSNOC TALXA UYOSNHS 8 9 511 1 5 5 5 5 110000 7 OL ed V vc 92 JST ULIOJ SOT PAPS 8 9 02 OSWOL TIVA 10 XA 5 110000 6 04 oSesso q 1196 50 2 Oe OSWOL TIVA 10 YOULL PE DOT X1 5 9 DSIN 191 ALAAVS ISVO DSW LAS OGT KLAAVS DSIN LHS LSVO SAAV DSI 210NI g V d V HLOS ALIV NOTHLE IV THNNVHO IVINSION A LHAVS Hd OSI 15 SIC V 9 59195 Hd AL DSIN LAS 310 LSVO 54 CVO Id Hd A L SSHICICIV t xX Hd AL Hd A L dIHS SOd LNY LXH MAIA P442 D 116 0 8 0115 0 lt 9 0 lt 9
107. Not Applicable Not Mobile Applicable Base Mobile Base Autonomous Assigned Interrog Polled Autonomous Assigned Interrog Polled Not Applicable AP3 2 Inter rogation Assign ment Mode Command DGNSS Broadcast Binary Message Standard Class B Equipment Position report Extended Class B Equipment Position Report Data Link Manage ment Message Channel Manage ment Note 1 Messages Table AP3 1 1 b Message summery 2 Request for a specific message RATDMA 21 Autonomous Assigned Not Applicable Type can result in multiple responses Interrog Polled from one or several stations Assignment of a specific report RATDMA Not behaviour by F S 1 Assigned competent authority ERES ADpIgADIE using a base station DGNSS corrections 3 RATDMA Not provided by a base F 2 Assigned FATDMA Applicable station Standard Position Report for Class Shipborne Mobile Equipment to be used instead of Message 1 2 3 9 Extended Position Report for Class Shipborn Mobile Equipment contains additional static information RATDMA RATDMA FATDMA RATDMA FATDMA RATDMA FATDMA SOTDMA ITDMA Autonomous Assigned Not Applicable Autonomous Assigned Not Applicable Reserve slot for base station s Assigned Autonomous Assigned DURO ROTEN Position and Status Report for Aids to Nav Man
108. O 8 32 8 8 Popup message list 8 8 Popup message list Table 8 8 1 List of popup messages Popup display Display conditions Transmission failure transmission stop ANT Antenna VSWR trouble the AIS unit continues operation CHI L L No L L data to use input device 15 lost NOW INITIALIZING TRANSPONDER Screen on which ALL CLEAR is being carried out NOW TRANSMITTING vum STOP MENU FINISHED TRANSMITTING When transmission 18 finished PRESS ANY KEY SELECT MODE DISP CLASS A MODE Screen to choose operating mode with DIM key held ENT RX ONLY MODE depressed when the mode is set to SILENT MODE DIM RESTRICTED DATA CHANGED When RAIM PA 18 changed PRESS ANY KEY CAN T DISPLAY OVER LAT85 _ In the PLOT screen latitude exceeds 85 degrees PRESS ANY KEY MESSAGE aes PRESS ANY KEY en message arrives 8 33 8 8 Popup message list LR RESPONSE MMSI xxxxxxxxx NAME XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX PRESS ANY KEY RECEIVED LR MMSI xxxxxxxxx NAME XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX RESPONSE YES ENT NO OTHER Long range automatic response screen Long range manual response screen NOW SENDING Message 18 being transmitted NOW WAITING RESPONSE PRESS ANY KEY SEND MESSAGE UNSUCCESSFUL PRESS ANY KEY SEND MESSAGE UNSUCCESSFUL MMSI xxxxxxxxx PRESS ANY KEY SEND MESSAGE COMPLETE MMSI xxxxxxxxx PRESS ANY KEY SEND
109. OFF When the alarm state 1s removed MOT When any key of FA 1502 18 pressed When ALM signal turn Fig 8 1 1 EXT ALM output circuit Handling of Time The information on date and time used in the following items 1s based on the clock of MAIN CPU The clock is calibrated in order of ZDA sentence from internal GPS gt MSG 11 MSG 4 gt position fixing time of sentence input from external GPS Calibration 15 carried out every time the time data 1s inputted MENU gt DIAGNSTICS gt PWR ON OFF HISTORY MENU gt DIAGNSTICS gt TX POWER HISTORY MENU gt DIAGNSTICS gt FOR SERVICE gt ALARM HISTORY DISP gt ALARM STATUS ALM status ups Description indication Tx malfunction Transmission failure Transmission will stops ATS continues operation CHI Rx channel 1 malfunction Transmission stop of corresponding transmission channel CH2 Rx channel 2 malfunction Transmission stop of corresponding transmission channel ATS continues operation connection 15 lost AIS continues operation Minimum Keyboard and Display In actuality this alarm can not be shown EPFS Electronic position fixing system AIS continues operation SOG Speed Over Ground is invalid data COG Course Over Ground is invalid data Table 8 1 1 List of Alarms Heading lost invalid information data 15 lost invalid No valid ROT information When HDG data and STI ROT dat
110. PWR SETTING window from FOR SERVICE menu CH SET MANUAL Password UPI DOWNI LEFT RIGHT NAV STATUS DIM DISP ENT MENU NAV STATUS Set TXF among PN PATERN TYPE1 TYPE2 DSC1 Y DSC 2 DSC 3 and Pattern TXF in TX TEST window from TX START DIM FOR SERVICE menu TX STOP MENU Measure the TX frequency and TX Power Measurement should be finished within 60 s on other TX Freq or other Tx power setting Set POWER CH A in CH amp PWR SETTING window Important from FOR SERVICE menu CH SET AUTO CH SET AUTO Disconnect the measuring instrument Fig 7 1 1 Measurement Flow 7 1 7 1 General 7 1 2 Connection of Measuring Instrument 1 Connect a 50 ohm coaxial cable between power meter and VHF connector of the FA 1501 and connect other side of power meter to a 50 ohm dummy load 2 Set a pick up coil with five to ten turns to the VHF ANT cable for measuring TX frequency 50 ohm Power meter 12 5W 2W 50 ohm Co x cable FA 1501 50 ohm Dummy Load Pick up coil 50 10t Frequency Counter Fig 7 1 2 Connection 7 2 Measurement Adjustment 7 2 Measurement and Adjustment 7 2 1 Measurement of TX Output power and TX frequency Setting FREQ POWER CH SET 1 Press MENU key Select FOR SERVICE in DIAGNOSTICS menu and press ENT key The following password entry window appears ENTER PASSWORD 2
111. SIGN SW setting NOT AVAILABLE The BLUE SIGN information from another vessel is shown in page 1 9 of DETAILS SHIP The BLUE SIGN information of the own vessel is shown in page 2 2 of DYNAMIC DATA AP6 7 AP6 1 AIS Specification Changes AP6 1 5 INLAND AIS maintenance 1 If FA 1501 has the MOT board Ver 24P0074 22 or lower DIAGNOSTICS gt ACTIVATE KEY does not show DEVICE ID even if the software 18 updated with a new version Only bars appear ACTIVATE KEY DEVEICE ID KEY 2 The DEVICE ID 18 stored on the MAIN board The DEVICE ID changes if the MAIN board is replaced ACTIVATE KEY code order to Furuno again 3 The DEVICE ID is not erased by ALL CLEAR However the ACTIVATE KEY code 18 erased Enter the ACTIVATE KEY code again after ALL CLEAR AP6 8 AP6 2 INLAND AIS Settings AP6 2 INLAND AIS Settings AP6 2 1 INITIAL SETTINGS Configure the INITIAL SETTINGS menu item settings after switching to the INLAND AIS mode To enter the INITIAL SETTINGS menu the existing password must be entered Table 3 1 1 Initial Settings menu NAME Same as SOLAS AIS C SIN mode SET MMSI Added INLAND SET INT Same as SOLAS AIS SET EXT Same as SOLAS AIS SET SHIP 10 90 Number of tens only Same as SOLAS AIS TYPE Cargo type gt NAV STATUS mode MODE and SPEED COM2 MODE and SPEED SET COM 3 MODE and SPEED Same as SOLAS AIS COM PORT MODE and SPEED mode COM 5 SENSOR SPEED COM6 SENSORSPE
112. SPEED IEC61162 1 1 61162 2 SENSOR SENSOR COM 5 SPEED IEC61162 1 1 61162 2 SENSOR SENSOR SET I O COM 6 PORT SPEED IEC61162 1 1 61162 2 AD10 MODE STANDARD MONITOR SEFRVICE BEACON SET PC PORT SPEED 4800 9600 19 2k 38 4k 54 7k MODE STANDARD MONITOR SEFRVICE IP ADDRESS 172 031 024 001 Changed SUBNET MASK 255 255 000 000 Changed SET LAN PORT IP ADDRESS L L SET SOG 4 5 6 COG PRIORTY Program Version FA 1501 2450018 01 FA 1502 2450021 01 PORT No 10000 Changed Default 2 Measurements FA 150 Source of energy Main Emergency Reserve Pilot plug arrangement Yes Static information Good Ship name MMSI Callsign Type of Vessel etc Dynamic information Good Time Pos SOG COG Heading Nav status etc Voyage related information Good Draft Type of cargo etc 161 975 MHz 162 025 MHz 156 525 MHz 15 1 011 87 AIS 2 Ch88 Ch70 Transmitter Power and 20 96 20 96 20 96 Frequency error W W W 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm Hz Hz Hz 3 Interconnection Diagram FA 150 5 __ ANT 175 150M W2VN GPS VHF ANT 001 1510 100 DISP 1502 22 2 COM 1 68 2 773 VHFANT E E 3 1 GPSANT sr rer ese 4 2 111111117
113. SV IOS T3NNOSH3d DSW OSN 31V3HO9 SHWIL AH L3H ava 9 Y HLOS SL T3NNVH NHJ ONVY INI 9SN LAS 9 914 5 7705 pex 33OW SV TOS 91A DSV1OS JdAL 00 WO 4 15 95SWQN3S 601 81 140 ON 31v3uO 0 0 LHW OO OLN SIVG d3lvM VININ3 nuojy 6 9dV 99411 26 94 qasnNn daasn 1H 1 90 06 0 14 ON 5490 515 SS KA K uuu pp OLN 0696 0 0 UX 6666 0 0 9 5 X XXXX XX XXX X XXXX XX LWT LOY YAHLO 5 141 4 SSNOG 549 1 4 SNLVLS YOSNAS 86 94 2 29119941 033448 AV dSIG LX3 3 01 SWOS 0 29119941 04445 8 LX3 ZINOO 2 291 19941 3385 SNOT 3GON HNOS 0 0 0 SOd LNY 1X3 8 118 0 v q ue9 0 9 6 0 8 118 0 v 977 9 09 0 09 vdor 130 9 138 UT wasn Sd 3HONNO 200855 QAOH LYOd WOO 19 SONILLAS 50
114. Upon completion of setting be sure to close FAISPC 2 once AP5 11 AP5 4 Menu tree of FAISPC MARK2 AP5 4 Menu tree of FAISPC MARK2 The factory defaults are shown in Gothic script in boldface Menu bar File Quit Own Vessel Data Static Data Set Ship Static Data MMSI NO SHIP TYPE 00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 EXTERNAL INTERNAL set Voyage Static Data CARGO 00 09 NAV STATUS 0 15 DRAUGHT 0 25 5 PERSONS 0 8191 DESTINATION year month day hour minute second ETA E H H Rr Rb View Channel TX POWER CHANNEL A CHANNEL B Region List Edit Region TRANS ZONE 1 8 CHANNEL A BANDWIDTH DEFAULT 12 5kHz CHANNEL B BANDWIDTH DEFAULT 12 5kHz TX MODE A amp B A ONLY B ONLY NONE RX MODE A amp B A ONLY B ONLY POWER 12 5W 2W LAT NE LON NE LAT SW LON SW Target Vessel Data Other Vessel List Message Create Message TYPE ADDRESSED BROADCAST VESSEL LIST MESSAGE TYPE NORMAL SAFETY TRANSMIT CHANNEL or CH B BOTH INPUT MESSAGE TX Log RX Log Initial Setting Hardware F1 I O Port COMI T SPEED IEC 61162 1 IEC61162 2 Settings MODE Long Range External Display Disable COM2 T SPEED IEC 61162 1 IEC61162 2 External Display Hi Level I F Disable COM3 SPEED IEC 61162 1 IEC61162 2 External Display Hi Level I F
115. an ABK sentence The AIS 18 limited in the amount of encapsulated data that can be sent in each slot and frame If the length of the message would exceed five slots or the AIS broadcast would exceed the limit of 20 RATDMA slot transmissions for the current frame the AIS will return an ABK sentence with an acknowledgement of 2 message could not be broadcast a Total number of sentences needed to transfer the message 1 to 9 b Sentence number 1 to 9 Sequential message identifier O to 9 d AIS channel for broadcast of the radio message e ITU R M 1371 message ID 8 14 f Encapsulated data Binary data parameter for Message 8 or safety related text parameter for Message 14 g Number of fill bits O to 5 AP4 6 4 2 IEC 61162 15 sentences DTM Datum reference Local geodetic datum and datum offsets from a reference datum This sentence is used to define the datum to which a position location and geographic locations in subsequent sentences are referenced Latitude longitude and altitude offsets from the reference datum and the selection of the reference datum are also provided DTM ccc a X X ccc hh lt CR gt lt LF gt a b f a Local datum WGS84 W84 WGS72 W72 SGS85 S85 90 90 User define 999 b Local datum subdivision code c Lat offset min N S d Lon offset min E W e Altitude offset m f Reference datum WGS84 W8
116. both SOTDMA and CSTDMA messages 3 Complying with the revised MARPOL Annex Il Resolution MEPC 118 52 Categories A B C and D are changed to X Y Z and Other Substances OS categories Related menu is NAV STSTUS menu CARGO TYPE amp CREW TYPE DETAIL Software is downloadable from the Technet Factory modifies set From June 2008 scheduled 2 2 Connection to NavNet 2 and 3D To connect FA 150 to NavNet vx2 and 3D via LAN software update and change of DIP switch setting are required The AIS requires NET 100 board 03P9332 Software V01 09 1501 and 01 07 1502 or above DIP Switch 4 of 53 on MAIN board OFF 3 CA J bane Tiere 12 1 217 5 ser For PC connection For NavNet vx2 OFF and 3D connection Li 47 5 3 23 12 5 V ELO LAL az 21 ELS 2 Fig 1 52 on MAIN board 24P0035 SET LAN PORT menu Figs 2 and 3 show SET LAN PORT menu for NavNet connection with 4 of 53 set to OFF position Items in bold are setup on each FA 150 and other items remain unchanged SET LAN PORT 2 2 pc PORT GATEWAY ADDRESS IP ADDRESS 000 000 000 000 172 031 024 001 HOST NAME AISO AISOOUTPUT CONTINUOUS GPSOUTPUT AUTO PORT No 10000 ZDAOUTPUT AUTO Fig 2 SET LAN PORT 1 2 Fig 3 SET LAN PORT 2 2 for NavNet connection for NavNet connection Fig 4 shows the origi
117. both are not compatible 13 6 2 pamm 51 13 5 2 156 025 2 36kHz 55162 025MHz RX1 RF RX1 36kHz 5 1 _ gt I DATA _ gt RX1 ST RX1 _ gt RX1 UNLOCK 1 207 1625MHz 213 1625 2 RX1 19 2MHz gt I RX1 ee l 13 6V 2 NEM EI 51 2375 2 156 025MHz 22 162 025 RX2 RF 2 36kHz 24 3 207 2625MHz CLK PLL 51 2015MHz 213 2625MHz DATA_PLL gt I RX2 ST _ gt I RX2 MUTE gt I RX2 UNLOCK RX2 19 2MHz S Fig 5 2 5 Outline of RX1 and RX2 boards Note Correspondence between RXI 2 Boards and CH A B The Channels displayed when you open the VIEW CHANNEL screen by the key entry of MENU CHANNEL SETTINGS are indicated as the primary channel for CH A and as the secondary channel for CH B And on the EDIT CHANNEL screen selected by the key entry of MENU gt CHANNEL SETTINGS the channel manually registered for CH A corresponds to the primary channel and RX1 board and for CH B to the secondary c
118. click the Batch file icon of the Program to be used X LDALLBIM lipFATSUlbat uppe exe 4 An DOS prompt window will appears message TARGET POWER is indicated turn on the power of FA 1501 and then turn on the power of FA 1502 E x fllocuments nd Sett ingss ezkensvu gt A 7 50 7 41501 01 15012 LL BIN 1501 BIN t 0 0 200 up Ip ad utility Version 7 01 ght c FURUNO ELEC TRIC CO LTD 1997 2000 T K oih pl p3 p ph gt letion waiting 186 Waiting time to write rese Tio output interval e ID number Port number 1 2 Erase it sec Write i Wait 200 Designated COM Port No TARGET POWER N TARGET POWER ON 6 5 6 2 Updating Procedure 5 Program updating starts automatically During the update INITIALIZING message will be shown on the display After that COMMUNICATION ERROR message will also be shown This is normal 053 JL INS ESPACIO RES IM nEOS B 2 00 cuments arx 1 tt Ffa 11 50 150 70 1501 1 MALL BIN FA 1501 1 BIN 0 0 200 2 4 rogram upload TT 1 itv Version 0 Op FURUNO ELECTRIC 00 1997 2000 T K intilel inti
119. cows 2 4 6 2 RD A GND ISO 0 6 TD B 0 6 TD A COM6 JP RD B RD A 4 2 RD A RD A iso io a GND 150 COM1 TD B 2 COM2 TD B 2 COM3 GND_ 150 GND_ ISO TD B 2 B COM5 TD B TD A 1 cow2 A 1 cow3 TD A TD A 0 5 TD A 4 MONITOR E Ho coM4 1 RD C 10 5 1 RD C AD DATA H JEXT DISPLAY LEVEL IF LEVEL IF cow 1 1 1 7 4 2 8 2 3 Monitor Unit 1502 2 3 Monitor Unit FA 1502 UNIVERSAL AIS A gt 4 5 inch monochrome 95X60 mm 120X64 STATUS 150 PWR Fig 2 3 1 FA 1502 Front view COM Port GND terminal 1502 000001 COMPASS SAFE DISTANCE m FURUNO ELECTRIC LTD OA AN Power input connector 12 24 VDC 0 30 0 15 A Fig 2 3 2 FA 1502 Rear view 2 9 2 3 Monitor Unit 1502 24P 0042 127 Fig 2 3 3 FA 1502 Internal view with Rear cover removed FURUNC JAPAM 24P0052 1521 Fig 2 3 4 1502 Internal view with Shield cover removed 2 10 2 4 Combined Antenna GVA 100 2 4 Combined Antenna GVA 100 VHF ANT GPS ANT 150M W2VN or GSC 001 FAB 151D VHF ANT Fixing screws 4 Dia for Antenna fixing 40 500
120. de V 231 338 001 000 5 d 23 141 5 EXC CET192U 2 ot C10 273 187 V Diu T 16V Z rao EXC CETIO2U 1 COH2 T0 A COHALTD A 2 V FLE 2 10 8 084 10 8 mamn 60 150 150 VCC 811 512 VCC2 EXC CETIG U 144 609 80 V FLS 5 COM RD B RD B 690150 CND ISD RE_N 7 COn4 JP V 8 0 4 1 609 10 4 TANI x 1 330 V V R7 330 i EXC_CETIO2U 1 38 CETIb2U 5 V T EXC CET182U EXC 5 a CR30 8 54 FLS4 508 231 338 001 008 3 M V 7 ii 1 T i COM2 1D A 231 338 001 808 0 2 10 8 i 60 150 E 3 4 XC RD i 3 P Que EXC CETIG2U 1 1 l NISENEN AME amp 00 10 12 1 100 5 E 7 E 1 1 COH3 T0 A 5 JP 1 _ COM3 10 B 0 5 10 8 32 20 M j 2 EXE 5 00 150 00 10 144 TO i 511 512 VCC2 4 CON3 R0 A 0 i 144 2085 0 5 CON3 D B CDM5 RD B 5 V 00 150 GND ISO RI 330 0 COMS JP V V V 8 CONS JP R3 330
121. difference from D is more than 3 m a similar error message 1s displayed 9 OTHER OTHER DYNAMIC INFORMATION RATE AUTO HAZARDOUS CARGO UNKNOWN UN LOADED UNKNOWN 1 DYNAMIC INFORMATION RATE AUTO IOSEC SSEC 2SEC sets the rate of reporting of dynamic information See the next page for the reporting rate Note In the SOLAS AIS MODE this 1s only displayed not selectable 2 HAZARDOUS CARGO NUMBER OF CONES 0 NUMBER OF CONES 1 NUMBER OF CONES 2 NUMBER OF CONES 3 B FLAG UNKNOWN This can be viewed by going to DISP gt STATIC DATA page 5 9 This information 18 part of navigational information and reported via MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 10 following MSG 5 AP6 14 AP6 2 INLAND AIS Settings 3 UN LOADED UNKNOWN LOADED UNLOADED This can be viewed by going to DISP gt STATIC DATA page 4 9 This information is part of navigational information and reported via MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 10 following MSG 5 AP6 15 AP6 3 INLAND AIS Handling AP6 3 INLAND AIS Handling AP6 3 1 Dynamic information reporting rate The rate of reporting of dynamic information 15 common to INLAND AIS and SOLAS AIS and depends on the vessel speed and change course Handling of dynamic information reporting rate 1 With INLAND AIS the reporting rate can be manually changed Set the rate with DYNAMIC INFORMATION RATE which 1 accessible by going to NAV STATUS gt OTHER menu AUTO Reported in accordance with the reporting ra
122. external Inland ECDIS display as dynamic symbols The message is sent via MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 40 at regular intervals Table AP6 3 9 Signal status report Message ID 6 Identifier for Message 8 always 8 Repeat Indicator 2 Used by the repeater to indicate how many times a message has been repeated Default 0 3 do not repeat any more Signal position Longitude in 1 10 000 min 180 degrees East positive longitude West negative 181 degrees 6791 0 hex not available default Signal position Latitude 1 10 000 min 90 degrees North positive latitude South 91 degrees 3412140 hex not available default 0 15 unknown default 1 14 signal form according to Orientation of signal 9 Degrees 0 359 511 indicates not available default 1 upstream 2 downstream 3 to the left bank 4 to the right bank 0 unknown default rest not used Status 1 to 7 of up to 9 lights light 1 to light 9 from left to right Light status 100000000 means colour 1 at light 1 per signal 000000000 default 777777777 maximum rest not used 168 occupies 1 slot amp J 4 O Direction of impact AP6 27 AP6 3 INLAND AIS Handlin 8 Message 1 2 3 position reports MSG 1 2 and 3 are different between SOLAS AIS and INLAND AIS To INLAND AIS messages Blue sign and Regional Bits are added Table AP6 3 9 Message 1 2 3 position reports Parameter
123. following equation For example the electric field intensity at the sight distance 28 8 km is given by V m 60 Ia x he Axd where Ia antenna current 0 45 he effective height of antenna 0 6 m VHF wavelength 1 9 m d distance 28 800 m V m 60 x 0 45 x 0 6 1 9 x 28 800 0 00093 E dBuV m 20 log 0 00093 1 x 10 59 4 dBuV m In such event the voltage induced in the antenna E44 1s given by 59 4 dBuV m 20 log0 6 55 dBuV Minimum reception level of AIS device It is defined that the packet error rate is within 20 at 6 dBuV 2uV Consequently within the sight distance of 15 6 NM radio waves can be satisfactorily received When the distance 1s greater than this radio waves are propagated by diffraction waves and radio waves are rapidly attenuated The graph of the next page indicates that the communication distance to achieve 6 dBuV 18 60 km 32 9 8 Chapter 9 amp Reception distance calculation curve hl 10 m transmission output 10 W The graph below 18 used to find the electric field intensity at h1 10 m and h2 the antenna height of the other ship with 144 MHz and 10 W antenna output To AIS the 150 MHz band 18 assigned but it can be regarded to provide the same propagation characteristics of 144 MHz of the table below The method to find the reception distance Assume that the antenna of the own ship 1s 3 m and that of the other ship 1s 10 to 30 m
124. gt ALARM MODE 9 3 Chapter 9 Q amp A Q15 What is the USCG mode See page 8 29 This mode 18 the function special for USCG and 1 the mode to change over Class mode Rx only mode or Restricted mode These functions are changed over by the DIM key SILENT ON OFF is set by Turn on power while pressing MENU and ENT key then press MENU gt FOR SERVICE gt OTHER gt SILENT MENU after carrying out the special operation Any one of the modes which are set 18 displayed 7 CLASS MODE Normal mode ONLY MODE No Tx RESTRICTED Rx and Msg 6 and Msg 8 are USER SETTINGS allowed to be transmitted INITIAL SETTINGS CHENNEL SETTIONGS DIAGNOSTICS SENSOR STATUS INTERNAL GPS Q16 What is optional FAISPC MARK2 See AP5 FAISPC MARK2 is PC version display software PC is used by connecting it to the PC port or LAN port optional 2 gt EM m amp i E EJ B HT EE mmm jen ve ERE 217 want to demonstrate FA 150 for an exhibition See page 8 24 Set it to the simulator mode No connection of sensors 15 required This setting is carried out in MENU gt FOR SERVICE gt OTHER gt SIM MODE There are two kinds of this mode which simulate 5 vessels navigating the Osaka Bay area and 9 vessels navigating the Tokyo Bay area In addition same as normal condition
125. i TX 45MHz MAIN 24P0035 156 025 162 025 CRM TX 45MHz 2503356 uPC2745TB LMX2353 from DDS F 22 Eum ee ale T NJM2904 lt lt uPC274518 TX 24 0036 Toxo 16789004 gt Pu l PTT1 2 3 5 DATA RX2 MUTE lt i TX ST PWR REF p 19 2 CIK PLG ST m 2503123 2563123 DATAPLL RX2 ST fave ept mst 4 P adi LC TXUNLOCK RXiUNLOCK 3 384 AVR RX2 UNLOCK RXi MUTE 6 V g 8 amp 9 89 SM 4 8 2o MM _ ll 8 RX2 MUTE x tcc pcc ils ue x j DSC DSC 24 0034 2502712 RXT 2502712 RX2 36kHz 555 5 2504703 2 250015 13 6V 2 i MM DSC 36kH Read Peat Bui 225 LO 0 Xtal X tal To CPU i 38 364MHz 38 364MHz LPF 9 156 525MHz 2503123 2503123 118 161 DSC19 2 MHz 403 2 2 5
126. i 2 v C81 e 3 lt 6 0 2 5 2 in 5 29 C85 0 10 a C73 3p iia eas 6 e 8 S 5 33 128 820N 50 AS cb 5 09 2 51 7 2503356 o M wn 5 8 5 S C83 H gt ip 0209 1 L43 2 n e 1 13 5 Bp m US 1 eu C218 uPC2T45TB w m 4 p gt 212 Shield Case 11111 C217 Y 1000 22 3 3 16V JF 2 2u 013 2523123 147 0 010 010 LC 2 S B 1 C35 0 iu t 1 44 9 1 P62 C185 PMBF J310 T Cp 828 LUX2353THX 3 470 LOU18ANRA7GDOD 44 ERE doin Qu t e 7 8 81u o ou 1 16 8 2 15 o C36 851 9 0 022u V R93 4 7K 5 ST 185 d M
127. in port 8 4 DIAGNOSTICS 8 4 4 TX ON OFF HISTORY The TX ON OFF HISTORY log shows the date and time of the latest 30 transmissions The conditions of transmission stop to be stored include the following When POWER is set to 0 W or MODE of CH A and CH B is set to RX in MENU gt DIAGNOSTICS gt FOR SERVICE gt amp PWR SETTINGS When POWER 15 set to 0 W or MODE of CH A and CH B 15 set to RX in MENU gt CHANNEL SETTINGS gt EDIT CHANNEL TX ON OFF HISTORY TX ON dd mm yyyy Time TX OFF dd mm yyyy Time 8 4 5 MEMORY CLEAR The memory contents may be cleared separately as shown below MEMORY CLEAR MONITOR CLEAR SET USER DEFAULT ARE YOU SURE GPS COLD START VES NO MONITOR CLEAR MENU gt USER SETTINGS is cleared with exception of LR MODE SET USER DEFAULT MENU gt USER SETTINGS 55 cleared and NAV STATUS 15 cleared GPS COLD START Built in GPS receiver begins cold start Reference To clear all the settings execute MENU gt DIAGNOSTICS gt FOR SERVICE gt OTHER gt ALL CLEAR See page 8 25 8 5 FOR SERVICE 8 5 FOR SERVICE Password 18 required to enter this menu FOR SERVICE CH amp PWR SETTINGS TX TEST RX TEST Password entry Order of key entries UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT NAV STATUS DIM DISP ENT MENU NAV STATUS I O PORT TEST ALRM HISTORY I O MONITOR OTHER 8 5 1 CH amp PWR SETTINGS When CH SET
128. included in the communication data Table 5 3 1 Memory allocation for FA 1502 Memory IC Capacity Contents description MAIN Program U7 FLASH ROM USER SETTINGS 8 M bits 1 M bits x 8 512 k x 16 except LR MODE DIMMER CONTRAST U8 DRAM RAM for MAIN CPU 57 161610 7 22025 Storage area of data at the time of carrying out a U112 DRAM 16 M bits 2 x 512 k x 16 57 161610 7 5 20 Chapter 6 Updating Program 6 1 General 6 1 1 Program files There are 2 programs groups of files required to update a complete FA 150 system One for the Transponder unit FA 1501 and the other for Monitor unit FA 1502 Program updating is made via the RS 232C port on the Transponder unit In following table program folders and the descriptions of their files are shown File size 1s just for reference Table 6 1 1 Program file BIN file Pe Main CPU SUB CPU and FPGA Programs LDALL BIN 17 KB FA 1501 LOADER program for FA 1501 UpFA1501 bat Batch file T d it ransponder 189 Application file EXE file for program loading FA1502 BIN 926 PIN file Program for 1502 LDFA1502 BIN KB FA 1502 LOADER program for FA 1502 UPFA1502 BAT Batch file Application file EXE file for program loading FA1501 Batch file UPFA1501 BAT uppg LDALL BIN FA1501 BIN 00 2002 1 pause FA1502 Batc
129. level of the input signal fed to Q3 18 suppressed to the fixed level by the CR2 PIN diode which is controlled by the AGC output voltage For IF circuits the input signal to U6 18 also suppressed by the CR4 PIN diode AGC operation is activated from the Antenna input level of 50 dBm or more Reference Input vs Output signal level for DSC board is almost same characteristic as those for board See Fig 5 2 7 5 2 FA 1501 Block Description 5 2 4 MAIN Board 24P0035 3 3V 1 5V MAIN 24P0035 U25 FLASH 00 0151 64Mbits U2 Do D31 SDRAM SDRAM 128Mbits 16Mbits U24 08 SDRAM 16Mbits GPS DATA 1 1 1 5 GPS Backup l 1F IAS CTS PC DIRDST DISP a SUB CPU RESET 1 T R Block 1 I I V q4 P 2 1 lt V RS 1 3 013 1 lt os COM 4 db PTT 1 2 1 5 FPGA MONI 015 1 6 FPGA PWR REF lt 1 EXT ALM Fig 5 2 10 Block diagram of MAIN board The Board consists of MAIN CPU SUB CPU FPGA and peripheral circuits Main functions are as follows MAIN CPU For controlling and processing the AIS DSC communication system and I O interfacing SUB CPU For the TDMA DSC signal processing and the analog interfacing with the radio section
130. lt lt vows 5 vou 1873 lt St lt gt 9 2 183 lt E lt 05170 0517089 A0 9 s gt i H prece lt 2 87017 02 870171402 lt gt i 1 1 lt 1 lt Y 0171402 lt 81 lt gt 8 gt 2 1 1 1 31479207 BOE LEZ 090 100 8 1 2 awia 61 lt gt 26 gt meae aen son adi 34 i bit 13 08 lt 62 lt 18 2 157138 8 lt 203 12 0 5 i 1 ic lt so lt ze gt i 1 lt 8 lt oro aon zxy lt 24 gt 82 gt 201417213 lt 5 3iw2X8 lt b lt gt L2 gt 1 lt 15724 lt s2 92 gt 1572 i i i lt orom gt lt 9 lt gt gt 10 lt lt 8701 2002 rd 1 4 lt 370172002 8 lt gt anj 920 06 152 000710078 7 162 lt 62 lt gt 22 gt i i 54 lt lt gt gt c5 lt 8 dmo 20574510 lt lt gt gt lt qw 43874810 8 42 4 561 40 i i 3 lt 9 lt 051709 C 051 009 e 2 38872860 lt Ee lt gt 81 7 250 i i lt 5 worm sore
131. lt CR gt lt LF gt 3 Notifying the target to be changed PFEC AIcht xxxxxxxxx hh lt CR gt lt LF gt 4 Alarm setting 1 x x x x hh lt CR gt lt LF gt 5 Alarm setting 2 SPFEC AIaD x x hh lt CR gt lt LF gt 6 Alarm setting 3 PFEC AIal3 x x hh CR LF 7 Kind of alarms generated PFEC Alalt A A A A A hh lt CR gt lt LF gt 9 Setting the handling method to text message PFEC AIsmm hh lt CR gt lt LF gt 9 Request for received message PFEC AIrqm hh lt CR gt lt LF gt 10 Transmission of received message log PFEC AIrml x x hhmmss hh lt CR gt lt LF gt 11 Test results PFEC AItrs hh lt CR gt lt LF gt 12 Stop of VDO sentence PFEC AIvdc hh lt CR gt lt LF gt 13 Notification of message reception hh lt CR gt lt LF gt 14 Alarm response hh lt CR gt lt LF gt 15 VDM stop command to control unit hh lt CR gt lt LF gt AP4 23 4 5 PFEC Table when Hi Level 2 is set 16 Lost approved target PFEC AIIst hh lt CR gt lt LF gt 17 Functions
132. of other Electronic Position A 2 Latitude in 110 000 90 degrees North positive South negative 91 degrees 3412140 hex not available default Course over Course over ground in 1 10 0 3599 3600 E10 hex not available default Ground 3601 4095 should not be used True Heading 9 Degrees 0 359 511 indicates not available default UTC second when the report was generated 0 59 or 60 if time stamp is not Time Stamp available which should also be the default value or 62 if Electronic Position Fixing System operates in estimated dead reckoning mode or 61 if positioning system is in manual input mode or 63 if the positioning system is inoperative Blue sign 2 Indication if blue sign is 5610 not available default 1 no 2 yes 3 not used 2 Reserved for definition by a competent regional authority Should be set to zero 2 if not used for any regional application Regional applications should not use Zero Spare Not used Should be set to zero Reserved for future use RAIM Fla RAIM Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring flag of Electronic Position 9 Fixing Device 0 RAIM not in use default 1 RAIM in use BIT 0 8 7 2 Regional Bits Communication 49 See ITU R 1371 1 table 158 otate 1168 Occupies 1 slot 1 knots should be calculated in km h by external onboard equipment 2 should only be evaluated if the report is coming from an Inland AIS vessel and if the
133. power ON OFF circuit diagram When connecting the additional FA 1502 connect the power control line 5 and 6 of the additional FA 1502 to DISP port 7 and 8 of FA 1501 System power ON OFF control can be made by No 1 FA 1502 or No 2 FA 1502 whichever you want Connect the data line RD TD to COM2 or COMG port and set port to MONITOR for MODE and to IEC 61162 2 for SPEED No 1 POWER SW CY U114 G3VM FA 1501 MOS RL 5 5 SW H EG 2 1502 e 1 i DC input POWER SW N 2 R64 YO 1 016 TES 1 U114 G3VM DISP MOS RL 7 SWH 5 SWH 5V Vec 5V _____ 6 5 6 2 EE FA 1502 Fig 5 2 13 Power ON OFF Control system diagram Power ON sequence 1 Supply the power to FA 1501 and FA 1502 and then turn on the power switch of FA 1502 2 U114 MOS RL of FA 1502 will be ON 3 016 Photo coupler of FA 1501 will be ON and 012 on the PWR board will be controlled to be ON and then FA 1501 will get started Note In the case that Power switch of FA 1501 1s not turned ON or FA 1501 does not get started the message COMMUNICATION ERROR will be displayed 5 2 FA 1501 Block Description 2 PWR board Contains the switching regulator with the switching frequencies of 45 kHz 2 kHz The switching frequency adjustment is made by R25 and at TP4 3 2 GND Refer to the next page DC output voltages are 13
134. related information see page AP6 6 AP6 3 AP6 1 AIS Specification Changes AP6 1 4 INLAND AIS AP6 1 4 1 Switching to the INLAND AIS specification 1 Make sure that the software version is Ver 02 02 and after for FA 1501 and Ver 2 01 and after for FA 1502 and the MOT board version 1s 24P0036 33 and afetr 2 From DIAGNOSTICS open the ACTIVATE KEY menu and find the DEVICE ID code Then inform to Furuno for get the ACTIVATE KEY code 3 Go to DIAGNOSTICS gt ACTIVATE KEY menu and enter issued ACTIVATE KEY code in the KEY ACTIVATED When the correct code 18 entered the display shows ACTIVATED and the power is automatically rebooted Without entry of ACTIVATE KEY code screens and operations are as per the conventional screens and operations for SOLAS AIS in conformance to ITU R M 1371 3 DIAGNOSTICS ACTIVATE KEY ACTIVATE KEY MONITOR TEST DEVICE ID TRANSPONDER TEST 27 04 56 31 41 06 PWR ON OFF HISTORY TX ON OFF HISTORY MEMORY CLEAR ACTIVATE KEY FOR SERVICE DEVICE ID 2 04 56 31 41 06 KEY ACTIVATED UUXU QZ1V S5QR Q1WZ QUIT MENU Select ACTIVATE KEY DEVICE ID inform to furuno Enter ACTIVATE KEY code issue by Furuno to automatically rebooted and INLAND AIS function are added Figure AP6 1 2 Switching to the INLAND AIS specification AP6 4 AP6 1 AIS Specification Changes AP6 1 4 2 INLAND AIS specification When the INLAND AIS specification has been enable
135. related to port attributes PFEC idatr x hh lt CR gt lt LF gt 18 Command for function recognition and communication trouble detection SPFEC idfnc x x hh lt CR gt lt LF gt AP4 24 Appendix 5 FAISPC 2 The installation procedure of the FAISPC MARK2 program is described the FAISPC MARK2 operation manual AP5 1 Connection to PC port AP5 1 1 Connection to PC Connect PC to the FA 150 as follows Use a 9 pin D SUB straight cable between the FA 150 PC port and PC DTR CTS and other control signals are NOT used The required signals are RXD TXD and GND Note Control signals are connected between 4 DTR and 6 DSR 7 RTS and 8 CTS in the MAIN board 9 Pin PC FA 1501 PC D sub port N 6 DSR DSR pe s em cms m NC DISP port Fig AP5 1 1 Connection to PC AP5 1 AP5 1 Connection to PC port AP5 1 2 Setting 1 Setting of PC port of FA 1501 1 Choose MENU INITIAL SETTINGS gt SET PORT SET PC PORT 2 Set MODE of SET PC PORT to MONITOR and SPEED to 38 4 KBPS SET PC PORT MODE MONITOR SPEED 38 4KBPS 2 Setting of FAISPC MARK2 1 Open Option P of menu bar and choose Setting COM port 2 The Setting COM port screen appears Designate COM PORT and SPEED of PC connected and designate USE PORT too COM PORT Designate COM port of PC Reference COM PORT of PC can be confirmed by Control panel gt Sy
136. to 162 025 MHz Next stage of FL L C is the BPF with the L C circuits reducing the spurious components generated by the frequency conversion UI an HPA module RA35H1516M amplifying the input signal with about 10 dBm up to 12 5 W 1 5 dB Note TX power tolerance 1 5 dB for 12 5 W 2W 1516 154 MHz to 162 MHz 40 W RF MOS FET Module Input Pin Gate Voltage Vac 12 5 V 5 V Where Pin 50 mW RF Output Pout 1 2 3 Drain Voltage Vpp 4 5 RF Ground Case 5 5 Output 40 W or more Efficiency 50 96 or more 2nd harmonics 50 dBc or less 5 2 FA 1501 Block Description TX spurious components output from 18 reduced by the LPF L C The intensity of the spurious radiation 15 suppressed down to the level of 77 dB 0 25 uW or less through the stages of the HPA and LPF ATTEN MKR 10 17 RL 11 1OdBY 163MHz PS 13821 T oH LI ttt ff ft CENTER SPAN 1 gt 3 SWP 2BUSDUstruc Fig 5 2 3 TX spectrum And then TX signal is forwarded to VHF ANT terminal via U2 CM coupler 1 18 19 2 MHz reference oscillator for PLL circuit in the TX board with the accuracy of 1 ppm for maintaining TX frequency tol
137. to 60 seconds When this 4 Validity time time has elapsed a new SPW sentence is required for configuration 0 valid for only one following sentence within next 60 seconds AP6 30 AP6 4 Sentences Added for INLAND AIS 4 PIWW VSD Inland waterway voyage data This sentence is used to enter navigational information such as Reporting rate Blue sign and Number of shipboard personnel of voyage data If this sentence does not exist in the INLAND AIS mode it should be set manually in the NAV STATUS menu PIW W VSD x x X X XX XX XX XX X XXX XXXX XXx hh lt CR gt lt LF gt 1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 O not available default factory settings 12 SOLAS settings 2 Inland 9 Waterway settings 2 sec rest not used 0 available default 1 not set 2 set rest not used hazardous cargo 3 number of blue cones 0 3 4 B Flag 5 default unknown 4 Loaded unloaded 0 available default 1 loaded 2 unloaded rest not used draught static draught of ship 0 to 20 00m O unknown default rest not used EF air draught air draught of ship 0 to 40 00 0 rest not used 12 number of assisting tugboat 0 6 7 default unknown rest not used number of crew members board 0 to 254 255 unknown default rest not members used number of passengers on board 0 to 8190 8191 unknown default rest not number of passengers iced 10 number of shipboard number of shipboard personn
138. when MSG 22 is transmitted by the VTS or LOW POWER is specified with the regional area operation setting The tanker mode function 18 enabled as it has been To measure the transmission output go to MENU gt DIAGNOSTICS gt FOR SERVICE gt CH amp PWR SETTINGS and set the CH SET to MANUAL to allow the setting of 1 W 2 W or 12 5 W 3 MSG 23 Group Assignment Message from base stations 1s supported MSG 23 is a management message used in Class B AIS sent from base stations for setting a regional area Position report 15 given via MSG 2 at a rate according to this message 4 Regardless of whether D GPS or GPS is used for positioning the reference for the accuracy has been changed to 10 m If the PA Position Accuracy which is accessed by going to MENU gt INTERNAL GPS is H the positioning accuracy is within 10 m The PA data 15 included in the position report via MSG 1 2 and 3 5 The indication of whether the MOT board supports INLAND AIS specification has been added To show this information go to MENU gt DIAGNOSTICS gt TRANSPONDER TEST gt MEMORY TEST gt MOT HW If the MOT board version 18 24P0074 33 and after MOT HW 1 is shown 6 The display of data received from respective stations such as TARGET LIST and DETAIL supports INLAND AIS in addition to SOLAS AIS Class B AIS base station A to N and SAR The screen is switched automatically according to the type of message received For
139. 0 2 116 0 g 115 0 LNHSLNH 504 LNV LNI Joyoereyo XEN NISO INWY YZ HINVN SONLLLHS Xx ON OWI ISNIN TVILINI IX eIHZZ S NAV HGOIN INVTV ptt ZZ DSW tn qasanNn qasn TH XIH ON dOq aed XIA ON 549 515 549 SdD TVNUYALNI OLA 06 0 0 200 24 6 666 0 0 DOS XX X XXXX XX XX 49 TVNYALNII 4 DAH MAIA DOS DOD 17 00001 ON LelOd 000 000 552 SSC ASYN LAN 905 100 TCO TEO CLT SSHeICICIV dI LAOd MATA 51 4 45 eIOLINOIN HCOIN LAOd Od MIA 1 29119 49 5 AGOW SONILLHS 9INOO MEHIA TVILINI YOSNAS AGOW SINOO MEIA 1 29119 848 AGOW VINOO 2 29119241 4 4445 YOLINOW I 9INOO C YINOO I 9INOO A LIeIOI ld AAHIA 0IWNOO C SINOO T YINOO C C9TI908I qHHdS AV IdSIG LXH AGOW CINOO C C9TI908I qHHdS
140. 0 PORT AD 10 PORT TEST Port Pins to be Jumpered COM 5 COM 5 1 TDA COM 6 212 AD CLK H 6 COM 5 2 TDB COM 6 13 AD CLK C I TDA 10 AD DATA H 2 TDB 11 AD DATA C 6 8 21 8 5 FOR SERVICE 8 5 5 ALARM HISTORY When alarms occurred the date and time which they occurred are shown A maximum of 25 alarm incidents are stored memory This data 15 stored even if the power supply 1s turned ALARM HISTORY ANT 25 JUN 06 38 19 TX 25 JUN 06 38 19 1 5 lt gt QUIT MENU Reference Pressing the DISP key several times to open ALARM STATUS screen displays the alarm which are currently active ALARM STATUS ANT 25 JUN 06 38 19 TX 25 JUN 06 38 19 1 5 lt gt QUIT MENU 8 5 6 MONITOR I O MONITOR displays input data of any specific I O port Only upper case ASCII characters are shown and all other characters appear blanked black Pressing the ENT key refreshes the data display For example in the event that the SPEED setting in SET I O PORT menu does not coincide with the data speed of a device connected GPS for example character strings with no meaning are displayed PC MONITOR IAIVDM 1 1 B 15 9CT 00219 2 C JVBW JTOO SH 0 15 PFEC AI 0 13 3 0 6F Screen is updated by ENT 0 30 8 D 6 4 SPFEC AI 30 3706 PFEC 8 22 8 5 FOR SERVICE 8 5
141. 001 ONLY J3 XF2H_2015_1 13 6V 2 20 13 6V 2 19 N C 18 2 8 WA Om 60 lt SV Ux A gt x 3 5 5 2 5 525 nee 52 H PE 88 8 E FR 58 i 3 17074 lt gt Ne Be 5 lt 141 44 uw ane gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt k gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NN NY a a 57 ee dX SMe gt gt gt gt II LL UD du DA nO AT GooOdcouoOoo0 0yooonooooo00oOaouguauoouuuooco dooomLto caovcro coo 2885882885588525 52225852 80 LYS 2 e 8 g i x lt 5 5 5 e a nV 5 em ss si ee 8554 58 58 586 cle gigi cz ss E BS s 3 Bh sm xat 99 8 alaj 55 55 25 88 88 88 88 88 8858 BB Bg 598 ARE CO T T TIR C TE TIE IET TC RE EAE TT EQ ee ee ee Teer enn nes
142. 00m SENSCR r gt 3 PC RD 1 EC61162 1 M ALOSPF 4 DIR TXA MN TOR UNT WR 52 OV BLK K 24 TX B 1502 tpe LER Antenna Unit FED K 3 lt RX A 222 TYG 1051 K4GRCB Mx 1g OSOR ___ 5 lt i SWH DGPS BEACON 9 gt NC 1 061162 2 CRY BLK 6 lt SWL RECEIVER m lt 700 80 Jn um Iscr T C SENSOR 0 gt l 2 37 RD i NE 2 9990595865 000 1806116227 0000000000000 e 000440 00 57 5 1 0 D AD 1010 1 0611620 00000000 TU AN 57 00000000000 000000000000 222101 00 7 SH PYARD SUPPLY 2201 2 K 5 7 NC s RICE E 3 USER SUPPLY 4 ADD J UMPER WEN 1162 2 lt ae 57 5 PRODUCED BY AMP 1 03 9332 _ GYRO AD 100 15 RED WEN 61162 GYRO SI V 254 S AVAILABLE 7 CONNECT UNUSED WRES TO S LI KE FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD 40 49 2 55 o SS ates NT 0 x 5 x Ho
143. 04 Change to be made 1 Auto target sort function for target and dangerous lists added in User Settings menu USER SETTINGS KEY BEEP ON ALARM BUZZER ON DISP RCVD MSG ALL RCVD MSG BUZZ ON 4 LR MODE AUTO AUTO SORT The target list is sorted by range and the dangerous list by TCPA list is sorted automatically if no key operation is made on the list for 30 seconds and then every 5 seconds NOW SORTING message appears only when the list is operated with DISP and keys 2 Dynamic information Aground and Not Under Command added to Class A AIS 3 Target lost time for Class B AIS changed The lost target is calculated by FA 1502 Speed Lost time New software Lost time Old software 14 to 23 knots 150 seconds 75 seconds More than 23 knots 150 seconds 20 seconds 4 Regional operations improved a Making the correction on distance calculation to the region b Removing problem that the area cannot be registered in some cases c Removing problem that the system does not transmit after passing through the RX area Factory modification From June 2006 scheduled FURUNO No ___ 04 2006 021 Information APPR hex eo CL Issued by FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD OVED BY 7 222 Service Management 8 Commanding Department WRITTEN BY 2 CE Py Addenda No 2 to FA 150 Service Manual Pub No SME 44310 FA 150 Draught data for Other Shi
144. 04151523 FPGA 01 0F 000000000000 Reference Normally the program version can be confirmed by MENU gt DIAGNOSTICS MONITOR TEST and TRANSPONDER TEST 8 25 8 5 FOR SERVICE A D MONITOR With this test the output power condition and antenna status can be confirmed The displayed content is MONI voltage value VF and R VSWR voltage value VR and settings of output power However VF and VR value are shown the highest level value within every second For example 1f 12 5 W output 1s set and transmission 15 not carried out VF 18 21 and VR 18 39 but when transmission 18 carried out VF 1s raised to 241 and VR to 58 VF and VR are varied accord with the antenna condition VF and VR in the table below are threshold values when TX and errors are detected Table 8 5 6 VF and VR threshold values TX error conditions When the VF value 18 lower than the threshold value of the table below When the VF value 15 greater than the threshold value of the table below when transmission 18 not carried out When TX PLL is UN LOCK ANT error conditions When the ANT value is higher than the VR value of the table below Note When ANT error occurs TX error occurs too Table 8 5 7 Measured examples of VF and VR ANT 50 ohm ANT terminal open ANT terminal short circuited COW ee a ANNE 125W 39 57 21 242 39 206 21 98 39 205 21 207 6 26 8 5 FOR SERVI
145. 0K RESET_N Pp 15 181 1 5 101 381 5 3 5 3 HK 3 6 10 4 1 1 185 101 381 5 3 5 3 1 5 2A1 5A4 6 10 5 11 30003 max 1 8 3 3V a 3 2 2 e 4 gt cl gt t e 8 8 R HAIN 22 1 518 0 13 1 5 1 5 4 JU i ERJ 36E YORODV io i 136 7 191 518 01631 0 27121103 NL 14 544 HATN DTC31 00 V U15 MAXSSS85EUT T 602 MCPU DO MCPU DO DIN SUB CSI N agi SUB CS N 181 585 082 8 MCPU CS2 N SUB RD 384 385 3012 95 BLO N N SUB WED N 385 301 MAIN INT1_N qv _ IRL 1 N 4 SUB RLO 3 1 2 0 4 MEPU IRL3 N SCPU IRLL N SERO 380 5 586 AINT QU INT SCPU_DACKO 503 8 1 4 185 1 1 585 RD N 21192 MCPU_RD_N F A F P GA SCPU_DRAQO SUB DREOO N 3872 2 3 34 3 184 185 1 1 585 SCPU_DREQO_N 381 aL 202206 E C184 101 HAIN RDWR N MCPU i 4 VREF 5 eis i
146. 1 3 Li 1 css 4 C43 1889 0 010 16V 096 3 91 2142 0 010 5 2 C56 8fu 1865 19 2HHz Cee eee ERB 4p 20 C197 140 225 c97 5 5 em 6157 68 41p 2 10 2 5 g i44 0 280 c 5 9493142296053 4 ET 3 H 8 5 103 10 31 2 ig lt gt m esc eer ett V HOT HOUNT 137 68 PES 6 R6 AES AE 24 1041844840900 iGo V V CR c32 HASSS 8 0 210 808 Rig 278 219 2 014 _ 164 403 T 25 882 0 OR EUR E E M i e di QE awe am 22 3 8 182 8 610 1 1 3 C90 C282 C89 t Gp 08 Md 3 RIGS 15 eo 2 2 22 220 53 i C180 22 L29 LE 4 119 ea e gt 2 ome 281 22 2 68 S 2 iode 985 100K RIGS 18 L51 22n Ec Ji XF2H 2045 1 ELJ FARBZKF ELJ FARGSKF pss gni PF t M
147. 12 ADCLK H C Loop DC AD 10 10 11 Data SNR3 AD DATA RD 12 13 CLK AD CLK RD Fig 3 3 7 port I O 3 3 4 SET PC PORT Setting This port supports RS 232C specifications Procedure 1 Press the MENU key choose INITIAL SETTINGS press the ENT key and enter the password Refer to Fig 3 1 1 of page 3 1 2 The INITIAL SETTINGS entry screen appears 3 Choose SET I O PORT and press the ENT key SET PORT SET COM PORT SET PC PORT SET LAN PORT SET PRIORITY QUITIMENU 3 16 3 3 1 Port Settings 4 Choose SET PC PORT and set MODE and SPEED 4800 BPS SET PC PORT STANDARD STANDARD c gt MONITOR lt SPEED 38 4KBPS SERVICE 38 4 KBPS 57 6 KBPS BEACON QUIT MENU DISABLE Table 3 3 9 PC PORT setting VDM VDO ABK ACA ALR TXT 1 LR2 LR3 LRF LRI STANDARD PC TEC 6116274 38 4 kbps VSD SSD ABM BBM ACA ACK AIR DTM GBS GLL GNS HDT LRF LRI OSD RMC ROT VBW VTG Various kinds of PFEC and ID YDM VDO ABK ACA ACS ALR TXT 181 MONITOR PC 38 4 kb 2 LR2 LR3 LRI p Various kinds of PFEC and VSD SSD ABM BBM ACK Above mentioned MONITOR TD Sentence Various kinds of PFEC for R amp D em Above mentioned MONITOR RD Sentence Various kinds of PFEC for R amp D No output RD RTCM SC 104 No output Note MODE setting means the following ST
148. 13 6 VDC x 2 and 5 VDC for use in each board Mother board for MAIN RX2 DSC and PWR boards MOT And external equipment such as sensors and radars are connected to the terminals 24P0036 of the board GPS GPS module for receiving the GPS signal of L1 1575 42 MHz GN 8093 Number of receiving channels is 12 parallel 12 satellite tracking For relaying the GPS receiving signal MAIN 24P0035 RXI 24P0033A 2 FA 1502 Table 5 1 2 FA 1502 outline CPU AIS information display MKD and the system setting up 24 62 Communications interface of RS 422 with 1501 are conducted at 38 5 kbps data rate 5 3 5 2 FA 1501 Block Description 5 2 FA 1501 Block Description 5 2 1 TX Board 24P0032 13 6V 1 T 156 025MHz 162 025 2 45MHz TX 45MHz DATA PLL 201 025MHz TX ST 207 025MHz TX UNLOCK 4 34 DSC 19 2MHz RX2 19 2MHz RX1 19 2MHz PT2 gt VSWR 4 34 64 19 2MHz VHF ANT CH1 161 975MHz 87 2 162 025MHz CH88B DSC 156 525MHz CH70 RX RF Fig 5 2 1 Outline of TX board The TX board consists of the reference oscillator frequency converter TX PLL power amplifier and TX RX antenna switching circuits The GMSK modulated TX signal of 45 MHz input from
149. 18 set to MAUAL AIS operating channels and output power can be set manually The channels that are able to set up are international channels If CH SET 1 set to MANUAL even when the ship enters the Regional operating area by AIS message MSG22 etc the ship 1s operated by the value set in this part of the section Keep the CH SET setting to AUTO CH amp PWR SETTINGS POWER 12 5W 0W 1W 2W 12 5 CH NO CH A CH No International channel CH B Mode Rx Unused MODE CH SET Auto Manual CH SET AUTO Reference Channels in operation and output power can be confirmed by MENU gt CHANNEL SETTINGS gt VIEW CHANNEL VIEW CHANNEL POWER 1W CHANNEL NO 1001 MANUAL MANUAL gt This 18 displayed when CH SET 18 set manually in CH QUIT MENU amp PWR SETTINGS Setting takes place automatically if this display 18 not present 8 5 FOR SERVICE 8 5 2 TX TEST This 1s a menu used when output power 1s measured see Chapter 7 Measurement TX TEST PATTERN PN PATTERN TX START DIM TX STOP MENU 8 5 3 RX TEST When this test 1s carried out remove the antenna so that noise does not input from the outside This test 15 a loop back test and 15 carried out in the channel currently set A specific test message is transmitted several times and 1 more than one half the signal transmissions be detected the board is judged OK and if NG the board 1
150. 198 22 9 14 7 M 2 P158 16k 13 es 13 6 82 5VA 5 EN 413 6VA 2 83 6 35 R64HHz 18 0 303 H n i o ue L0 SS 11 ors 48 AFF WE gt eT 204 4 00 6144 3 12 CSN 01 05 Bee 2 16V 403 Coi DR 16 CO CCLK e amp 2 204 81 01 5010 CCLK ms 363 464 2 5 264 5011 x 303 404 100p C326 C157 E 154 pies lacia LV 10u 155 1100 oL 22019 E ET T Tons Fe RT amp 55 2 933 dy o H V R50 10 E i 1 24 22 21 28 R118 13 6VA p 814 2 5 94 47K 2147 4 1 8117 1 o 4 5 5 109p 325 NJHS532H TE 1 5 C127 1500p 82 20 4 7K T ciss 5608 10 B amp 1 014 E 10k wut5ssph 2 3 m 4 Nl R72 330 w H 8 8 8 s w H 4 e 5 5 x 100p C329 1 2 LC_4_S_Y C149 1 100 T 1 Y 1 5 5 i T 220 848 5 1 4528 NET 856 S1 ocn 13 RBO 5 1 2
151. 2 2 7 Removal Insertion of Flat Cable 2 7 441 MITT 2 2 FA 1501 PCBs 5 SENSOR 4 EXT DISP SENSOR COM3 EXT DISP MONITOR HI LEVEL I F EXT DISP MONITOR HI LEVEL I F 1 EXT DISP LR Power input terminal To remove cable raise slowly gt and then pull out Cable slowly When reconnecting Flat Cable insert end about 2 mm and then secure a back 2 2 1501 5 Terminal Description Label 24 006 1112 3 Normal open EXT ALM A B 12 24 VDC 7 3 5 1 06 A close 2 06 TD B _C ALM ISO GND DISP_RD_A 4 ACK_H DISP_RD_B When connecting the Monitor FA 1502 to COM2 connect SW_H FA 1502 5 to DISP_SW and SW_L FA 1502 6 to DISP_SW COM2_JP and COM3_JP are left open Refer to the Interconnection diagram of FA 150 ACK_C C COM6 SENSOR AD 10 C 4 AD CLK H SENSOR COM6_1_RD_C com2 EXT DISPLAY EXT DISPLAY DISPLAY SENSOR 7 ISO GND cow JP H 2_ JP 5 JP 6 JP 8 _ 2 JP 17 up 17 4 JP 7 5_ GND ISO GND ISO GND ISO 180 6 6 GND_ISO s cow2 5 coms 5 2 5 5 2 80 5 2 RD B 2 a
152. 281 585 aci 185 1 1 281 585 acp 123 29 spa 023 38 _ 264 3 3V 22K 2 2166 3 3 53 1 RDWR_N MATN RAS N HAIN_CKIO MAIN_WEO_N OOKG MAIN WE MES N DOHS SCALE AH m e MASS Dwg No 04431 K10 A e 1 101 281 585 3 3V 381 52 3 34 5 e 16644 0 68u 3 470msec o 16 5 V VCC 3 3V R167 TCTHUB4FU TC7WUD4FU 2 1 18 432HHz 1 154 18 432HH2 2 VCC 3 3V VCCz3 3V 2013 18 432HH2 3 18 12 91 HAIN UED N DOMO __ 115 HATN RD N 28 101 281 585 C ABD HAIN CS0 N 2 amp 3 3V 157 est 3 3 5 VCC 3 3V HAIN 0 02 12 w 37 014 15 4 ACC MP N Pes err Pr MBM2SDLE40ESOTN RESETSV_N 194 10K HAIN_DT 31 0 VCC 3 3V TC7W14FU 1 1 7814 1 1674149 VCCz3 3V 24 006 5018 0 BLOCK 5 RESETSV _ 585 RESET3V N 24P0035 MAINZ fs E E Ed MAIN B F NAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FURUNO ELECTRIC LTD 21 544 3 6 TP39 3 i gavhorsoshessenendee 2205 1
153. 4 9 SIV GNV INI peppv ISININ JN H JdO NO 9 2219 INHV IV JdO NO 4448 A3M 99411 SG 9dv 6 9dV q 1 IIVAV LON MS 5 MS NOIS 40118 404 ALNVNO 9334 GINOO c lOH OH ALlHOlHd Z SINOO 1 20 900 1 1 SINOO VINOO SNONNILNOO OLNVY 4 41 7 LNAdLNOSdS SNONNILNOO OLNV LAdLNOSIV 6 051 HINVN LSOH 000 000 000 000 Jaye pue 40 LOIA 2091 74 Jaye pue 6 10 LOSL V4 SONILLAS LYOd NV SSdudav 1 00001 LHOd 000000456 440 ASYN LAN ENS LOO PZO LEO 221 553400 Jj 1 510 AGOW Sd8Mr 8 03385 mE Do MEM L 2911903l Q33dS HOSN3S SGOW 9INOO 29119231 13345 HOSN3S 1HOd WOO SINOO L 2911903l Q33dS HOSN3S SGOW 7400 5 5 1 3NAVN 40 99411 911933 1 911904 03345 4 18 510 AV 14510 LX3 HOSN3S AGOW 0 29119 41 1 29 19941 14445 1 IH dHOLINONW AV 1X4 AGOW 2 29119931 1 29119031 03385 VINOD LAS LAS 1HOd WOO 13S 1HOd 13S puo AVNI
154. 4 ACK H Powerr ON EXT ALM A 1 1 3 Normal Open ALM OFF MOT ALM Occured ALM Deleted 24P0036 Fig 3 4 1 Alarm output 011 TLP181 GR GR A Power OFF ALM ACK Procedure 1 Choose ALARM MODE from MENU gt DIAGNOSTICS gt FOR SERVICE gt OTHER menu 2 Set ALARM MODE CONTINUOUS EXT ALM output continues until the alarm event is removed However the alarm sound only can be stopped when ALM ACK signal is turned ON or pressing any key of FA 1502 KEY STOP Alarm sound and EXT ALM output are turned OFF when Default setting ALM ACK signal is turned ON pressing any key of FA 1502 or alarm event 1s removed 3 22 3 5 CH MODE Settin 3 5 CH MODE Setting This 18 a setting that controls whether the FA 150 utilizes USA channel mode or on the INT international channel mode during Regional operation This channel designation control in the Region operation setting 15 effective only by setting from DSC message AIS message MSG 22 from shore based AIS Procedures 1 Choose CH MODE from MENU gt DIAGNOSTICS gt FOR SERVICE gt OTHER menu 2 Set CH MODE INT To conform to INT international channel USA Of the INT channel list CH1002 1004 1060 and 1062 are unable to be used In addition CH1067 2067 1013 and 2013 become forcibly 1 W operated If any of the above channels 18 designated by shore based AIS in USA channel mode the designated cha
155. 4 WGS72 W72 SGS85 S85 PE90 P90 GBS GNSS Satellite fault detection This message 18 used to support receiver autonomous integrity monitoring RAIM a de f gh a UTC time of the GGA or GNS fix associated with this sentence b Expected error in latitude Expected error in longitude b Expected error in altitude e ID number of most likely failed satellite f Probability of missed detection for most likely failed satellite 0 Estimate of bias on most likely failed satellite h Standard deviation of bias estimate 4 7 AP4 2 IEC 61162 15 sentences GGA Global positioning system fix data Time position and fix related data for a GPS receiver GGA hhmmss ss a a a b C d M M xxxx hh lt CR gt lt LF gt ef ghi k a UTC of position b Latitude N S c Longitude EAW d GPS quality indicator O Fix not available or invalid 1 GPS SPS mode fix valid 2 Differential GPS SPS mode fix valid 3 GPS PPS mode fix valid 4 Real Time kinematic Satellite system used in RTK mode with fixed integers 5 Float RTK Satellite system used in RTK mode with floating integers 6 Dead reckoning mode 7 Manual input mode 8 Simulator mode e Number of satellites in use 00 12 may be different from the number in view f Horizontal dilution of precision g Antenna altitude above below mean sea level geoid h Units of antenna altitude
156. 4 006 5012 1 13 6V 530 4153 12 8 1 ev amp 3 13 6V 1 4000 5 13 60 1 6009 7 N C 0 361 232 18 2 2 S PX2 19 2HHz 10 6 301 _ 801 13 20 2 RX119 2MHZ 2 361 086 13 2 2 13 DSC 19 2HHz TEE 5000 6 UNLOCK 867 18 E TRUE N C MONI 258 10 R VSHR BE 20 259 18 21 PITI PTT2 18 22 12 _ AE 19 23 PUR REF 524 NC CLK 1 20 25 CLK PLL gt 26 N C DATA H DATA PLL 28 5 gt 30 pnl 2 1 e 24P0032 1 3 215 amp Ed TX PGB SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FURUNO ELECTRIC LTD FURUNO acs 02072 12 R3 100 R4 2 2 100 R156 25 3074 01 RE 1 5K dp V C33 4 5 1516 1 0818 47 0600 ps n 1000p 6 26 XXX 2 5 1 3p 8 10 d 200V 5 co 5 C41 oa c14 15 5 8 41 ur 12 R5 i L3 CD 5 LS CD S JB1X V6 4 1 2158 lt 1 ANT 31 C39 C46 o 4 4 0 6 1 2 8 614 T 9 800 m C8 co Feel 22 2 Re MOX 1 1 RT 02 C42 2797 rem 3307 T 330 T 220 2p 5 To 19 4 7 25 1213 pa 0207 1 gt
157. 4 1s used for DTM sentence Output DTM WGS 84 for setting of GNSS output sentence If DTM sentence is not received the position data is processed as WGS84 and transmitted Table 8 2 4 Handling of DTM sentence Local Datum Transmission of position data Display of position data WGSS4 Transmitted Displayed acceptable Anything is Offset 18 calculated and Offset 15 calculated and WGSS4 acceptable transmitted transmitted Other than the above 21 ed ii 2 Invalid invalid data 6 9 8 2 SENSOR STATUS 9 Processing of SOG and COG SOG and are taken from the same sentence VBW use of speed over the ground is not used unless heading HDT OSD data are received VBW 18 handled as described in the table below Table 8 2 5 Processing of SOG COG Input sentence iar du Dn Calculation values of VBW and 5254 Calculation values of VBW and Displayed in priority Tm of Displayed in order of RMC VTG gt 10 Processing of ROT sentence The AIS automatically selects the ROT source with the highest priority available TI ROT Rate of Turn Indicator Other ROT source Other ROT source data 1s based on HDT OSD or AD format information When other data source is use the contents of the ROT field the AIS data is given in the table below Table 8 2 6 Processing of ROT Change of ROT Display of ROT data Data of transmitted message Change greate
158. 5 OWN STATIC DATA 4 5 LENGTH om DRAUGHT 5 0m BEAM 0m NAV STATUS 15 ANT POS INT EXT LENGTHA 50m STATUS DETAIL LENGTHB 20m NOT DEFINE LENGTHC 10m LENGTHD 8m OWN STATIC DATA 5 5 NO OF PERSONS 20 TYPE OF SHIP 0 CLASS A DETAIL NOT AVAILABLE AP6 33 AP6 5 2 STATUS AP6 5 Menu Tree In the INLAND AIS mode press the NAV STATUS key to configure the NAV STATUS DESTINATION ARRIVAL TIME CARGO TYPE amp CREW and DRAUGHT settings The settings should be configured by the user when any change is made to this information AIS MODE SOLAS NAV STATUS NAV STATUS AIS MODE STATUS DETAIL NOT DEFINED DEFAULT e g KOBE ENT DESTINATION NEW SELECT KOBE EDIT OSAKA DELETE ARRIVAL TIME DATE UTC TIME UTC DRAUGHT SOLAS DRAUGHT INLAND DRAUGHT CARGO TYPE TYPE NO TYPE DETAIL FUTURE USE ALL SHIP OF THIS TYPE ENT NAV STATUS Input NAV STATUS AIS MODE Select SOLAS or INLAND NEW ENT Input DESTINATION NEW ENT Input DATE and TIME ENT Input DRAUGHT ENT Input TYPE NO AP6 34 Y 4 ERD CODE ERD CODE CODE DETAIL VESSEL TYPE UNKNOWN NO OF PERSONS CREW PASSENGER SHIPBOARD PERSONNEL NO OF PERSONS LENGTH amp BEAM LENGTH OF SHIP BEAM OF SHIP OTHER DYNAMIC INFORMATION RATE AUTO HAZARDOUS
159. 5 judged trouble The test message content 15 and2 MSG 1 transmitted 12 times DSC Position message to own ship transmitted 5 times The test signals are received by PA turned OFF and leakage from the Driver circuit which is received by RXI RX2 and DSC boards Leakage 15 carried out through the coaxial connector of J1 RX RF line The leakage signal level is about 96 dBm in terms of antenna input RX TEST RX1 OK RX2 OK DSC OK 6 20 8 5 FOR SERVICE 8 5 4 PORT TEST This 1s a loop back test of the I O port When this test 1s performed ports that are to be tested should be connected with jumpers in accordance with the table below Note that the MODE setting in SET I O PORT menu does not matter when this test 15 being done and the test will be carried out based on the current I O port SPEED seting The test results are OK if a specific sentence 1s transmitted and the I O port can receive that same sentence PORT TEST IEC PORT TEST EC PORT TEST COMI to COMO PC NMEA PORT TEST NMEA PORT TEST to COMO AD 10 PORT TEST AD 10 PORT TEST AD 10 Table 8 5 1 IEC port test 22 72 80 3 RD Table 8 5 2 NMEA port test NMEA PORT TEST Pins to be Jumpered COMA COM 4 1 TDA 9 RDA Z TDB 10 RDB 5 5 1 TDA 9 RDA Z TDB 10 RDB COMO COM 6 I TDA 9 RDA 2 11 AD DAD C Table 8 5 3 AD 10 port test AD 10 PORT TEST 1
160. 6 AMO 21604 7 BLOCK No NAME __ 6 24 006 5023 0 _ _____ _ _0 FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD FURUNO 5 0 2 1020 EXC CR28 54 FLBB EXC CE T102U EXC CET1B2U FLTS C 8185 EXC CETIO2U 231 338 001 006 V 2 44 11 190 V V 231 338 B01 00 EXC CETIB2U 3 1 1 CHI TD A COHG TO A FLTB EXC CET102U 2 0 1 10 8 083 10 8 y DISP 45 60 150 080150 EXC 1 DISP TO A COM1_TD_A V 23 DISP TD B 0 1 10 8 144 5 640 150 60 150 V Ur 6 0 EXC CETIO2U DISP RD A CDHILBD A 7 E D E E 24 5 DISP RD B COMI RD B gt 8 6 610 150 150 US 1 DISP SuC 1 4 144 2083 10 R66 8 DISP SUC 081 4 GND 54 330 144 2083 10 528 iio 45 R6 338 V V 831 330 R5 330 V P30 336 9928 45398 384 00 9085 0 0 0 9 850808 98 8 2 2 P on 8 Lu d 52 4 5 13 3 311608 EXC 1020 g 828 54 156 a 1 3 EXC CET182U c5 V FL8S 10 T EXC 5 5 e
161. 64 578 11 2991 CD EE quail Q11 02 21419979 al NVYDVIG 911VW3HOS 240 oN smg T 9014 10114 zi B ya E 200024 y 6 040 SISSVHJ 1815 001 74 lt VA d XI V XI Pe 0 1400590 14 2 5 27 b M lt CPU z 3 3 8 pS CPU Ee eyes i5 i5 gt gt 51 5 1 es 65 ANO VC XL BV cac JE om Mou qv ana wo wo c gt 1 gt 10 gt x gt gt gt te t 1 wn Us UE pois 0 521 0 Lb Doe 42 13 6 i TX RX DSC O 1 00 3072 230 301 883 T u u al al esee V omi ES s 8544 58 di 888 sfx at 5 5 5 516 515 515 13 51 3 TABLE 1 TABLE 2 8 8 alo ste
162. 7 OTHER 1 SIM MODE This 18 a simulator mode External GNSS data internal GPS data and heading data are not required simulation 1 displays simulated targets of 9 ships in the Tokyo Bay area while simulation 2 displays simulation targets of 5 ships the Osaka Bay area In addition the simulation related data VDM and VDO sentences related to the simulation are outputted to the outside the same as normal operation For MMSI IMO ANT POS and other static data and navigation data set values are used The simulated position data appears as if it were being fed by a GPS in each of the simulated areas When AIS enters the simulator mode 5 18 displayed at the top right end of all the screens This mode is maintained even if the power supply 15 turned off 2 ves CO Tos Vessel aua y Tere Vessel a a lO X8 776 AT iS STATUS 94300 200 lt lt a SUIS EE ARGET TIME 001 1110 CALL SIGN MATIOMALITY CPA nm RNG L BRG deq min HOG raster P 140 2 F3 Seach Fe F amp zerz arra gsx Gg m E 525 Te PED T Fig 8 5 1 Location of ships in the s
163. 82 97087175402 AQ lt gt gt 0 NI bE 2 119049 lt 6 Hasina H 74087175402 03794027 lt 26 gt 2 gt 0890 6210 gt gt 6210742 1 8 lt 1 02 dr SH03 01 9402 452 222 0179402 gt 25 gt 2 407642 10 1 977880 e 0 122 8210 gt gt 82107042 8 lt 051709 pps 0517019 0375400 lt 186 lt gt 9 gt 045802 gt 6 gt lt 88271803 8703 2 3402 017502 lt 2 46 gt 0175402 gt 62 gt 12107042 t v lt vore LO 087275 02 lt lt gt gt NI gt 82 gt 007042 lt lt 05709 0517009 0875 03 lt amp amp gt L gt 08503 3210 gt 12 gt 82117042 lt 2 lt 87017105 87017580 175402 lt SE amp 91 gt 0175102 60 gt 92 D 61009 lt 1 lt VORO 04 5409 0 lt lt 9 2 gt S2 2 52107142 1 47828 018 1821 0007100797182 lt LE gt gt 08102 gt gt 810 082 014 81 017702 lt lt gt 017 lt 02 b210 gt 2 2107142 p RI me lt 0 lt 27087179802 2 03 17bu02 lt lt gt gt m i i i 6 lt H Q 3 1 9802 H 037179802 087203 lt 0 lt gt gt 0472802 gt 12 gt 09 1 2 5 gt 84 ammo 7 02 01724027 ib l
164. 9 and also PTT2 does peripheral circuits Both are control signals for switching TX RX and controlled with the same timing TX UNLOCK The error message TX appears for announcing the TX abnormality when the TX PLL circuits operation becomes unlocked control voltages of TP are 43 5 VDC to 45 0 VDC the TX frequency of 156 026 MHz and 5 0 VDC to 6 0 VDC for 161 975 MHz 5 2 FA 1501 Block Description Distribution of 19 2 MHz Reference Oscillation frequency of Y1 19 2 MHz reference oscillation frequency of Y1 TCXO Temperature Compensated Crystal Oscillator on TX board 18 distributed to and RX2 boards as the reference of the PLL circuits and to DSC board as the reference to generate the 2nd local oscillation in addition to board Frequency adjustment is not necessary for Y1 If the tolerance of VHF TX frequency is exceeded by 3 ppm or more replace the TX board TX 24P0032 DSC 24P0034 2nd Lo RX1 24 2 24 1st Lo Fig 5 2 4 Distribution of 19 2 MHz Reference oscillation frequencies 5 2 1501 Block Description 5 2 2 RX 1 24P0033A and RX 2 24P0033B Boards Down converts the AIS receiving signal TDMA to 36 kHz IF signal Circuits including RX1 and RX2 boards are almost the same except for the Ist IF and 2nd local oscillation frequencies Receiving frequencies of CH A are allocated for 1 board and CH B for RX2 So note that
165. A 150 only use a jumper to connect 7 and 8 Terminator YES Jumper FA 1501 RD A B TD A B GPS 5 422 Terminator NO No Jumper Terminator YES FAR 2xx7 i 7 Fig 3 3 3 Termination resistor 3 11 3 3 Port Settings 2 MOT p c b 24 0036 f gt 3 GNDISO V T 6 GNDISO 330x3 V Terminator gt 8 COMI JP m 7 COM1 JP FL gt 5 COM1 RDB 2 in gt 4 COM1 RD A FIL 2 TD B FIL gt 1 COM1 TDA V L Fig 3 3 4 COM 1 port I O COM 3 1 RD COM 3 1 TD RS 422 2 COM2 and COM3 port Settings Both COM2 and COM3 ports have the same electrical specifications and settings EXT DISPLAY MONITOR HI LEVEL IF DISABLE IEC 61162 1 IEC 61162 2 Table 3 3 6 COM2 and COM3 Settings YPM VDO ABK ACS ALR TXT EXT RADAR LR1 LR2 LR3 LRF LRI DISPLAY ECDIS VSD SSD ABM BBM ACA ACK AIR SET COM 2 3 MODE EXT DISPLAY SPEED IEC 61162 2 QUITIMENU Pilot Plug DTM GBS GGA GLL GNS HDT LRI OSD RMC ROT VBW VTG Various kinds of PFEC and TD VDM VDO ABK ACA ACS ALR TXT MONITOR FA 1502 IEC 61162 2 LRI LR2 LR3 LRF LRI 38 4 kbps Various kinds of PFEC and VSD SSD ABM BBM Various kinds of PFEC for NAVNET 2 and TD VDM VDO ABK ACA ACS ALR TXT LR1 LR2 LR3 LRF LRI NAVNET2 Various kinds of PF
166. AIS which 1s the same as SOLAS AIS mode of the INLAND AIS specification except that the menu contents are different 2 DESTINATION DESTINATION SOLAS AIS screen and screen dpa dlc OO With INLAND AIS mode NEW Specifies the destination as with the DESTINATION of SOLAS AIS The setting can be viewed by going to DISP gt STATIC DATA 2 9 pages This information 1s part of navigational information and reported via MSG 5 Hint Lock bridge terminal destinations can be set by going to MSG gt ETA RTA gt CREATE MSG SET DESTINATION The destinations set here such as a lock can be viewed by going to DISP gt STATIC DATA page 3 9 AP6 11 AP6 2 INLAND AIS Settings 3 ARRIVAL TIME ARRIVAL TIME DATE UTC 1 JAN TIME UTC 0 00 SOLAS AIS screen screen with INLAND AIS mode Specifies the time of arrival at the destination as with the ARRIVAL TIME of SOLAS AIS DATE TIME The settings can be viewed by going to DISP gt STATIC DATA 2 9 pages This information 1s part of navigational information and reported in MSG 5 Hint Time of arrival at lock bridge terminal can be set by going to MSG gt ETA RTA CREATE MSG gt ETA RTA The destinations set here such as a lock can be viewed by going to DISP gt STATIC DATA 3 9 page 4 DRAUGHT DRAUGHT SOLAS DRAUGHT 0 0m INLAND DRAUGHT 0 00m INLAND AIS DRAUGHT amp PERSONS SOLAS DRAUGHT 0 0m
167. AIS Test Report Model FA 150 FA 100 Serial Number Name of ship The 15 has been tested according to IMO SN Circ 227 and resolution MSC 74 69 annex 3 Contents AUTO MATIC IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM AIS TEST REPORT Attachments 1 15 Initial Setting List 2 Measurements 3 Interconnection Diagram 4 Antenna Lay out EF U R U N O 5 1 1252 AUTO MATIC IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM AIS TEST REPORT Name of ship call sign MMSI number Port of registry IMO Number Gross tonnage Date keel laid 1 Installation details AIS transponder type Type approval certificate Initial installation configuration report on board Status NENNEN NENNEN NENNEN Drawings provided Antenna AIS arrangement and block diagram NENNEN NEN Ot Main source of electrical power 6 Emergency source of electrical power Capacity to be verified if AIS is connected to a battery 1 8 Pilot plug near pilots operating position 1 9 120 V AC provided near pilot plug Panama and St Lawrence requirement 1 AIS programming Static information MMSI number IMO number Radio call sign Name of ship Type of ship Ship length and beam Location of GPS antenna 21 MMSInumber SS 22 IMOnumber 0 0 0 23 jRadiocallsign __ Name of ship ___ Typeofship SSS Ship length andbeam
168. ANDARD Sentence same as EXT DISPLAY MONITOR To be set when PC version AIS display 15 connected PC version AIS display software is FAISPC MARK2 optional SERVICE To be used for R amp D BEACON GR 80 is connected 3 17 3 3 Port Settings PC RS 232C MAIN p c b J15 24P0035 1 FIL gt 2 PCSD U29 V gt 3 DS14C232M 4 DB PC TD FIL 6 DSR RS 232C Convertor 7 8 CTS 9 Fig 3 3 8 PC port I O 3 3 5 SET LAN PORT Setting When LAN port is used mount the NET 100 board 03P9332 to the MAIN board as shown in the photo The NET 100 board 18 optional The specifications of this port are automatically changed over to IOBASE T in accordance with the PC specifications The protocol is UDP User Data gram Protocol NET 100 board 03P9332 Fig 3 3 9 Equipment of LAN board 3 18 3 3 1 Port Settings Procedure 1 Press the MENU key choose INITIAL SETTINGS press the ENT key and enter the password Refer to Fig 3 1 1 of page 3 1 2 The INITIAL SETTINGS entry screen appears 9 Choose SET I O PORT and press the ENT key SET PORT SET COM PORT SET PC PORT SET LAN PORT SET PRIORITY QUIT MENU 4 Choose SET LAN PORT set MODE IP ADDRESS SUBNET MASK and PORT NO SET LAN PORT STANDARD MODE DISABLE MONITOR IP ADDRESS SERVICE 172 031 024 001 DISABLE SUB NET MASK 255 255 000 000 PORT
169. AP5 2 Connection to LAN Port AP5 2 2 Setting of FA 150 1 Setting and confirmation of LAN port 1 Choose MENU INITIAL SETTINGS gt SET I O PORT gt SET LAN PORT 2 Set MODE to MONITOR Settings of IPADDRESS SUB NET MASK and PORT NO may be kept to the factory defaults If FA 150 16 connected to the in ship s LAN system change these settings as required SET LAN PORT MODE MONITOR IPADDRESS 172 031 024 001 SUB NET MASK 255 255 000 000 PORT NO 10000 2 Setting of FAISPC MARK2 1 Open Option P of the menu bar and choose Setting COM port 2 The Setting COM port screen 15 displayed Set the USE PORT setting to LAN x Setting Port E PORT C EMO Esc Cancel Cursor Up Down ltem Select Enter Decision 3 Upon completion of setting click and close the Setting COM port screen AP5 5 AP5 2 Connection to LAN Port 3 Setting of IP of FAISPC MARK2 1 Choose Initial Settings 1 gt Hardware settings of the menu bar and click button iw Hardware Settings 24 1 F2 Sensor Priority TRANSPONDER PORT SPEED MODE COM 61162 2 com2 61162 2 gt Hi Level iF COM3 IEC6 menges IM 31 24 1 6 6 ener 055 255 0 0 Pe Pot 38400 PORTNO 10000 0 65535 2 DEFAULT OK Esc Cancel Cursor Up Down ltem Sel
170. B 51 0375HH2 1 1 51 18 5 1375 2 RX2 HF51 2NBC51 2375HH2 FL1 EL J FATRO 26 8 820 114 1 00 cs 58 C63 162 1 12 1 C56 10 268 U gi U 4 13 6 0 00 9 8 eh 4 Je XF 2H 2D15 1 9Y 19 Sv OV 202 19 2HHz O9 C92 0 0 R73 470 RXI RX2 UNLOCK 12 RXI RX2 8 5S 4H 08 a wv ui 15 0120 m F 8 01u 2 15 RKILS EL J F ARO JF 2503123 1 17 NE 116 2 2 e 18 RXi RX2 36kHz eo O e e C105 5 XXX 5 204 10 120 2 2 g 8 4700 esceTie Y ELJ FB471KF 17 1 4 155272 2562712 010 25 2412 25 1037 012 013 Ge y 2 4 4 7 DO 4 66 8 OV 64 6 5 AR UO TENOR ee RM DRAWN 05 07 21 24P0033 1 2 RX1 RX28 R RX1 RX2 PCB SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM lt FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD me NO 04431 K07 24 006 5015 2 FURUNO
171. CARGO UNKNOWN UN LOADED UNKNOWN ENT Input ERI CODE ENT Input No of Persons ENT Input LENGTH amp BEAM ENT Input HAZARDOUS CARGO and UN LOADED 51 9 530 195 SsJojoeJeuo e 1ndu NOILVOO 1 sJo oeJeuo 41 4 6 A ES 9 V 88 YHIONSIVNHALW 135 sm Oc s e dde 1 4 0 9 9 0 sieeade eDesseyyjueg 901 XL OSIN ANIS OSN 3418 noA QN3S 98 4 9 98 TIVINHON 06 91 1 06 ALAAVS 1570 ONnund penes 08 08 6 1 1 88 419 9EJEUD G8 A HHVS OSN 31V3H9 15750 Suav 0119 uo 6 S3INIL SVO SHAY 01 195 2 q V d 8 HLOSg 31VNH3IITIV TANNVHO IWAYON ALAAVS ee ISININ 15 Sudav 1svo avoadg SHQv SIV 57105 SIV lt SIV 6 9 99411 96 94 ISININ PO avoug AdAL SHAY 5O1VLY VIH AVL3 11111200 OSIN ANIS 5 44 JO ON 0 9LLINJI OSIN
172. CE SS SN MONITOR Generally SS 1s calculated and displayed When SW2 of the MAIN board set as follows SW2 1 ON SW2 2 3 4 OFF S N 15 calculated and displayed SS SN MONITOR indicates the intensity of SS Signal Strings signal and S N Signal Noise but under the normal operating condition it is unable to judge whether the reception circuit is good or bad from this numerical value When the sensitivity of reception circuit 15 checked that 1s when the SS SN value 15 measured connect Standard Signal Generator to the antenna terminal and input carrier signals non modulation signal an RX1 160 625MHz 70 60 50 40 30 SS SN 20 SS 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 RF INPUT dBm 70 60 50 40 30 SN 20 SS SN 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 INPUT dBm Fig 8 5 2 SS SN inpu
173. CK 292 RX2 UNLOCK Fogg TET 52 2 5 P F RX1 MUTE Figg 502 3 3 8107 1 52 2 PII _ 502 Stave non pull up TAE CAPE UE 54 Master seriel non pull up 159 FTO V ee ero we 100 18 432HHz 2 80 FPGA TCK 245 105 m 12 22 22 1722 ME RC FPGA THS _ 104 _ 2S893X885859S25555555585 55 gt i i 24P0035 2 5 73 fe 150 2 5 SA REF 4 006 5019 0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FURUNO ELECTRIC LTD DRAWN 05 02 YAMASAKI NOTE 1 PATTERN ONLY 510 1 5 4422442 Qo SQ 2 218 508 40 13 1 Neate cre ee ede SuB 07631 0 244 3 3V R22A AA 16 275 18 2332224 3 51 a 2 2 2 R36 10 alaaa 5 5 5 5 5 5 222248 5 EESTI 3 5 nn 5 21 38 452 32 to cofr 5 alalal 5198 D LLL 204 206 V 3 3V A13 13 105 48 5 3 SUB SN74LVC1608DBVR 207 1B1 186 16 101 543 5A2
174. CREW MBX8 2 000 881 404 000000000 000 2 LOK NG WRE SACDLE VEM 0 605 231 308 206 FUR 000 809 277 005 955 880 005 956 050 231 308 206 FUR 00000000 0000 005 956 060 NG Wet SACLE 000 809 277 000000000 005 956 070 i v 20000 BUSH 231 308 206 FUR CB VH CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY SB 1909 F 24 005 000 126 024 005 955 760 TID OLD WASHER HEAD SCREW BK 231 310 206 FUR MBX 2 005 956 100 000 231 313 206 FUR CASE 005 956 110 24 006 1011 4 100 321 004 231 305 206 FUR eU 005 956 PAN HEAD SCREW 1 MDX20 CZ00WMBN 2 MODEL FA 150 005 955 920 LAN 2 000 861 131 LAN BLI ND 931 24 006 1113 0 BAT 1 CONNECTOR 100 321 190 Re DELE 000010 M TYPE CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY m I EXTERNAL TOOTH LOCK 00000000150 APPROVED CFECKED LRAVIN FA 1501 80 0670 CAWMN 2 PLUG STI 150 005 955 790 000 864 506 mM 24 006 1111 1 10 Aug 2005 10 2005 10 Aug 2005 TRANSPONDER UN T COWNEN 2 Yoshida 5 kubota CA431 E01 B 03 ejoqmiS epiusoA QW LM Avisa S00cdes 00249510 900995 OOT W O ZOSI V4
175. DER TEST FA 1501 memory test and built in GPS test are carried out 1 MEMORY TEST MEMORY TEST PROGRAM NO 2450018 01 0x MAIN ROM OK MAIN RAM OK SUB RAM OK PROGRAM NO FA 1501 program number 18 displayed MAIN ROM This 18 to check FLASH RAM U25 for MAIN CPU of MAIN board OK or NG 1s displayed by the result of the Check sum check of ROM MAIN RAM This 1 to check RAM 024 for MAIN CPU of MAIN board NG is displayed by the result of the Read Write SUB This is to check RAM U2 and U8 for SUB CPU of MAIN board or NG 15 displayed by the result of the Read Write 2 GPS TEST When this test 1s executed the command to start the self test 1s sent from 1501 to built in GPS receiver and the test begins The test results are displayed GPS TEST PROGRAM NO 4850264005 TEST OK NG NG List When NG 18 displayed the content of NG includes the following ROM ERROR When ROM error 18 found in GPS core board GN 8093 RAM ERROR When RAM error is found in GPS core board GN 8093 ANT ERROR Current that flows in GPS ANT 16 checked If the current 1s not within the specified tolerances ERROR 18 displayed 8 4 DIAGNOSTICS DATA BACKUP ERROR This error 1s shown when there 1s no backup data of GPS data and WAAS data of GPS core board GN 8093 PARAMETER BACKUP ERROR This error 1s shown when there 1s no backup data of receiver parameters of GPS core b
176. DSC message even if DSC format signal or carrier signal 1s received continuously for 90 seconds or more Trouble of DSC RX board 18 suspect Note For example when DOT pattern signal transmitted by FM 8500 1s received for 90 seconds or more this alarm 18 shown This alarm continues until the next DSC message 18 correctly received 6 MKD MKD connection lost This alarm indicates that a communication failure from FA 1502 to the FA 1501 has been detected This check is carried out by PFEC data sentences and confirms connection every 15 seconds to ensure that the FA 1502 display 1s connected If the PFEC data response from the FA 1502 15 not received MKD alarm occurs Note that when a second FA 1502 1s connected no MKD error is indicated if communication with the second FA 1502 takes place properly 8 1 ALARM STATUS Reference When COMMUNICATION ERROR 15 displayed This alarm occurs when the VDO sentence sent from the FA 1501 every second is not received at the FA 1502 PFEC Command Parameter PFEC ACK FA 1501 VDO Dynamic data and static data which FA 150 transmits are sent to external listeners by this sentence Information about other ships received are sent to external listeners by this sentence PFEC Control commands and setting parameters are transferred by this sentence 7 EPFS External EPFS lost This message 1s displayed when no position data is received from external GNSS for 5 seconds or more
177. E EXTDISPLAY EXTDISPLAY MONITOR HI LEVEL IF COM3 J EXTDISPLAY MONITOR HI LEVEL IF _ EXTDISPLAY COM5 SENSOR __ 00014 ADIO 11 Setting and Checking Guide 5 Carry out INITIAL SETTINGS See page 3 1 Carry out the settings of the table below MMSI 2 SEMI 00 J42Q 9 4 CSIN 7 SETSHIPTYPEE COMI men SET PORT CONDE SENSOR SET PC PORT SET ADDRESS 172 031 024 001 LAN PORT IP m SUBNET MASK 255 255 000 000 PORT No 10000 SET mer 506 PRIORITY HDG ROT Default SENSOR SPEED 61162 1 4800 bps EXT DISPLAY MONITOR HI LEVEL IF SPEED IEC61162 2 38 4 kbps Setting and Checking Guide 6 Make sure no alarm is generated See page 8 2 If any alarm is detected the generated alarm 18 displayed by popup display In addition the generated alarm list 18 displayed by DISP gt ALARM STATUS 7 Confirm Program Ver and carry out diagnostics See pages 6 3 8 14 through 16 Confirm program No of FA 150 and diagnostics test Execute MENU gt DIAGNOSTICS gt TRANSPONDER TEST gt MEMORY TEST FA 1501 FA 1502 2450018 01 0x 2450021 01 0x 8 Make sure sensor input is automatically changed over Check the use condition by MENU gt SENSOR STATUS and confirm whether not the GPS data 1s changed over by the following method the inter
178. EC for NAVNET 2 and VSD SSD ABM BBM ACA ACK AIR DTM GBS GGA GLL GNS HDT LRF LRI OSD RMC ROT VBW VTG No output HI LEVEL IF 3 12 3 3 Port Settings Note COM2 and COMS port Settings They are same as those described in Note COMI port setting of Paragraphs and 2 MOT p c b 311608 2 gt T 24P0036 2 M csl L J15 16 FIL 3 GNDISO V 6 GNDISO 5V 5V pe V Terminator gt 8 COMI JP 4 2 RD c 7 COMI JP COM 5 3 RD FIL 5 COM1 RDB De 4 2 TD gt 4 COMI RDA COM 5 3 TD V RS 422 gt 2 COM1 TD B V gt 1 COM1 TDA LI Fig 3 3 5 COM 2 3 port I O 3 4 and 5 port Settings These ports support RS 422 and C Loop specifications 4 5 5 4 5 SENSOR SENSOR MODE SENSOR gt EXT DISPLAY SPEED IEC 61162 2 QUIT MENU CUu DISABLE IEC 61162 1 IEC 61162 2 Note and COM S port settings 1 can be connected to EXT DISPLAY Radar ECDIS and Pilot plug 5 is a port dedicated to sensors The RD data line of and COMS ports supports for both RS 422 and C LOOP specifications Choose either one of them for data input If data 1s inputted from both ports both inputted data collide Data collision C Loop port Mixed data 2 The specifications of this port are same as those describ
179. ED INITIAL COM 6 SENSOR SPEED SET I O PORT SETTINGS SET Same as SOLAS AIS PO PORT SREE ADDRESS SUBNET Same as SOLAS AIS NAVNET PORT NO mode SET LAN PORT GATEWAY ADDRESS Note Modified for HOST NAME NAVNET system AIS OUTPUT FA 1501 Ver 01 09 GPS OUTPUT FA 1502 Ver 01 07 ZDA OUTPUT L L COG SOG dum pon duc SOLASAIS PRIORITY 4 5 6 2 3 1 mode 4 5 6 gt 2 3 1 LOWHHGH O SET pea m Added INLAND QUALITY OW HIGH AIS mode HEADING LOW HIGH SET BLUE AVAILABLE Added in INLAND SIGN SW NOT AVAILABLE AIS mode AP6 9 AP6 2 INLAND AIS Settings The following describes the INITIAL SETTINGS items added in the INLAND AIS mode 1 ENI code setting SET MMSI menu The ENI Unique European Vessel Identification Number codes are issued by the National Inland Shipping Authorities to vessels and set by the authorized engineer from Furuno at the time of installation the same way as MMSI The code consists of 7 digits X2 X4 X5 X base station number between 023 and 039 X4 X5 X6 vessel specific number The ENI code is static information and reported via MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 10 following MSG 5 2 SET QUALITY SET I O PORT menu Provides a menu for the information about the SPEED COURSE and HEADING sensors to be connected HIGH sensor complay with type approval LO
180. EN CONVOY 0m BEAM CONVOY SOLAS DRAUGHT 0 0m INLAND DRAUGHT 0 00m ETAO1 JAN 00 00 UTC OWN DATE TIME LAT LON SOG COG ROT 2 9 STATIC DATA INLAND DESTINATION COUNTRY CODE A LOCATION CODE FAIRWAY NO 10000 TERMINAL CODE A FAIRWAY HECT ETA 01 00 00 UTC STATIC DATA 719 AIR DRAUGHT CREW PASSENGER SHIPBOARD PERSONNEL 10 00m NO OF PERSONS 0 DYNAMIC DATA 71 2 01 JAN 2010 06 43 20 UTC 34 27 8412 N 135 25 1232 E 10 0kt 57 00 HDG 123 R10 0 min 10000 STATIC DATA STATIC DATA STATIC DATA HAZARDOUS CARGO UNKNOWN ANT POS INT EXT LENGTH A LENGTH LENGTH C LENGTH D NAV STATUS 15 UN LOADED UNKNOWN STATUS NOT DEFINED DEFAULT 8 9 STATIC DATA OF SHIP 10 NUMBER OF TUGBOATS 0 TYPE DETAIL FUTURE USE ALL SHIP S OF THIS TYPE ALARM STATUS HDG 01 JAN 00 11 11 ROR 01 JAN 00 11 12 AP6 32 ERI CODE 8000 CODE DETAIL VESSEL TYPE UNKNOWN OWN DYNAMIC 2 2 SENSOR NO FIX RAIM UNUSED POSITION ACCURACY LOW DYNAMIC INFORMATION REPORT RATE 10SEC BLUE SIGN AP6 5 Menu Tree Reference Conventional SOLAS AIS DISP screen displays OWN STATIC DATA 1 5 OWN STATIC DATA 2 5 MMSI 432456789 DESTINATION NAME FURUNO CALL SIGN JA123A IMO NO 1234567 OWN STATIC DATA 3
181. ET M i FPGA RESET N ony HAIN MEO 184 185 281 585 MATN ME 1 N DOMI IN DUCES NOIL y 184 PAIN MEZ 0082 Mitra ESN Dna ere C y 1 IN C Spe 0003 n ur A 162 SN74LVC160BDBVR RYD2_ENBI 104 1 s sca E D 2 115 1 3 3 aE 20 S4B PHK S lt LL WITH 210 0161123 E MAIN 33 12 1 22 2 222 111 4 2 lt 01 10 M7 TXD 3522 22 02 22222012 501 20 aoe Mp qu 1684 E EEE 3 6 1 3 6 1 E A UO B 188 8 189 20100013 5222 V 3 eie 5 ees M 543 24 5435 NAIN TDI 3 _ 100 193 4 Ei HAIN THS 2 4 5 3 543 JAIN RST ICE_N 1 5A3 pe SNTALVCTGOBDBVR n 181 185 1C6 381 543 5A3 4 031 V NOTE 2 PATTERN ONLY MOUNT FOR FA 1501 ONLY VCC 2 3V x3 MOUNT FOR FA 2001 ONLY aco 11 20 185 161
182. Enter the password Press 1 gt STATUS DIM DISP ENT MENU NAV STATUS keys in sequence The FOR SERVICE window appears FOR SERVICE CH amp PWR SETTINGS TX TEST RX TEST PORT TEST ALARM HISTORY MONITOR COM6 OTHER 3 Select CH amp PWR SETTINGS and press ENT key The CH amp PWR SETTINGS window appears CH amp PWR SETTINGS POWER 12 5W CH NO CH A 2087 CH B 2088 MODE CH A TX RX CH B TX RX CH SET AUTO 7 2 Measurement Adjustment 4 Set POWER and channels as follows Then set SET to MANUAL and press MENU key to return FOR SERVICE window Note POWER Select TX output power for OW 1 W 2 W or 12 5 W CH NO Valid only for CH A data invalid for CH B MODE Not related to the measurement for setting to or UNUSED Set both CH A and CH B to CH SET Setto MANUAL for measurement When setting to MANUAL channels and modes set in this window for the regional operating area are used for operation Press MENU gt CHANNEL SETTINGS VIEW CHANNEL and then you can confirm the channel information in operation After measuring you should return to AUTO Setting to TX TEST Mode 5 Select TX TEST in FOR SERVICE window and press ENT key The TX TEST window appears TX TEST PATTERN TX START DIM TX STOP MENU 6 Se
183. FIL MOT TD TD a a oc oc o 1 61162 1 2 1 61162 1 2 1 61162 1 2 1 61162 1 2 SNSR2 RD a tc Y o o 6 TD TD RD 8 TD 8 RD a zi tc o E qn 5 2 FA 1501 Block Description lt lt ALM oc l O a lt 1 1 RD ALM ALM ACK 5 2 11 Block diagram of MOT board The specifications of this port are compatible with RS 422 and TD A B and RD A B lines have the I O circuits electrically separated by U2 L TC T1535 In addition the jumper between 7 and 8 of COM ports a termination resistor of the data line When more than one are connected to the TD A B line on the transmission side the termination resistor should be mounted on the receiver side which has the electrically longest wiring In the case of connecting FA 150 only use a jumper to connect 7 and 8 COM 3 1 RD 3 1 TD MOT p c b 24P0036 gt 3 GND ISO GND ISO Terminator 1 JP JP 2 1 RD 1 RD 5 422 COM1 TDA 5 2 12 of COM Port 5 16 5 2 1501 Block Description 5 2 6 PWR Board 24P0037 1 Power ON OFF control system The following figure shows the
184. GVA 100 or separate VHF antenna and GPS antenna can choose 1 2 Configuration 5 In order to reduce interference between VHF and AIS 1 The AIS VHF antenna should be installed safety away from interfering high power energy sources like radar and other transmitting radio antenna preferably at least 3 meters away from and out of the transmitting beam 2 Ideally there should no be more than one antenna on the same level The AIS VHF antenna should be mounted directly above or below the ship s primary VHF radiotelephone antenna with no horizontal separation and with a minimum of 2 m vertical separation If it is located on the same level as other antennas the distance apart should be at least 10 m Reference The AIS VHF antenna should be placed in an elevated position that 1s as free as possible with a minimum of 2 m in horizontal direction from constructions made of conductive materials The antenna should not be installed close to any large vertical obstruction The objective for the AIS VHF antenna 18 to see the horizon freely though 360 degrees 9 The AIS and associated sensors should be powered from the ship s main source of electrical energy In addition it should be possible to operate the AIS and associated sensors from an alternative source of electrical energy 10 The AIS should be installed to places where the ship is normal navigated and as well as where the deck officer can operate FA 150 or the conning position For examp
185. IGN JAXXX STATUS DETAIL 100m 100m MMSI 432456789 DATE 12 APR NOT DEFINED 20m 20m IR LENGTHC 10m 15m ALL SHIPS OF E 10 DEFAULT IMO No 001234567 TIME 10 10 LENGTH D 15m 10m THIS DISP OWN SHIP S DYNAMIC DATA 11 OWN DIYNAMIC DATA Y 22 JUN 2005 06 43 20 LAT 34 27 8412 N 135 25 1232 E SOG 10 0kt EXT GPS COG 57 09 HDG 123 ROT 10 0 min PA H RAIM USE DISP 1 ALARM STATUS HDG 22 JUN 05 11 11 22 JUN 05 11 12 DISP Fig 4 1 1 DISP screen sequence 4 2 STATUS 4 2 NAV STATUS There are five items on the NAV STATUS menu that you will need to enter at the start of a voyage NAV STATUS navigation status DESTINATION ARRIVAL TIME arrival date and time CARGO TYPE amp CREW number of crew and vessel type and DRAUGHT This information should be updated as required NAV STATUS NAV STATUS ENT Input NAV STATUS STATUS DETAIL NOT DEFINED DEFAULT DESTINATION DESTINATION ENTER ANEW NEW e g NEW NEW ENT DESTINATION KOBE SELECT KOBE ENT KOBE Input DESTINATION OSAKA EDIT OSAKA DELETE QUIT NAV STATUS SELECT to choose the appropriate Destination ARRIVAL TIME DESTINATION DATE EDIT DATE NEW ENT TIME to edit the selected Destination TIME 1 DELETE to delete the selected Destination TYPE
186. IM gt 050 gt AD FORMAT TI ROT gt HDG Calculated value from ROT HDG RAM 108 8 7 8 2 SENSOR STATUS 2 Input Output sentences for each MODE setting Input Output sentences control vary in accord with the MODE settings of COMI to COMO See page 3 7 for the detail IMENU gt INITIAL SETTINGS SET PORT gt MODE 3 Processing of sentences AIS requires IEC 61162 Ed 2 NMEA Ver 2 0 or higher Processing key points are described as follows To use NMEA Ver 1 5 see page 8 29 1 Conditions which will result an invalid sentence include the following When checksum 15 abnormal When NULL code 18 included in position data When N S of position data exceeds 90 degrees or W E exceeds 180 degrees When azimuth bearing data 1s other than 0 to 359 degrees When ship speed data 1s other than 0 0 to 99 99 knots When reception error occurs in sentence 2 Priority processing of sentence Table 8 2 3 Priority processing of sentence GNS GLL with Mode IND GGA RMC with Mode IND GLL with no Pos Mode IND RMC with no Mode IND Note GLL NMEA Ver 1 5 with no Mode IND NMEA Ver 2 0 or higher with Mode IND SOG COG VBW RMC VTG OSD ROT 3 Each sentence input interval 1s times out after 5 seconds Set the output sentence interval from external GNSS to less than 5 seconds 4 External sentences are not allowed unless they contai
187. IS MSG 6 and 8 Messages used in the INLAND AIS mode are MSG 1 to 24 Data characteristic of the INLAND mode are transmitted as data embedded in the binary data of MSG 6 and MSG 8 The figure below shows MSG 6 MSG 8 message structures Whether a message 15 a SOLAS AIS or INLAND AIS message depends on the 16 bit Application ID field Ten bits of this Application ID field show the DAC Designated Area Code DAC 1 indicates SOLAS AIS and 200 INLAND AIS The following 6 bits indicate message defined by the FI Functional Identifier With SOLAS AIS the DAC and FI are defined as IFM International Functional Message and with INLAND AIS as RFM Regional Function Message Note FI with DAC 1s IFM and with DAC 1 1s Message Repeat Source Sequence Destination Retransmit Binary ID Indicator ID Number ID Flag Data 6 bits 2 bits 30 bits 2 bits 30 bits 1 bit max 936 bits Application ID 16 bits SOALS AIS DAC 10 bits FI 6 bit 1 Xx m uen Application Data Application ID 16 bits 16 bits DM INLAND AIS 10 bits FI 6 bit 200 Figure AP6 3 1 MSG 6 Addressed Binary Message Message Repeat Source Spare Binary ID Indicator ID Data 6 bits 2 bits 30 bits 1 bit max 968 bits Application ID 16 bits SOALS AIS DAC 10 bits FI 6 bit 1 Application Application Data 952 bits Application ID
188. IVER 3 Receiving Channels 12 channels parallel 12 satellites tracking 3 2 Rx Frequency Rx Code 1575 42 MHz C A code 3 3 Position Fixing System All in view 8 state Kalman filter 3 4 Position Accuracy Approx 10 m 95 of the time HDOP lt 4 DGPS approx less than 5 m 95 of the time 3 5 Tracking Velocity 900 kts 3 6 Position fixing Time Warm start 36 seconds Cold start 43 seconds 3 7 Position Update Interval 1 second 3 8 DGPS Data Receiving RTCM SC 104 Ver 2 1 formatted 4 INTERFACES 4 1 COMI IEC 61162 1 2000 07 61162 2 1998 09 Input VSD SSD ABM BBM ACA ACK AIR DTM GBS GGA GLL GNS HDT LRF LRI OSD RMC ROT VBW VTG Output VDM VDO ABK ACA ACS ALR TXT LR1 LR2 LR3 LRF LRI Note COM4 also functions as SENSOR input 4 2 SENSOR input IEC 61162 1 2000 07 61162 2 1998 09 AP1 1 Specifications 43 6 input DTM GNS GLL GGA RMC VBW VTG OSD HDT GBS ROT 4 4 External Beacon RS 232C PC 4 5 PC RS 232C 4 6 Alarm Output Contact closure 4 7 AD 10 AD 10 format FURUNO gyro format 5 POWER SUPPLY 5 1 Monitor Unit 12 24 VDC 0 3 0 15A 5 2 Transponder Unit 12 24 7 3 5 5 3 AC DC Power Supply Unit PR 240 option 100 115 200 230 VAC 1 phase 50 60 Hz 6 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION 6 1 Ambient Temperature GPS Antenna Unit 25 C to 70 Other Units 15 C to 55 C 6 2 Relative Humidity 95 at 40
189. JIAG CPUCSUB JTAG 3 3 111 J8 1000 B8B PH K S B3B PH K S eR 4 5 HAN PST ICE N 2 E Gon SUB_RST ICE N 2 SUB RST ICE N 301 HAIN_1DD 3 IN TDI C4 SUB TDD 3 205 301 0 107 4 mi mE 001264 SUB 1D 4 265 301 NC _ 5 5 HAIN TCK 101 204 SUB_THS 5 5 301 HAIN 6 181 204 6 265 301 gt FPGA TD MAIN BRK ACK 7 SUB BRK ACK 1 301 FPGA TMS 8 N RESET3V_N 8 RESET3V N 1 186 106 101 281 5 35 5 CIBI 186 16 101 387 5A3 ucc Ji 2 5815 1 ov 1 2 ALM 3 ALM 4 234 220 5 ov 6 AA COH1 TD 7 COM TD 8 MAS COM RD 9 2 10 19 233 220 ee COM2 RD 2 TD 13 10 CDM3 PD 14 RD 15 TD 16 R32 220 1 RD 17 AV 085 10 19 PEE 05 10 COMS_RD 2D 5 e COHS 10 22 R31 220 coe ie COMG RD 23 2 ov 3 1 1 COM7 TD TD CDH7 PD RD TD RD COMS_RD 238 ag SNSP1 RD SNSR1_RD ov SNSR2 RD SNSR2_RD ov SNSR3_AD_DATA_RO 52 01 SNSR3 AD DATA RD ev AD_CLK_RD px 220 16 80 01SP1 TD
190. K Sequence number for ID 2 2 Sequence number of message to be acknowledged 0 3 Destination ID 3 MMSI number of third destination of this ACK Sequence number for ID 3 2 Sequence number of message to be acknowledged 0 3 Destination ID 4 2220 MMSI number of fourth destination of this ACK Sequence number of message to be Sequence number for ID 4 acknowiedged 03 00000000 c3 Total number of bits 72 168 Message 8 Binary Broadcast Message This message is variable in length and its size is based on the amount of binary data The length varies between 1 and 5 slots Table AP3 1 7 Message 8 Number MessagelD dentifierformessage8 Repeat Indicator 2 Heni by the repeater to indicate how many times a message has been repeated MMSI number of source station Notused Not used Application Identifier 16 bit and Application Data Binary Data Max 968 Max 952 bits Total Number of bits 1 10 5 51015 8 1 Messages Message 9 Standard SAR Aircraft Position Report This message is used as a standard position report for aircraft involved in SAR operations instead of Message 1 2 or 3 Stations other than aircraft involved in SAR operations do not transmit this message The default reporting interval for this message is 10 seconds Table 1 8 Message 9 Number m Message ID rx Identifier for message 9 Used by t
191. Lighthouse Authorities Identifier ID IP Internet Protocol 0 0000000000000 Minimum Keyboard and Display Regulierungs Niederwasser granted water level during 9496 the year Rate Of Turn AP6 46 AP6 6 Abbreviations Universal Mobile Telecommunications System Universal Time Coordinated Wireless Fidelity IEEE 802 11 wireless networking standard AP6 47 AP6 7 Electronic Reporting International Code AP6 7 ERI Electronic Reporting International Code 8000 Vessel type unknown 8021 Motor tanker liquid cargo type N Push tow nine or more barges Push tow nine or more barges AP6 48 AP6 7 Electronic Reporting International Code Unit carrier maritime bulk carrier maritime AP6 49 O 007000047 VARN NG LABEL 1 86 003 1011 1 100 236 231 PERTE se Pm se Mxs GOOWTIT D 00 0000000000 24 006 1012 1 lt 000 861 867 100 321 011 MB o Sm Donon 0000 LOVERLI D 24 006 1013 1 omaoma 100 321 021 LABEL FCR SW PH 201010 24 006 1112 2 24 6001 005 955 770 TERM MAL PENER 231 131 SITUE
192. M SC 104 DISABLE 0 40085 1 9600BPS J SPEED 192KBPS 384KBPS 57 6 KBPS 1 Note 1 IEC 61162 1 data speed is 4 800 bps and IEC 61162 2 is 38 4 kbps 2 C Loop and RS 422 for to COMO can not be used at the same time You must choose C Loop or RS 422 3 Set the data output interval of Furuno AD format data within 1 second on the AD 100 side 4 MODE setting of the PC port means STANDARD same as EXT DISPLAY handles the same commands MONITOR same as MONITOR of DISP COMO 3 handles the same commands SERVICE same as MONITOR of DISP COMO 3 handles the same commands In addition it is able to partly transmit the debug code BEACON Connects GR 80 3 3 1 Port Settings 3 3 3 SET COM PORT Settings This 16 to set the parameters of the ports that sensors Radar ECDIS Pilot plug etc are connected to Procedure 1 Press the MENU key choose INITIAL SETTINGS press the ENT key and enter the password Refer to Fig 3 1 1 of page 3 1 2 The INITIAL SETTINGS entry screen appears INITIAL SETTINGS SET MMSI SET INT ANT POS SET EXT ANT POS SET SHIP TYPE SET PORT 3 Choose SET PORT and press the ENT key SET PORT SET COM PORT SET PC PORT SET LAN PORT SET PRIORITY QUITIMENU 4 Choose SET COM PORT and set each COM port 1 1 Setting The connected devices type MODE and the communication sp
193. MESSAGE COMPLETE PRESS ANY KEY ERROR REGIST INVALID MMSI PRESS ANY KEY ERROR REGIST INVALID CHANNEL PRESS ANY KEY ERROR REGIST INVALID LIL x PRESS ANY KEY ERROR REGIST L L SIZE ERROR PRESS ANY KEY ERROR REGIST PRIORITY ERROR PRESS ANY KEY ERROR REGIST NOT 8 MILE AWAY FROM THE CORNER PRESS ANY KEY Message is being waited to receive Transmission failure Broadcast Transmission failure Individual calling Transmission completed Individual calling Transmission completed Broadcast MMSI entry error Channel designation error Lat Lon entry error No region designation or region size error Region priority error 8 mile error 8 34 8 8 Popup message list PARAMETER ERROR SENTENCE NO xxx KIND FORMAT Communication error between BB and MKD BB FA 1501 MKD FA 1502 FIELD NO xx PRESS ANY KEY PARAMETER ERROR SENTENCE NO xxx KIND DATA Communication error between BB and MKD FACTOR NO xx PRESS ANY KEY PARAMETER ERROR SENTENCE NO xxx KIND MODE Communication error between BB and MKD PRESS ANY KEY CHANGE NAV STATUS When ship type 18 tanker and MOORED 15 chosen PRESS ANY KEY ship speed exceeds 3 knot TX POWER CHANGED XXxW Transmission output changed PRESS ANY KEY PRESS ANY KEY combinations other than designated are chosen When SEND MSG is chosen no transmission PRESS ANY KEY message is found PRESS ANY KEY detail
194. MORY TEST and press ENT key Confirm the program Ver on this window MEMORY TEST PROGRAM NO 2450018 01 0X MAIN ROM OK Program Ver MAIN RAM OK SUB RAM OK Confirming the program number for the unit FA 1502 1 Press MENU key Select DIAGNOSTICS and press ENT key 2 Select MEMORY TEST and press ENT key Confirm the program Ver on this window MONITOR TEST BOOT NO 2450020 01 02 Confirm PROG NO PROG NO 2450021 01 0X BOOT Program is rewritten at the factory ROM OK CONT xx SDRAM DIM xx PORT OK KEY 6 1 6 1 5 Connection The PC may be connected to the units FA 1501 and FA 1502 only with TD RD TX RX and GND lines Control lines such as DSR DTR are not used Table 6 1 1 9 pin D Sub Straight Cable 9 Pin FA 1501 PC D sub PC ou por Power switch DCD N C 4 PC port 9 pin D Sub Straight Cable Fig 6 1 1 Connection for updating program for FA 1501 and FA 1502 TORD AND 85422 RS232C Converter Fig 6 1 2 Connection for updating program for FA 1502 directl 6 4 6 2 Updating Procedure 6 2 Updating Procedure The update procedures for the FA 1501 and FA 1502 are identical Updating time 1501 approximately 10 minutes FA 1502 approximately 13 minutes 6 2 1 Procedure 1 Turn off the powers for both the FA 1501 and FA 1502 2 Open the appropriate program folder to be update 3 Double
195. NO 10000 Table 3 3 10 LAN PORT setting gt VDM VDO ABK ACA ALR TXT LRI LR2 LR3 LRE LRI STANDARD VSD SSD ABM BBM ACA ACK AIR DTM GBS GGA GLL GNS HDT LRF LRI 100 BASE T OSD VBW VTG LO Braa En Various kinds of PFEC and uoman TD VDM VDO ABK ACA ACS ALR TXT MONITOR PC LR1 LR2 LR3 LRF LRI wi PC VSD SSD ABM BBM ACK Di id PFEC for R amp D iii PFEC for R amp D DISABLE No output 222 RD No input 3 19 3 3 1 Port Settings Note MODE setting means the following STANDARD Sentence same as EXT DISPLAY COMI port is substituted for LAN MONITOR To be set when PC version AIS display is connected PC version AIS display software is FAISPC 2 optional SERVICE To be used for R amp D 3 20 3 3 Port Settings 3 3 6 SET PRIORITY Setting This 1 the setting which data of the port should be preferentially used when the same sentence is inputted COMS and COM6 The highest priority is given to 1 which 15 followed by 2 and 3 in that order The timeout of priority 1s 5 seconds In 5 seconds after the data 1s unable to be received the port 18 changed over to the port with the next priority Note COMI through CONG are given the lowest priority and are same level Also they do not have timeout function When any data 18 inputted its data accept For example the sensor data of the
196. NO OF PERSONS 0 SOLAS AIS SOLAS AIS screen and screen with SOLAS mode of INLAND AIS specification Specifies the draught Note that the unit of draught is different between SOLAS AIS and INLAND AIS SOLAS DRAUGHT 00 0 m INLAND DRAUGHT 00 00 m The setting can be viewed by going to DISP gt STATIC DATA page 6 9 This information is part of navigational information and reported via MSG 5 in the SOLAS AIS The DRAUGHT the INLAND AIS mode 15 reported via MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 10 following MSG 5 AP6 12 AP6 2 INLAND AIS Settings 5 CARGO TYPE CARGO TYPE TYPE NO SOLAS AIS screen and screen with mm DETAIL 77 INLAND AIS mode FUTURE USE ALL SHIPS OF THIS TYPE Same as the SET SHIP TYPE of SOLAS AIS Set the units digit with CARGO TYPE Set the tenths digit with SET SHIP TYPE of the INITIAL SETTINGS This 18 the same as the CARGO TYPE of SOLAS AIS The setting can be viewed by going to DISP gt STATIC DATA page 8 9 ERI CODE 1s part of navigational information and reported via MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 10 following MSG 5 Hint To set ERI CODE Ship or combination type go to NAV gt ERI CODE 6 ERI CODE ERI CODE ERI CODE 8000 KKKKKK CODE DETAIL KKKKK VESSEL TYPE UNKNOWN The ERI CODE Ship or combination type that has been set can be viewed by going to DISP gt STATIC DATA page 9 9 This information is part of navigational information and reported via
197. OR SERVICE gt OTHER gt CHECK SUM by carrying out the special operation Q10 How to check sensor input See pages 8 22 and 23 Choose the port to monitor the sentence by MENU gt FOR SERVICE gt I O MONITOR Irrespective of NMEA Ver the input data can be monitored However the monitor displays only 1n uppercase Lowercase 18 displayed smeared half toned to which care must be taken If you cannot monitor the sensor data check the connections of sensor port Other way the I O check of each port can be carried out by the loop back test The test is carried out by MENU gt FOR SERVICE gt PORT TEST 9 2 Chapter 9 amp 211 How to check whether or not transmission is taking place See pages 8 27 and 32 simple methods to check whether or not transmission 1s taking place as follows TX alarm 15 not displayed This alarm detection is found from the Tx output power When the antenna mark blinks to the transmission interval in the OWN DYNAMIC DATA screen the message 15 being transmitted When CR6 of TX board blinks to the transmission interval When the Tx output power is about 0 5 W or higher CR6 goes on When the VF value increase in MENU gt FOR SERVICE gt OTHER gt A D MONITOR transmission 15 being taking place In the no transmission period the VF value 18 20 to 25 when transmission 18 carried out at 12 5 the VF value increase to 200 to 250 and at 2 W the VF value increas
198. S Operation in INLAND AIS mode INLAND AIS ACTIVATED Select AIS MODE YES INLAND Operation in SOLAS AIS mode with INLAND AIS screens SOLAS Operation in SOLAS AIS mode with conventionally defined screens 5 Support for INLAND AIS specification provided starting with the production in November 2009 SNo 3552 9105 and after 6 SOLAS AIS comply with ITU R M 1371 3 will be required of SOLAS vessels that will exam the SR on April 6 2010 and after AP6 1 AP6 1 AIS Specification Changes AP6 1 1 Software Be sure to update the software for both FA 1501 and FA 1502 regardless of the addition of the INLAND AIS specification or support for the ITU R M 1371 3 For comply with ITU R M 1371 3 the version of the MOT board 18 not requierd Table AP6 1 1 Software and Hardware with support for INLAND AIS ITU R M 371 3 New software hardware le software hardware INLAND AIS ITU R M 1371 3 FA 1501 software 2450018 01 10 2450018 02 02 FA 1502 software Boot 2450020 01 13 2450020 02 01 FA 1502 software application 2450021 01 07 2450020 02 01 Hardware MOT board 24P0036 22 24P0036 33 Note When the software is updated the DESTINATION and USER SETTINGS backup data of FA 1502 are erased Be sure to record the data before updating AP6 1 2 Hardware To operate as SOLAS AIS the version of the MOT board 1s not requied For comply with to ITU R M 1371 3 only software update is neces
199. Sign etc are static data 1s transmitted every 6 minutes In addition they are transmitted when any data change occurs or polling 16 received from other ship or VTS Wait for a while until the static data 1s received Q3 Does FA 150 have a polling function FA 150 has no polling function However on the PC version display PC MKD polling can be carried out PC version display software FAISPC 2 15 optional Q4 Second FA 1502 can be connected See page 3 28 Yes it could Connect the second FA 1502 to COM2 or However FA 1502 power control lines SW H and C should be connected in parallel with the DISP port power control line Operation 18 equal for both No 1 and No 2 but MENU USER SETTINGS can be set independently except the setting of Long Range of this menu Q5 COMMUNICATION ERROR is displayed Where should check It is displayed FA 1502 when communication with FA 1501 15 disabled Check if FA 1501 power supply switch 1 turned ON Check if the DISP port is correctly connected See page 8 37 06 Are settings of DIM and CONTRAST stored in memory even if the power is turned off Both settings are stored in memory However turning off the power supply with the contrast set to 35 or lower automatically sets the contrast to 36 when the power supply is turned on next time 9 1 Chapter 9 Q amp A Q7 Where is the tanker mode setting carried out There 18 no setting such as tanker mode
200. Standard Class B Equipment Position Report The standard Class B Equipment Position report is output periodically and autonomously instead of Messages 1 2 or 3 by Class B Shipborne Mobile Equipment only Message 19 Extended Class B Equipment Position Report This message is transmitted once every 6 minutes in two slots allocated by the use of Message 18 in the TDMA Communication State Message 20 Data Link Management Message This message is used by base station s to pre announce the fixed allocation schedule FATDMA for one or more base station s and it is repeated as often as required Table AP3 1 15 Message 20 Number T Message ID 6 Identifier for message 20 2 Indicator 2 message has been repeated Time out value in minutes Offset number 3 Reserved offset number Optional Reserved offset number Optional Total number of bits 72 160 Number of slots 3 Number of reserved consecutive slots Optional AP3 14 1 Messages Message 21 Aids to Navigation Report This station may be mounted on an Aid to Navigation or this message may transmitted by a fixed station when the functionality of an A to N station 1s integrated into the fixed station This message 1 transmitted autonomously at a Reporting Rate of once every three minutes or it may be assigned by an Assigned Mode Command Message 16 via the VHF data link or by an external command T
201. TCP IP t is checked Protocol TCP IP uninstall Allows your computer to access resources a Microsoft network Show icon in notification area when connected 4 Choose Internet protocol TCP IP and click properties The following Property of Internet protocol property screen appears 4 Local Area Connection 2 X General Authentication Advanced Connect using 3Com 3C920 Integrated Fast Ethemet Controller 3C905C This connection uses the following items vi for Microsoft Networks i and Printer Sharing for Microsoft DL E0024 B EA A 4 8 005 Packet Scheduler 37 Intemet Protocol TCP IP General You can get settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Description Transmission Control Protocol Intemet Proto Obtain an IP address automatically wide area network protocol that provides co across diverse interconnected networks Use the following IP address Lr IP address 1722 31 16 9 Show icon in notification area when conned Subnet mask 255 255 0 Default gateway Use the following DNS server addresses Preferred DNS server Altemate DNS server
202. TD Gia 0055 2 02 212 330 4 11 330 EEA EE E A A E EA EEE ESE A A EEE V 819 330 NOTE T YAMASAKI 24P0036 2 3 MOTH h 1 MOUNT FOR FA 2001 ONLY 2 MOUNT FOR FA 1501 ONLY 3 FA 1501 CONNECTOR NAME 4 FA 2001 CONNECTOR NAME MOT PCB C4431 K16 24 006 5024 0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FURUNO ELECTHRIC LTD 15 31160R Tt CR31 BATS4C 2i CE 1 i 3 EXC_CETIO2U 154 Zl 100 16V we EXC CETIO2U SV 9 7 Ji 3 4 231 340 001_009 16 18 180 COMS 0 10 T m V 1 2 14 2 COM4 TD B 086 10 8 Veo 511512 PLI ET 040 10 08 COHS RD 28 go A 4 U0H4 2 RD A 2 P0 144 5 B S 084 2 8 CDMG 2 R0 B 21 REN Boe 6 60 150 GND_1S0 i 7 4 JP COH6 JP 26 8 COH4 JP 6_ CONS TD 25 9 COM4 i PD H 0861 0 P 19 CDH4 i RD C 086 1 90 4 EXC_CET102U V V FL67 1 e U C32 479 R22 9 10 R23 16 2 2K EXC CE TiB2U SNSP1 8D 6217 d E 1 A5 EXC_CET102U 155226 C20 180 FLE4 8 10 16 Sy Sy EXC CET1D2U E FL56 144 6018 80 144 CORB TD EXC 1820 R20 330 FLBI V V 221 330 418 R49 5 Sv 1
203. The intersection of the X axis of the line of minimum electric field intensity 10 4 dBuV m 6 dBuV 20 1060 6 and the curve with the antenna height of the other ship for example 20 m assumed 15 the reception distance Consequently from the eraph 50 70 km 26 38 NM 1s the communication range of the VHF band and the communication of the distance exceeding 1t would be said abnormal propagation i 4 HERAN 0 V LI For example assume 22111122 ship is 20 m EAN Electric field intensity dBuV m Hi enun PCC 1 _ to be found EN BN Pd pe AME dd di s 7 10 20 30 40 50 70 100 22200 300 400500 Range km 9 9 Appendix 1 Specifications 1 TRANSPONDER UNIT 1 1 TX RX Frequency 156 025 MHz to 162 025 MHz 1 2 Output Power 1 W 2 W 12 5 W within 1 5 dB selectable 1 3 Impedance 50 ohms 14 DSC Receiver CH70 fixed 156 525 MHz G2B 1200 bps 1 5 Bandwidth 25 kHz 12 5 kHz 2 MONITOR UNIT 2 1 Display 4 5 inch monochrome LCD 2 2 Display Size 60 95 mm 2 3 No of Dots 120 x 64 dots 3 GPS RECE
204. Time date position course and speed data provided by a GNSS navigation receiver RMC hhmmss ss yyyyy yy a b C d e XXXXXX X X a hh lt CR gt lt LF gt f g h i a UTC of position fix b Status A data valid V navigation receiver warning c Latitude N S d Longitude E W e Speed over ground knots f Course over ground degrees true g Date dd mm yy h Magnetic variation degrees E W i Mode indicator A Autonomous mode M Manual input mode D Differential mode S Simulator mode E dead reckoning mode N Data not valid ROT Rate of turn Rate of turn and direction of turn ROT x x A hh lt CR gt lt LF gt b a Rate of turn deg min bow turns to port b Status A data valid V data invalid AP4 14 AP4 2 IEC 61162 15 sentences SSD Ship Static Data This sentence 18 used to enter static parameters into a shipboard AIS C C XXX XX aa hh lt CR gt lt LF gt SSD C C XXX XXX b de fgh C C a a Ship s Call Sign 1 to 7 characters b Ship s name 1 to 20 characters C Pos ref A distance from bow 0 to 511 meters d Pos ref B distance from stern O to 511 meters e Pos ref C distance from port beam 0 to 63 meters f Pos ref D distance from starboard beam 0 to 63 meters g DTE indicator flag O Keyboard and display are a standard configuration and communication is s
205. W Inland AIS security password 3 SPIWW SSD Inland waterway static ship data 4 PIWW VSD Inland waterway voyage data Output Sentence 1 PIWW SPR Inland AIS security password response PIWW SPR is a sentence to respond to PIWW SPW AP6 5 AP6 1 AIS Specification Changes 3 Message handling Messages used in INLAND AIS are MSG 1 to 24 Navigational information static information etc data of for INLAND AIS 18 transmitted as data embedded the binary data of MSG 8 Binary Broadcast Message following the transmission of MSG 5 The transmission rate is the same as that of SOLAS AIS basically every 6 minutes The position report dynamic information 18 given via MSG 1 2 and 3 With INLAND AIS BLUE SIGN and REGIONAL BITS are added 4 Display of received data With the software Ver 02 02 and after for FA 1501 and 02 01 and after for FA 1502 the display of data received from respective stations such as TARGET LIST and DETAILS supports INLAND AIS addition to SOLAS AIS Class AIS base stations A to N and SAR The screen is switched automatically according to the type of message received With INLAND AIS switching takes place as switching from the display of SOLAS AIS received data to INLAND AIS received data when 200 which indicates an INLAND AIS message 1s received as the DAC of Application Identifier included in MSG 6 and 8 For example following MSG 5 static information reported every 6 minutes addition
206. W sensor not complay with type approval SET QUALITY 15 static information and reported via MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 10 following MSG 5 When the internal GPS 18 used 16 it reported as HIGH 3 SET BLUE SIGN SW SET I O PORT menu The SET BLUE SIGN signal 18 connected as a contact signal between the MOT board J12 4 and 5 When this signal is connected specify AVAILABLE BLUE SIGN 18 dynamic information and reported in MSG 1 2 and 3 AP6 10 AP6 2 INLAND AIS Settings AP6 2 2 NAV STATUS This section describes the NAV STATUS menu in the INLAND AIS mode 1 NAV STATUS NAV STATUS STATUS 0 AIS INLAND NAV STATUS STATUS 0 STATUS DETAIL UNDER WAY USING ENGINE STATUS DETAIL UNDER WAY USING ENGINE SOLAS AIS screen 1 NAV STATUS same as SOLAS AIS mode This information 1 part of navigational information and reported via MSG 5 The setting range 15 between 0 and 15 The setting can be viewed by going to DISP gt STATIC DATA page 4 9 2 AIS MODE Switch the mode between SOLAS and INLAND AIS mode according to the navigation area When the mode has been switched FA 150 reboots Select the AIS mode SOLAS is for handling SOLAS AIS messages and INLAND for INLAND AIS messages The menu structures are similar The settings can be viewed by going to DISP gt STATIC DATA page 1 9 Note If the ACTIVATE KEY code is not input the device operates as SOLAS
207. XL AMOLSIH UMd ANO LSIH DUNS LSAL ON INV3IDO ld LLSAL 49 ONO AS 1581 ONO WVA DN NO INOI 1541 AWOIAHIA X0 T0 8IO00S TC LSH L INV3DO ld LSAL AHM 4 X WIA 5 XX LNOO MO NOM 10 1200572 ZO I0 0c00SvC 1008 LSAL YOLINOW t 01 01 67 10 LSEIIAWV IV 8 9 WAV TV AYOLSIH NAW ON MO L SH L LAOd 01 9INOO ON MO SINOO DON MO VINOD 15841 LYOd VANN LSAL ON MO Od ON MO ON MO TINOO DON MO 1541 4 OHI CINOO DON MO TINOO 01541 LAOd DAI LSAL 01 LSAL LefOd OSA DN AO IXA 1581 lt 1591 lt lt lt lt AVN lt 14813 lt Wo T lt ANAN dOLS XL umog lt Kox dN NIA LAVLS XL 4 1531 XL 19812 5 OSQ C Ad ALL AdAL NYALLVd Nd N IH LIVd 1581 XL SOLLSOND LHS HO CMS QONO XSI XSIX LL CAS ONO XSE X XLL V HO HCOIN
208. XXXX SONLLLHS aMd HO ON HO O SONLLLS FINSIWI t 11 124146 WIA 88944 6 29 92 NO ANAW 115 lt YAHLO lt 5 61 9 OI F 9994 22g 201 1 Kay INA ANAW 88 44 tamod NO WAS ANAW INATIS 29 dn 1100 aon NAW INAS XX NS OSd XX NS CX3I XX NS XU XX SS XX SS CX3 XX SS TXA NS SS XXX gt XXX HA C V 000000000000 ANAN J0 I0 VOdJ SERERE ETSI ST POSOOT SOLLSOND I0 I0 ans HOIASHS 09190106005 IS I0 IO NIVIA X0 I0 8100STvC NOIS IHA ON SHA Po 4015 CON WAV TV ATO OW IS e Jd WOLINOW XOLINOIN XXX S WOD WOD TINOO InN3WI t Chapter 5 Block Description 5 1 Overall Block Diagram 5 1 1 Overall block diagram FA 150 consists of FA 1501 Transponder unit FA 1502 Monitor unit and VHF GPS Antennas LAN NET 100 100BASE T 10BASE T FA 1501 03P9332 GPS GPS Y 24 43 GN 8093 J15 MAIN D sub RS 232C 3 24 0035 I
209. a are ROT Rate of Turn unavailable System failure in general 8 3 8 1 ALARM STATUS 8 1 2 Alarm status analysis 1 TX Tx malfunction This message 18 displayed when PLL circuit of TX board 18 UN LOCK when transmission output drops or when transmission signal is detected though MAIN CPU does not control transmission The detection signal is MONI signal of TX board When this message 18 given no transmission 15 allowed if the PLL circuit 15 UN LOCK Check the TX board if this alarm 1s shown 2 ANT Antenna VSWR exceeds limit This message 1s displayed when VSWR monitoring circuit detects VSWR 3 or more Transmission operation will continue Detection signal is 5 of TX board Check for antenna breakage defective antenna cable leakage from coaxial cable bad contact of antenna cable connector or other antenna line trouble 3 CHI Rx channel 1 malfunction PLL UNLOCK signal of PLL circuit of RX1 board is monitored When this signal 1s detected transmission of corresponding channel CH A 18 stopped Check board if this alarm 1s shown 4 CH2 Rx channel 2 malfunction PLL UNLOCK signal of PLL circuit of RX2 board is monitored When this signal is detected transmission of corresponding channel CH B 1s stopped Check RX2 board if this alarm is shown 5 CH70 Rx channel 70 malfunction This message is displayed when DSC message Format specifier is unable to correctly decode a
210. able 1 16 Message 21 Parameter Description of bits Message ID EC XA Identifier for message 21 Used by the repeater to indicate how many times Repeat Indicator message has been repeated MMIS number Type of Maximum 20 characters 6 bit ASCII Aid to Navigation Indicating the accuracy within 10 m or not Longitude in 1 10000 min of position of us Aid to Navigation Latitude Latitude in 1 10000 min of Aid to Navigation point for reported position also indicates d 30 the dimension of Aid to Navigation in meters if or position RR Type of Electronic GPS GLONASS Loran C ete 00002 GLONASS Loran C etc oosition Fixing Device UTC second when the report was generated by the Time Stamp EPFS mode or 61 if positioning system is in manual input mode Off Position Indicator For floating Aid to Navigation Reserved for regional Reserved for definition by a competent regional or or local application local authority RAIM Flag RAIM flag of Electronic Position Fixing Device O default real A to N at indicated position 1 Virtual A to N Flag virtual A to N does not physically exist may only be transmitted from AIS station nearby 0 Station operating in autonomous and continuous Assigned Mode Flag mode default 1 Station operating in assigned mode This parameter of up to 14 additional 6 bit ASCII characters for a 2 slot message may be co
211. adcast on the VHF Data Link VDL of either message 6 12 a Total number of sentences needed to transfer the message 1 to 9 b Sentence number 1 to 9 c Sequential Message identifier O to 3 d The MMSI of destination AIS unit for the ITU R M 1371 message e AIS channel for broadcast of the radio message f ITU R M 1371 message ID 6 or12 g Encapsulated data h Number of fill bits O to 5 ACA AIS Regional Channel Assignment Message An AIS unit can receive regional channel management information four ways ITU R M 1371 message 22 DSC telecommand received on channel 70 manual operator input and an ACA sentence The AIS unit may store channel management information for future use Channel management information 1s applied based upon the actual location of the AIS unit An AIS unit is using channel management information when the information 15 being used to manage the operation of the VHF receivers and or transmitter inside the AIS unit This sentence 18 used to both enter and obtain channel management information ACA 1 11 yyyyy yy a b C d e i mn a Sequence Number 0109 b Region Northeast corner latitude N S c Region Northeast corner longitude E W d Region Southwest corner latitude N S e Region Southwest corner longitude E W f Transition Zone Size Value of 1 NM to a value of 8 NM g Channel A h Channel A bandwidth AP4 3
212. agement of channels and transceiver modes by a base station Not Applicable Not 8 6 Assigned Applicable Mobile Base Base Mobile Base 1 ITDMA is used during the first frame phase and during a change of Report Rate Rr SOTDMA is used during the continuous operation phase RATDMA can be used at any time to transmit additional position reports 2 This message type is broadcasted within 4 seconds The RATDMA access scheme 18 the default method for allocating the slot s for this message type Alternatively an existing SOTDMA allocated slot can use the ITDMA access scheme for allocating the slot s for this message A base station may use an existing FATDMA allocated slot for allocating the slot s for transmission of this message type 3 A base station 1s always operating in assigned mode using a fixed transmission schedule FATDMA for its periodic transmissions The Data Link Message is used to announce the base station s fixed allocation schedule If necessary either ITDMA or RATDMA may be used to transmit non periodic broadcasts AP3 3 1 Messages 4 For interrogation of UTC and date message identifier 10 1s used 5 Priority 3 if 1n response to interrogation 6 In order to satisfy the requirements for dual channel operation the following applies unless otherwise specified by Message 22 a For periodic repeated messages including the initial link access the transmissi
213. al static information for INLAND AIS 16 reported MSG 8 Binary Broadcast Message The DAC of this message 1s 200 Accordingly if this message is received from the station mentioned above the display of SOLAS AIS received data switches to INLAND AIS received data Table AP6 1 3 TARGET LIST DETAILS display switching recognition messages 5 Class TARGET LIST DETAILS display switching recognition message SOLAS AIS MSG 1 2 3 5 Class BAIS MSG 18 19 24 MSG 6 DAC 200 8 DAC 200 AP6 6 AP6 1 15 Specification Changes 5 Addition of BLUE SIGN A BLUE SIGN refers to a board as shown below which 1 displayed when the vessel 18 running in the reverse direction on the left side The signal from the BLUE SIGN 18 input to the AIS as a contact signal When this signal is activated the status of the BLUE SIGN is reported via MSG 1 1 BLUE SIGN contact signal connection Connect the signal between MOT board 24P0024 33 J12 4 and 5 2 Setting MENU gt INITIAL SETTINGS gt SET BLUE SIGN SW AVAILABLE The contact signal is connected NOT AVILABLE The contact signal 18 not connected if the BLUE SIGN data are included in the PIWW VSD sentence from the device connected to AIS and input at a rate of 2 seconds or less the status of the BLUE SIGN is reported MSG 1 3 Display BLUE SIGN YES running on the left side running on the right side No signal SET BLUE
214. alarm sound output stops and the EXT ALM goes to the OFF state HDG EPFS L L SOG COG Related settings 1 ON OFF of ALARM BUZZER The Alarm audio can be turned ON OFF by the setting of MENU gt USER SETTINGS gt ALARM BUZZER However EXT ALM 15 still output regardless of its setting See page 3 27 2 EXT ALM output can be configured to be output by the setting of MENU gt FOR SERVICE gt OTHER gt ALM MODE CONTNUOUS and KEY STOP See page 3 22 Pressing the DISP key several times to open the ALARM STATUS screen displays a list of active alarms and their respective date and time latest 25 cases When the alarm state is removed the applicable alarm is automatically erased from the list In addition these alarm messages are output data format by utilizing the ALR sentence The ALR sentence is outputted every 25 seconds If there is no alarm the ALR sentence content Alarm is set to General Failure and alarm state is set to normal range V 1s outputted on every 2 minutes In addition to the EXT ALM output terminal relay contact signals are also provided The maximum rating 15 30 VDC 2 A 125 VAC 0 5 A ALARM STATUS ANT 16 JUL 6 30 20 EPFS 16 JUL 6 20 10 HDG 16 JUL 6 18 26 8 1 ALARM STATUS EXT ALM 45V 1 43 Normal Open Power OFF Normal Open Powerr ON ALM 2 ALM B Normal Close ALM ON ALM OFF 4 ACK H 5 ACK C ALM ACK ALM
215. ar intervals Table AP6 3 8 Water level report Parameter Bit Description Message ID 6 Identifier for Message 8 always 8 Es Used by the repeater to indicate how many times a message has been Repeat Indicator repeated Default 0 3 do not repeat any more MMSI number MMSI number O Not used should be set to zero Reserved for future use Application Identifier As described in Table AP6 2 2 UN country code UN country code using 2 digits 6 Bit ASCII characters according to ERI specification Gauge ID National unique ID of gauge 1 2047 0 default unknown Bit 0 0 negative value 1 positive value 14 Bits 1 11 1 8191 in 1 100m 0 unknown default Gauge ID National unique ID of gauge 1 2047 0 default unknown Water level Bit 0 0 negative value 1 positive value Bits 1 11 1 8191 in 1 100m 0 unknown default Bit 0 0 negative value 1 Bits 1 11 1 8191 in 1 100m 0 unknown default Water level National unique ID of gauge Gauge ID 1 2047 0 default unknown Bit 0 0 negative value 1 positive value Bits 1 11 1 8191 in 1 100m 0 unknown default 168 occupies 1 slot Water level AP6 26 AP6 3 INLAND AIS Handling 7 Inland specific message 40 signal status This message should be sent by base stations to inform about the status of different light signals in a certain area The information should be displayed on an
216. ard is detected by RX1 and RX2 Leakage is conducted through coaxial connector of the J1 RXRF line of the PA board am OWN DYNAMIC DATA 62 Antenna mark 15 indicated 22 JUN 2005 06 43 20 It indicates that the antenna 15 synchronous 34 27 8412 N with UTC of built in GPS When external GPS LON 135 25 1232 E is being used no antenna mark is displayed SOG 10 0kt EXT GPS 57 09 1239 Antenna mark indication blinks ROT R10 0 min It indicates that message is being transmitted PA H RAIM USE 8 31 8 7 Switch Settings 8 7 DIP Switch Settings 8 7 1 MAIN board P TERRA mage eura air olf mna c x 5 qu 552 B BENT RRA Ce 17 LEE S ES CL Log m dar MUS cus 3 2 red m Table 8 7 1 SW2 function SW C ON 2 1 adjustment inspection mode OFF OFF OFF ON 1 SS S N MONITOR of DEBUG menu is displayed 1 SS MONITOR of DEBUG menu is displayed Slot No is added to VDO VDM sentences BE Used when log is collected N ON For R amp D Under regular mode PC port is operated at 57 6 kbps For R amp D OFF OFF DSC adjustment inspection mode OFF OFF ON Notused All clear OFF ON ON ON All clear is carried out every time for turning ON the power supply
217. argets get less or no Y Execute MENU gt Diagnostics gt For service gt Rx Test RXI NG Failure of RX1 board 4 RX2 NG Failure of RX2 board Are the results of all the tests of No DSC NG of DSC board RX1 RX2 and DSC OK 2 NG Failure of DSC board i MAIN board Yes Ch Is error shown p eck the antenna or Antenna coaxial cable Y NO Are amp PWR Settings No set SET to AUTO in specified as AUTO MENU gt Diagnostics gt For service gt CH amp PWR Settings v Yes Is the setting appropriate for No receiving channels of the sea area Configure the setting of the sea p area in IMENU gt Channel settings gt Edit channel Check the currently operating Yes channels in MENU gt Channel settings gt View channel Can be received when VHF RT Antenna aL E of EX board is used 4 Yes Failure of VHF Antenna or DB 1 8 41 8 9 Trouble Shooting Case 5 Received targets are not displayed on the Radar FAR 2xx7 series The error may be caused due to the failure of wiring or setting Check by the I O signal monitor test on the FAR and AIS both See pages 3 6 8 21 8 22 and AP4 3 Received targets are not displayed on the radar Is the setting the FAR OK gt Set the setting of AIS DISP a COM2 to AIS 1 3
218. ata Furuno AD format data should be connected to this port SET COM 6 MODE SENSOR gt SENSOR SPEED 1 61162 QUIT MENU IEC 61162 1 IEC 61162 2 AD 10 Note setting of 6 1 The RD data line of COMO port supports for both RS 422 and C LOOP specifications Choose either one of them for data input If data 1s inputted from both ports both inputted data collide C Loop port shares one of sensor and AD converter data lines Note Input to AD data for C Loop and RD of RS 422 cannot be used at the same time Data collision C Loop port Mixed data RS 422 port 2 The specifications of this port are same as those described in Note setting of COMI Paragraphs 2 Table 3 3 8 COM6 setting TD 1 2 RS 422 Nooupt sd RD 4 5 RS 422 GPS VSD SSD ABM BBM ACA ACK mI IEC AIR DTM GBS GGA GLL GNS RD 9 11 m GYRO 61162 1 HDT LRF LRI OSD ROT COM 6 SENSOR VBW VTG AD DATA RD 10 11 AD C Loop AD 100 AD 10 FURUNO AD Format RD 12 Lp 3 15 3 3 Port Settings T7 CR33 31160R BAT54C MOT p c b 6 A T 211 m ISO V FIL 6 GNDISO 5V 5V 330x3 V erminator 8 COM6 JP 2 7 COM6 JP COM 8 6 RD A gt 5 6 lt gt 4 COM6 RD A COM 8 6 TD 2 COM6 TDB m 1 COM6 TDA 9 6 1 RD C Loop IU AD IEC 9 11 11 COM6 1 RD B AD DATA C
219. can be entered C SIN Enter call sign up to not 7 characters can be entered Every time each item is entered press the ENT key and then enter the next item On completion of settings press the MENU key to escape this screen Note When using special characters instead of NAME 20 and C SIN 7 characters 3 characters are used So maximum characters are not entered Special characters 3 2 Initial Settings 3 2 2 SET INT ANT POS and SET EXT ANT POS Settings Enter the internal GPS antenna position SET INT ANT POS and the external GPS antenna position SET EXT ANT POS connected as a sensor input The data registered here is transmitted as static data MSG 5 every 6 minutes and receiver can calculate the ship length and the width from this data The antenna position data 1s the data of either external or internal GPS used for the present position report message Procedure 1 Press the MENU key choose INITIAL SETTINGS press the ENT key and enter the password Refer to Fig 3 1 1 2 The INITIAL SETTINGS entry screen appears INITIAL SETTINGS SET MMSI SET INT ANT POS SET EXT ANT POS SET SHIP TYPE SET PORT 3 Choose SET ANT POS and press the ENT key SET INT ANT 5 gt 4 Using the Cursor Pad enter the position of internal GPS antenna After entry of each setting press the ENT key A distance of GPS antenna from bow 0 511 distance of GPS antenna from ste
220. chart The chart of a PC MKD display is produced based on the WGS 84 This chart base chart can edit an island the coastline etc by using ChartEditer exe For example the coastline can be edited based on a satellite photograph e g download image chart data from NASA homepage The Base chart data 127 cell chart data files are the BaseChart holder in the FAISPC MARK2 ROOT holder and link up with each the cell chart files covers the worldwide In addition cell chart data files covers the range of 20 degrees of N S E W For example N20E120 wmp of a filename shows the position at the South West corner of a base chart BaseChart holder Cell chart data file x127 Using ChartEditer exe Correction of chart Ww Reference Cell chart data file e g NASA image chart data ln x EC Qm O ois Xm BRIANA 254 MB 40N 120E 20 20 120 20 deg N20E120 wmp 20N 140E Coverage of cell chart data 22 00 000 00 020 22 00 040 154 NOOEQBD wmp NODE100 wmp 154 00 120 28 00 140 154 00 160 NODWO2O w mp NOOWO40 wmp t NODWOGD w mp NODWOBO w mp 22 NODWIOD w mp 00 120 2 NOOWI 80 20 000 mp N20ED20 wm
221. ctions File ced Back 2 2 Search gt Folders Address Network Connections High Speed Internet Network Tasks 5 Create a new connection Network cable unplugged Setup a home or small 3Com 3C920 Integrated Fast Ethern office network Connect using Disable this network device 88 3Com 3 920 integrated Fast Ethemet Controller 3 905 Rename this connection Configure 2 tical Rina Local Area Connection Prope 2 gt 2 Change settings of this This connection uses the following items connection Client for Microsoft Networks dS and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks 205 Packet Scheduler Intemet Protocol TCP IP Description Allows your computer to access resources on a Microsoft network Details 0 Show icon in notification area when connected Local Area Connection LAN or High Speed Internet Network cable unplugged 1 5 7 AP5 2 Connection to LAN Port 3 Click the General tab Make sure Internet protocol TCP IP has a check mark 4 Local rea Connection 8 X General Authentication Advanced Connect using EH 30920 Integrated Fast Ethemet Controller 3 05 This connection uses the following items Microsoft Networks File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks Make sure Internet protocol
222. curred 1 00 1 1 T1682 V P w tSF IATYDO T 1 T6K 8 2V P w tSFO 408 47wpOPOC 2229 T IVDO 1 1 16K8 V P w tSFO 140054 0x29 00 025 4 15 external EPFS lostx3F 00 026 3 no sensor position usex4F 00 029 4 15 no valid SOG informationx4AA 00 030 18 no valid COG information 52 AIALM Alarm 00 032 15 Heading lost invalid 12 00 035 4 4 A1S no valid informationkbb VDO VHF Data Link Own vessel Message 408242800 JG 0856 VDM VHF Data Link Message 1 e pna 5 ABK82V2P wetSFO 408542 0 0 0x29 TERRAS 1 16K82V P w tSFO0I 400 gt 4 7wpOPDO 0 29 TE 1 16 8 009444 2 1 1 0051 0 39 AQQ A unnPDD x29 1 1 01408547 0 0 0 29 8 V P wctSFO 408 4 wp010 0x55 lt lt 25 O0 Setting and Checking Guide Confirmation of TD line 6 To confirm transmission choose TRANSFER gt Send Text File and choose the text file of NAV STATUS prepared in step 3 ss HyperTerminal File Edit View Call Transfer Help Dia 9 2 af Send File Receive File Capture Text To send the text prepared Capture to Printer Seng Text File 7 On the hyper terminal screen the sentence SAIVSD transmitted 1s displayed
223. d the following additions are made as well as complay with ITU R M 1371 3 1 AIS MODE switching Switching between INLAND AIS and SOLAS AIS modes can be done by using AIS MODE under the NAV STATUS menu Select INLAND or SOLAS AIS according to the navigation area Setting to SOLAS activates the SOLAS AIS mode The menu is similar to that of the INLAND AIS mode except that messages in relation to INLAND AIS are not reported in the SOLAS AIS mode For AlS mode switching NAV STATUS SOLAS Operation as SOLAS AIS with NAV NAV STATUS 15 SOLAS similar menu and reception STATUS AIS MODE SOLAS INLAND target display to those of the INLAND AIS mode STATUS DETAIL NOT DEFINED DEFAULT INLAND Operation peration in the INLAND AIS mode 2 Sentences for INLAND AIS added The function has been added to allow automatic and manual entry of dynamic and static data for INLAND AIS For automatic entry manual entry on the ECDIS sentences for INLAND AIS are used Those sentences are enabled when the INLAND AIS 15 ACTIVATED The individual sentences are input output data to from a Navigation device such as ECDIS for INLAND navigation connected to FA 150 and not GPS or Marine Radar Connect the Navigation device for INLAND to COM 1 to 4 and setting the EXT Display mode For the details of sentences see page AP6 29 Input Sentence 1 SPIWW IVD Inland waterway voyage data 2 SPIWW SP
224. d 1s displayed 1 HIGH SEA in the case of default setting 2 AIS when controlled by AIS message 3 PI when controlled by ACA sentence from PC or ECDIS 4 DSC when controlled by DSC 5 MANUAL when entered manually using PFEC sentence from MKD or PC MDK 3 24 3 6 Regional operating channels Setting 3 Setting of registering areas by manual EDIT CHANNEL EDIT CHANNEL 1 2 EDIT CHANNEL 2 2 SELECT NO 00 FROM MMSI CH AREA TIME POWER 12 5W RIGHT TOP Ae AN CH NO CH A 2087 LAT 00 00 0 N 2 FROM CH B 2088 LON 000 00 0 MMSI MODE LEFT BOTTOM TYPE MANUAL CH B TX RX LAT 00 00 0 N QUIT MENU EDIT ENT ZONE 5nm LON 000 00 0 E POWER Registered output power is displayed In addition output power be selected 2 or 12 5 W Registered channels are displayed In addition channels can be edited MODE Registered modes are displayed In addition modes can be edited TX RX TX RX UNUSE TX RX TX RX UNUSE RX ZONE Registered ZONE channel transitional zone 18 displayed In addition ZONE can be edited Settings are made in the range from 1 to 8 nm ZONE is the inside of the negion one designated Region one 1 8nm CH AREA Registered Region is displayed In addition the Regional areas can edit For setting two geographic coordinates are designated The range 18 20 to 200 nm The available range 18 20 to 200 nm If
225. d continuously 4 Left click the button when finishing the Add Polygon operation 4 Operation finish by clicking the Button TE 434 40 00 Add and Mod Del Point 434 35 00 Add Polygon Del Polygon 1 Scale up of a chart 3 Set a pointer to the add position and a left click 100m Pixe 30m Pixel 2 Click the Polygon button l m Pixel Im Pixel N34 25 0 5700 2140700 135 15 00 E135 20 00 E135 specify to place a new Polygon with Left or Right Button C Add Polygon Operation guidance message Specify the location to place a new Polygon with Left or Right Button Click AP5 18 AP5 5 Editing of a Base chart 2 Del Polygon deleting a polygon This is used when deleting polygons such as land drawn by the closed line or polygons added by Add Polygon operation Procedure 1 You must scale up or scale down the base chart part of the position to delete 2 Click the Del Polygon button 3 When the pointer is set to the polygon to delete and a right or left click 1s carried out the chosen polygon changes to red and the mark 15 displayed on the polygon to delete Right click when you choose the island to delete accidentally 4 Left click when deleteing a polygon Left click the button when you deleted accidentally 5 When finishing the Del Polygon operation left click the button
226. display press the right and left button of a mouse and drag A function changes with drug directions t returns to the operation chart display of one time ago Press the right and left button of a mouse and drag to the direction of the upper left t returns to the original chart 20 degree angle Press the right and left button of a mouse and drag to the direction of the upper right Chart scale up Set a pointer on the upper right of the area to scale up press the right and left button of a mouse and drag to the direction of the lower right to the range to scale up The present chart is set to one half Press the right and left button of a mouse and drag to the direction of the lower left Centering Set a pointer on a position to make it move centering on a display and click the right and left button of a mouse AP5 16 AP5 5 Editing of a Base chart 2 Overview of the button function UNDO Cancel of the performed operation Cancel of the operation function which tries to perform Add and Mod Editing of the each line and the point that the base chart is drawn are performed Del Point Each point that the base chart is drawn is deleted Ref Phot By a check mark the image chart data of the jpg form specified at the base chart can be downloaded An arrow button shows movement of the downloaded image chart data
227. dling AP6 3 2 Comparison of reported items between INLAND AIS and SOLAS AIS 1 Static ship information static information 18 automatically reported broadcast at a cycle of 6 minutes via MSG 5 and MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 10 from a vessel or in response to a request Hint For the description of DAC and FI see page AP6 20 SOLAS User Identifier MMSI Location of the use position fixing antenna mE on the ship aft of bow and port or starboard of 2 Voyage related ship information Voyage related information 18 reported broadcast MSG 5 MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 10 when information has been changed automatically from a vessel at a cycle of 6 minutes or in response to a request SOLAS Destination ERI location codes Category of dangerous cargo __ __ ____ Maximum present static Draught ETA v _ Maximum present static Draught Amended for Inland AIS Inland AIS extension Hazardous cargo classification AP6 17 AP6 3 INLAND AIS Handlin 3 Dynamic ship information Dynamic information is reported broadcast via MSG 1 2 and 3 automatically from a vessel based on the vessel speed or change course or response to a request The cycle is between 2 seconds and 3 minutes The reporting rate assigned by MSG 23 can be used or the reporting rate can be changed manually For related information see page AP6 16 SOLAS AIS INLAND AIS Position WGS 84
228. e below to connect FA 150 to NavNet vx2 series Table 1 Connection of FA 150 to NavNet vx2 Mode setting Speed setting NavNet vx2 software on FA 150 on FA 150 IF 1500AIS V1 07 and before HI LEVEL JF IEC 61162 2 38 4 2 Cep 3 2 2 1 5 UO a ale LA p L Bd TES d 2 97 37 P 4 29 n i IDO 41 Ale n 2 Pages related to NavNet vx2 connection the FA 150 service manual 1 6 3 7 3 12 and 9 5 Currently FA 30 50 100 and most AIS of other make are connected to NavNet vx2 without the interface unit Table 2 Connection of FA 30 50 100 to NavNet vx2 of AIS NavNet vx2 software IF 1500AIS FA 30 50 100 V1 07 and before V1 08 and after Related Furuno Information FQ3 2006 014 Contents Setting and Checking Guide Chapter 1 Overview 1 1 System O VOLO tatio eee 1 1 1 1 1 Automatic Identification System AIS mH ee 1 1 1 1 2 System Operation 1 2 1 Operation 1 2 2 Classification of AIS equipment eee 1 4 1 2 Configuration 1 5 12 Contiburationot EA I5Q quotes ebrio 1 5
229. e same sentence In addition VBW use of speed over the ground 15 not used unless heading HDT OSD data 18 received VBW 15 handled as described in the table below Table 8 1 2 SOG COGQ display processing Input sentence Calculated value of VBW No No No and HDT is displayed VBW is displayed Calculated value of VBW Displayed by priorities of Displayed by priorities of Note 2 If the HDT talker is it is invalid Choose talkers other than SHC or HN When the AD format 1s used set the AD 100 transmission interval to within 1 second 8 2 SENSOR STATUS 8 2 SENSOR STATUS 8 2 1 Confirm sensor input currently in use Press the DISP key until OWN DYNAMIC DATA display is shown Position data SOG COG etc The sensor status screen which may be accessed by pressing MENU SENSOR STATUS will confirm whether external or internal sensors are actively being used Table 8 2 1 List of SENSOR STATUS Display Use state UTC CLOCK LOST Internal GPS positioning failure External DGNSS DGNSS BEACON Internal DGPS used BEACON connected In the event that value calculated from HDT or talker is ROT other than ROT Displayed when channel is changed in sea area operation displayed for about 30 seconds 8 2 2 Handling of sensors 1 Sentences required by AIS Table 8 2 2 Sentences required by AIS IEC 61162 DaumRef DTM D
230. e to download World Wind 1 3 3 1 Full exe of free software from NASA homepage The required specification of PC is Windows 2000 or XP Intel Pentium 3 1 GHz or AMD Athlon 256 MB of RAM 3D Graphics Card DSL Cable connection or faster 2GB of disk space Procedure of download 1 Open http worldwind arc nasa gov 2 Click the World wind 1 3 from the Download column and download this software NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION World Wind Download amp Updates Navigation Downloading World Wind World Wind 1 3 1 3 3 1 NL c Pir Link 3 When download is completed the icon of World wind_1 3 3 1_Full exe is made The World Wind 1 3 1s installed by this icon ada un r ld 1 Wo id Win d wo Id Win 3 1 Fullexe Moor 1 3 Note Please install this if installation of DirectX software is required during installation of World Wind 1 3 AP5 25 AP5 5 Editing of a Base chart AP5 5 6 Download the NASA image chart data Click the World Wind 3 1 and install the image chart data of the modification part of a base chart into PC by jpg form The filename of the image to install is Jatitude longitude the direction angle Heading _ camera altitude Altitude comment if required jpg form Example 135 37984 34 66991N 0 60115 21989
231. ect Enter Decision 2 Set MODE ADDRESS SUBJECT and PORT NO of Transponder LAN Port For each setting enter the value confirmed by 1 Setting and confirmation of LAN port This setting is carried out to determine where FAISPC 2 15 connected MODE MONITOR ADDRESS Set IP ADDRESS confirmed at SET LAN PORT Default 172 031 024 001 SUBNET Set SUB NET MASK confirmed at SET LAN PORT Default 255 255 000 000 PORT NO Set PORT NO confirmed at SET LAN PORT Default 10000 AP5 6 AP5 2 Connection to LAN Port 4 LAN setting of PC Windows XP 1 Open Network and Internet Connections of Control panel 02215 5 Control Panel 59 File Edit View Favorites Tools Help 2 2 Search Folders Address e Control Panel Pick category amp Appearance and Themes 2 Printers and Other Hardware Right click the Network and 3 Internet Connections icon Network and Internet Connections USET ACCOUNTS 3 2 P Connect to the Internet create a home or small Mg office network configure network settings to work from home or change modem phone and Internet settings gt 4 2 Sounds Speech and Audio Devices Accessibility Options Performance and Maintenance Term Pro 2 Choose Network and Internet Connections icon right click property The following property of local area connection screen appears Network Conne
232. ed by any device or system producing true heading HDT T Ah lt CR gt lt LF gt a a Heading degree true LRI Long Range Interrogation The long range interrogation of the AIS is accomplished through the use of two sentences The pair of interrogation sentences a LRI sentence followed by a LRF sentence provides the information needed by an AIS to determine if it must construct and provide the reply sentences LRF LR1 LR2 and LR3 LRI XXxxxxxxx a ab C d e ILII a hh lt CR gt lt LF gt g h Sequence number 0109 b Control flag c MMSI of requester d MMSI of destination e Latitude N S north east co ordinate f Longitude E W north east co ordinate g Latitude N S south west co ordinate 79 h Longitude E W south west co ordinate note note Note The geographic region being interrogated is a rectangular area defined by the L L of the north east and south west corners AP4 10 AP4 2 IEC 61162 15 sentences LRF A Long Range Function This sentence 15 used in both long range interrogation requests and long range interrogation replies The LRF sentence is the second sentence of the long range interrogation request pair LRI and LRF The LRF sentence 18 also the first sentence of the long range interrogation reply The minimum reply consists of a LRF sentence followed by LR1 sentence The LR2 s
233. ed in Note COMI port setting Paragraphs 2 3 13 3 3 Port Settings Table 3 3 7 4 and Settings mela SENSOR VSD SSD ABM BBM ACA ACK RD 4 mes 5 422 GPS IBC AIR DTM GBS GLL GNS ROT 61162 1 HDT LRF LRI OSD ROT RD RD 9410 10 C Loop GYRO VBW VTG VDM VDO ABK ACA ACS ALR COM 4 TXT LR1 LR2 LR3 LRF LRI RD 44 45 RS 422 ECDIS IEC VSD SSD ABM BBM ACA ACK I 61162 2 AIR DTM GBS GGA GLL GNS HDT LRE LRI OSD ROT DISABLE __ _ L L Nooupu 00 PISA Fp pt 0 SEMI ae COM 5 SENSOR eps VSD SSD ABM BBM ACA ACK ROL IEC AIR DTM GBS GGA GLL GNS RD 9 10 C Loop 61162 1 LRI OSD ROT VBW T5 6 one 122 311608 MOT p c b COMA 24P0036 m2 J17 18 5 FIL 3 GNDISO V R13 15 16 18 GND 150 5V 5V 330x3 V Terminator gt 8 4 5 D COM 6 4 RD COM4 5 JP COM 7 5 RD COM4 5 RD B 5 2 5 6 4 TD U5 6 gt 4 COM4 5 RDA 7 5 LTC1535C V RS 422 2 4 5 V 1 4 5 TDA V M4 1 5 1 RD A 9 C Loop 10 COM4 1 5 1 RD B L SNR1 2 RD 5 Fig 3 3 6 5 port I O 3 14 3 3 Port Settings 4 6 Setting This 18 a port dedicated for sensors An AD converter d
234. eed SPEED that connect to the COMI port are set up LONG RANGE EXT DISPLAY SET COM 1 MODE LONG RANGE gt DISABLE SPEED IEC 61162 2 611622 3 3 Port Settings Table 3 3 5 COM setting LR1 LR2 LR3 LRF LONG VSD SSD ABM BBM ACA ACK AIR RANGE INMARSAT C x DTM GBS GGA GLL GNS HDT LRF LRI OSD ROT VBW 5 1 2 LR3 LRF LRI DISPLAY ECDIS 61162 2 VSD SSD ABM BBM ACA ACK AIR Pilot Plug 38 4 kbps DTM GBS GGA GLL GNS HDT LRI OSD RMC ROT VBW VTG ret Note COMI port Setting 1 Basically sensors should be connected to COMA 5 and 6 However since this port accepts Pos SOG COG ROT and HDG sentences irrespective of MODE setting sensors can be connected to here However the lowest priority 18 assigned for inputted data See page 3 21 Setting of SET PRIORITY 2 The specifications of this port are compatible with RS 422 Then TD A B and RD A B lines have the I O circuits electrically separated U2 LTC1535 In addition the jumper between 7 and 8 of COMI 1s a termination resistor of the TD data line When more than one loads 18 connected to the TD A B line on the transmission side a termination resistor should be mounted on the receiver side which has the electrically longest wiring In the case of connecting F
235. el on board 0 to 254 255 unknown default rest personnel not used AP6 4 2 Output Sentence 1 PIWW SPR Inland AIS security password response PIWW SPR is a sentence to respond to PIWW SPW PIWWSPR a x x x x hh lt cr gt lt lf gt 12 34 Function mode of the PIWWSPW sentence being reported on 1 Functional mode E Status for enter password C Status for change password Password status 4 Password status 0 operation was successful 1 operation failed AP6 31 AP6 5 Menu Tree AP6 5 1 DISP AP6 5 Menu Tree In the INLAND AIS mode the screen display 15 switched every time the DISP key 15 pressed Select a target on the reception target list and press the ENT key to show the detailed data Note STATIC DATA 1 9 In the SOLAS AIS mode the AIS MODE indication switches to SOLAS STATIC DATA MMSI NAME CALL SIGN IMO NO ENI AIS MODE 1 9 DISP 1 FURUNO HDG 1119 500 10 0 kt COG 111 09 CPA 6 19 nm TCPA 12 50 INTRD 1 DETAIL ENT DISP RNG 6 0 nm TARGET LIST NAME RNG NM BRG FURUNO 2 9 275 1 VOYAGER 31 298 0 DANGEROUS LIST NAME CPA NM TCPA FURUNO zu VOYAGER 3 1 298 0 DTL ENT DNG DTL ENT RNG 123456789 FURUNO STATIC DATA SOLAS DESTINATION kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk KOBE JABC 001234567 12345678 INLAND STATIC DATA LEN SHIP 0 0m BEAM SHIP 0 0m L
236. els GP 30 series are not provided with the check sum 6 12 8 3 INTERNAL GPS 8 3 INTERNAL GPS The data derived from the built in GPS GN 8093 can be confirmed This GPS 15 DGPS capable and 1s compatible with the RTCM SC 104 DGPS correction protocol Received signal L1 1575 42 MHz C A Code Maximum number of tracking satellites 15 GPS 12 WAAS 2ch Position update time 1 second External serial communication Asynchronous serial communication 4800 bps Output data format NMEA Ver 2 30 compliant Data related to position are transmitted in GPGSA GPGBS GPZDA and GPRMC sentences Time to first fix Hot start 9 seconds typ Warm start 36 seconds typ Reference Cold start 43 seconds typ The built in GPS test can be carried out by MENU gt DIAGNOSTICS gt TRANSPONDER TEST gt GPS TEST INTERNAL GPS 347 44 4635 N LON 135 21 2683 E SOG 0 0kt COG 220 0 UTC 27 JUL 2005 10 52 20 GPS L Pos SOG COG Date STS Status PA Position Accuracy RAIM Receiver Autonomous Integrate Monitor STS 3D RAIM USE Table 8 3 1 Display content of INTERNAL GPS Description Pos SOG COG GPRMC data is displayed Date GPZDA data 18 displayed 2D two dimensional positioning 3D three dimensional positioning D2D two dimensional positioning by differential GPS D3D three dimensional positioning by differential GPS NO FIX not po
237. enna mark on the top right of a screen for OWN DYNAMICDATAJy 0 3 213 Can FA 150 receive Distress alert or Individual calling of VHF 9 3 014 The alarm ouput E 0 2 Q15 Whatisthe USCG 2777 9 4 Q16 What is optional 8 20 4 450 9 4 017 I want to demonstrate FA 150 for an 9 4 018 Targets lost conditions 0 5 019 To which port should NAVNET 2 be connected 9 5 020 What sentences are VDO and 9 5 021 Could we use FA 100 GPS antenna n eene enne 9 6 022 What Msg type should be selected when transmitting the test message 9 6 023 Handling of messages ia 9 7 024 Where are frequency and output power adjusted 0 7 025 How long is AIS communication range mH 9 8 Appendix 1 opecifications WR NR M RM RR NM M NIMM ERR EM ERE A MR RM M AP1 21 Appendix 2 VHF Channel List 2 1 Appendix 3 AIS Messages fat Sav eres mr a me lsh nes Sm tla aay eee aye are AP3 1 Appendix 4 IEC 61 1 62 sentence PN APA 1 Appendix 5 FAISPC MARK2 EORR CCL RR Ee a eC RC re
238. entence and or LR3 sentence follow LR1 sentence if information provided in these sentences a b c d e a Sequence number 0 to 9 b MMIS of requester c Name of requester 1 to 20 character string d Function request 1 to 26 characters A Ship s name callsign and IMO number B Date and time of message composition C Position Course over ground F SOG Speed over ground I ETA Destination and Estimated Time of Arrival O Draught P Ship Cargo U Ship s length breadth type WzPersons on board e Function reply status 4 11 AP4 2 IEC 61162 15 sentences LR1 Long Range Reply with destination for function request A The LR1 sentence identifies the destination for the reply and contains the information requested by the function identification character See LRF sentence a b C d e a Sequence number 0 to 9 b MMIS of responder MMIS of requester reply destination d Ship s name 1 to 20 characters e Call Sign 1 to 7 characters f IMO number 9 digit number LR2 Long Range Reply for function requests C E and The LR2 sentence contains the information requested by the C E and F function identification characters See the LRF sentence LR2 x xxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxx hhmmss ss 111 11 a a b C d e a hh lt CR gt lt LF gt 9 h a Sequence number 0 to 9 b MMIS of responder c Date ddm
239. er COM port on your PC 1 Open Device Manager window in Control Panel gt System menus and confirm the COM Port number that you want to use to update the FA 150 For example if you are using a USB to RS 232C converter it might be identified as COMO 2 Select the appropriate batch file to be modified display software or processor software and open its file from the File Edit menu Batch files can usually be opened MS Windows Text Editor 3 Modify the number underlined to reflect the appropriate COM port that you want to use on your PC uppg LDALL BIN FA1501 BIN 0 0 20 1501 Batch file UPFA1501 BAT pause D uppg ldfa1502 bin fa1502 bin 0 0 50 FA1502 Batch file UPFA1502 BAT 1 pause 6 1 For example to use COM3 of your PC to do the update an FA 1501 open UPFA1501 BAT in text editor then rewrite uppg LDALL BIN FA1501 BIN 0 0 200 2 1 to BIN 0 0 200 2 3 4 Select Save in the FILE menu and save the edited text If an error appears notifying you that the file cannot be saved right click on the batch file icon and select the General tag in the Property menu Then confirm that there is no check mark in Read only box 6 1 4 Confirming program numbers Confirming the program number for the unit FA 1501 1 Press MENU key Select DIAGNOSTICS and press ENT key 2 Select TRANSPONDER TEST and press ENT key 3 Select ME
240. er SNo 4651 VHF ANT GV A 100 T J New GPS with for and after SNo 4651 VHF ANT Remarks 8 001 GSC 001 FA T antenna GSC 001 FA T for and after SNo 100101 GN 79 GN 8093 022 What Msg type should selected when transmitting the test message It would be appropriate to set ADDRESS TYPE to ADDRESS CAST and MSG TYPE to SAFETY and CHANNEL to BOTH To test your AIS with other Furuno AIS MSG TYPE may be set either to Normal or Safety but to test your AIS with other company s AIS it is recommended to set MSG TYPE to SAFETY to ensure reliable communication This 1s because the handling of binary messages deffer in accord with equipment manufacturers Reference MSG 6 Binary data for addressed communication DAC 001 FI 00 MSG 8 Binary data for broadcast communication DAC 001 FI 00 MSG 12 Safety related data for addressed communication MSG 14 Safety related data for broadcast communication 9 6 Chapter 9 023 Handling of messages The table below shows handling of messages received Data Output to VDM serial Ack Message buzzer and 223 form FA 150 display data output transmission A display MSG 6 Yes es Address cast Normal 1 1 MSG 8 Broad cast Normal ana Address cast Safety Em Broad cast Safety Q24 Where are frequency and output power adjusted See pa
241. er assignments to simplex operation of duplex channels Channel Number Ship amp Coast For normal duplex operation 60 156 025 160 625 For simplex operation of ship station 156 025 frequency 1060 adding 1000 For simplex operation of coast 160 625 Stati on frequency 2060 adding 2000 l 3 For channel number assignments to simplex channels addition of 1000 is made to existing channel numbers 4 For channel number assignments to narrowband operation 12 5 kHz on 25 kHz Channel Number Ship amp Coast channels For normal channel operation 60 156025 16065 For 12 5 kHz operation on 25 kHz channel 460 adding 400 2 3 Appendix 3 AIS Messages AP3 1 Messages AP3 1 1 Message types message types are described on the next page The message table Table AP3 1 1 uses the following columns Category F Functional Message 5 System Management Message F S Functional Message and System Management Message Priority There are four levels of message priority namely Priority 1 highest priority Critical link management messages including position report messages 1n order to ensure the viability of the link Priority 2 highest service priority Safety related messages These messages are transmitted with a minimum of delay Priority 3 Assignment interrogation and responses to interrogation messages Priority 4 lowest priority other messages
242. er to Message 22 Channel management Commands from shipboard system such as ECDIS etc ACA and Manual inputs PFEC Table 1 1 3 Link list Parameter Description Tx 0 3 Rx BT 0 3 0 5 Modulation index 0 25 Tx 04 Rx BT 05 Modulation index 0 5 BT Bandwidth Time Product 1 1 System overview AIS uses a TDMA Time Division Multiple Access technique synchronized with UTC This technique uses a concept of frame in which frame is equal to minute and is divided into 2 250 slots With two channels the communication capacity of 4 500 slots minute is available CH87B 161 975MHz CH88B 162 025MHz 256 9600 bps EX Nominal slot Fig 1 1 2 AIS Concept of AIS slot Data 1s transferred using a transmission packet as show in below The packet should be sent from left to right This structure 16 identical to the general HDLC structure except for the training sequence The total length of the default packet 1s 256 bits This 18 equivalent to one slot Ramp 6 bits Total 256 bits 2 Classification of AIS equipment The AIS ship mobile station equipment 1s available with Class A and Class B FA 150 18 type approved AIS Class Class A This is the equipment that complies with IMO AIS performance standard Class B This 1s the equipment that complies with IEC standard for ships in which AIS installation 1s not mandatory The
243. erance within the limit of 3 ppm 450 Hz Main Control and Detection signals PWR REF For setting up the TX power output to 2 W or 12 5 W The level setting of TX power output is done by controlling the BIAS level of the by using the FWD signal from U2 and the PWR REF signal TX power 15 set to 12 5 W by adjusting the potentiometer 133 when TX power selection of 12 5 W 18 made See Fig 5 2 2 H VSWR Detects the reflected reverse voltage REV from U2 CM Coupler The error message ANT appears for announcing the abnormality of the VHF ANT circuits when the ratio of VSWR reaches 3 or above VSWR 15 converted from the voltages of R VSWR not calculated from both of F VSWR and R VSWR 5 2 FA 1501 Block Description MONI Detects the forward wave voltages MONI from U2 The error message TX appears for announcing the TX abnormality when the voltages fall below the specified limit during TX operation Voltage limits output power are as follows 0 25 W less for TX power of W 0 7 W or less for 2 W 4W less for 12 5 And also the error message TX appears when the MONI voltages are detected during no TX operation TX monitor of LED goes on during TX operation Note Relation between R VSWR and MONI voltages R VSWR voltage 40 3 VDC to 40 5 VDC 40 2 VDC to 0 5 VDC MONI voltage 41 6 VDC to 2 0 VDC 0 6 VDC to 1 0 VDC 1 2 signal controls 0
244. es to 75 to 125 Q12 What does the antenna mark on the top right of a screen for OWN DYNAMIC DATA See page 8 32 OWN DYNAMIC DATA Y Antenna mark is displayed 22 JUN 2005 06 43 20 It indicates that the system is being synchronized LAT 34727 8412 N with UTC of built in GPS The antenna mark LON 135 25 1232 E i i SOG 100kt EXT GPS disappears if the system is not synchronized with COG 57 09 HDG 123 the built in GPS ROT R10 0 min Antenna mark blinks ee Oe It indicates that transmission is being carried out Q13 Can FA 150 receive Distress alert or Individual calling of VHF DSC FA 150 cannot receive Distress alert Individual calling All ship calling etc Even if it is the same channel CH70 and signal format as VHF DSC messages unrelated to AIS are not decode Q14 The alarm output See pages 8 2 and 3 22 In AIS related alarm condition alarm buzzer comes on and EXT ALM 1s activated too This condition continues until the ALM ACK signal is turned ON any of the panel keys 1s pressed or the alarm event is removed In addition the alarm 15 outputted by ALR sentences at every 25 seconds If there 18 no error the content of the ALR sentence that 15 messages Alarm 18 General Failure and alarm condition 18 in the normal range V are outputted at every 2 minutes For the related setting EXT ALM output form can be changed The setting is carried out through MENU gt FOR SERVICE gt OTHER
245. essage Message 1 2 3 Position Report The position report is output periodically by mobile stations Table AP3 1 2 Message 1 2 3 Number Message ID 6 Identifier for this message 1 2 or 3 Repeat Indicator Used by the repeater to indicate how many times a message has been repeated er or REPRE MMIS number Naviaational status Under way using engine at anchor or not under 9 Turning head speed ROT data is not derived from COG information se TERRE Longitude In 1 10000 min 12 Course over ground 1 109 Te Degrees UTC second when the report was generated by the Time stamp EPFS mode or 61 if positioning system is in manual applications FO E Communication State Total number of bits 168 4 A3 A AP3 5 1 Messages Message 4 Base station report Message 11 UTC Date response This message is used for reporting UTC time and date and at the same time position A base station uses Message 4 in its periodical transmissions mobile station outputs Message 11 only in response to interrogation by Message 10 Message 11 is only transmitted as a result of a UTC Request message Message 10 The UTC and Data response 18 transmitted on the channel where the UTC request message was received Table 1 3 Message 4 11 Number Parameter of bits Description
246. ext step PORT Loop back transmission and reception test of a serial data line If testing just the display without a processor unit connected connect between TD A and RD A and between TD B and RD B of the display with jumper wires If the processor unit is connected no jumpers are required A specific character string will be sent looped back during this test If it 15 received the PORT 18 considered OK ROM A total sum from the beginning to the last of ROM is calculated If it RAM coincides with the checksum written at the last ROM it is judged OK Specific data 1s written in a specific area of RAM and the ability to read it 1s checked If this WRITE READ functionality check is confirmed RAM 15 considered OK Self test Part 3 The LCD contrast 15 changed in three stages 48 32 56 Then the LCD and key dimmers are changed in four stages 4 1 3 When this test 15 finished the process automatically advances to the next step MONITOR TEST BOOT NO 2450020 01 0x PRG 2450021 01 0x ROM CONT x SDRAM DIM xX PORT KEY Self test Part 4 This process checks the LCD During this test all the LCDs are turned ON for 2 seconds maximum contrast Then all the LCDs are turned OFF minimum contrast for 3 seconds When this test 1s finished the process automatically returns to Self test Part 1 lt LCD CHECK gt ALLON 2 SEC ALL OFF 3 SEC 8 4 DIAGNOSTICS 8 4 2 TRANSPON
247. g reporting rate when slot assignment is used or the autonomously derived reporting rate whichever 15 higher Table 1 13 Message 16 Number Message ID Message Identifier for message 16 for message 16 L S nen by the repeater to indicate how many times a Indicator 2 message has been repeated MMSI of assigning station Spare Destination ID A MMSI number Destination identifier A MMSI number Destination identifier B It is omitted if there is assignment to station A only Offset from current slot to first assigned slot It is Offset B omitted if there is assignment to station only Increment to next assigned slot It is omitted if there is assignment to station A only Tta 1960141 S Destination ID B Message 17 GNSS Broadcast Binary Message This message 18 transmitted by a base station which is connected to a DGNSS reference source and configured to provide DGNSS data to receiving stations Table AP3 1 14 Message 17 of bits Message ID 6 Identifier for message 17 Used by the repeater to indicate how many times a Repeat Indicator 2 message has been repeated MMSI of the base station Spire 2 Spare O Longitude 2 Longitude of DFNSS reference station in Surveyed Latitude of DGNSS reference station in Latitude 7 0 736 Differential Correction data Total number of bits 13 1 Messages Message 18
248. ge 7 5 The frequency tolerance 15 within 3 ppm There 15 no place for adjusting the frequency If the frequency 18 out of range replace the TX board Output is adjusted by TX board R133 with the output set to 12 5 W There is no output adjustment for 2 W and 1 9 7 Chapter 9 025 How long is the AIS communication range sight distance Because radio wave propagated between two points in the VHF band 18 limited by the sight distance Do assuming the antenna height of the own ship to be 4 m hl and the antenna height of the other ship to be 25 m h2 Do km 4 12 Nhl Do km 4 12 V4 N25 28 8 km 15 6 NM and therefore the sight distance 1s 28 8 km 15 6 NM Electric field intensity in the free space The AIS transmission output is 12 5 W Because the electric power fed to the antenna depends on the coaxial cable length if this length is assumed to be 20 m the loss 15 about 20 In addition the radiation efficiency of antenna is assumed to be 100 Consequently the electric power fed to the antenna 1s given by 12 5 W x 80 10 W The antenna current Ia that runs through the antenna 15 given by Ia 410W 50 0 45 The effective height of antenna he 1s given by where A VHF wavelength 3 x 10 160 MHz 1 9 m 1 9 0 6 m In general the electric field intensity E V m of a free space which 15 m distant from the doublet antenna 15 calculated by the
249. ge Contents Sentence CA LR A LR2 LR3 CA TXT EU AIS alarm ack existing Long Range interrogation 1 Long Range interrogation LRF AP4 20 4 4 6 bit binary field type code conversion table AP4 4 6 bit binary field type code conversion table The construction of VDO and VDM sentences is shown as follows VDM VDO x x x a S S x hh lt CR gt lt LF gt The s s portion 15 stipulated as encapsulated ITU R M 1371 radio message For example in the case of MSG 1 the sentence is composed with a total of 168 bits that cover message ID 6 bits to communication status 16 bits The s s portion is obtained by dividing 168 bits by every 6 bits from the head and converted into codes For the PC display this code 18 further converted into ASCII code The construction of ABM and BBM sentences is shown as follows ABM X X X S S x hh lt CR gt lt LF gt BBM x x x x X X 8 8 x hh lt CR gt lt LF gt The s s portion 15 stipulated as encapsulated ITU R M 1371 radio message For example in the case of MSG 6 up to 936 bits only of binary data 1s divided by every 6 bits from the head and converted into codes For the PC display this code is further converted into ASCII code Table 4 4 1 Six bit binary field type code conversion table Character Represented Character Represented Cha
250. h file UPFA1502 BAT uppg Idfal502 bin fa1502 bin 005011 pause 6 1 6 1 2 Preliminary Notes on Software Updates 1 Program updating for both the FA 1501 and FA 1502 are made by using the port of the Transponder unit FA 1501 A DB9 to DB9 straight through cable non null must be used The electrical specifications for the PC port follow the RS 232C format Data transfer rate for updating 1s 57 6 kbps for FA 1501 and 38 4 kbps for FA 1502 Note that these speeds are automatically set by the UPPG EXE file when it is initiated date transfer protocols are as follows Format Data bit 8 Stop bit Parity bit none Flow control None Note If you only need to update the FA 1502 LCD display s software TD RD of the COM Port of FA 1502 can be used instead of the PC port of FA 1501 The electrical specifications for FA 1502 display s COM port follow the RS 422 format so an RS 422 RS 232C converter should be used when connecting it to the PC 2 When the serial port of the PC is not assigned to 1 rewrite Batch file or change the PCs COM port setting to 1 See procedure below UJ Port setting e g Speed Data bit Flow control etc the serial port of the PC is not necessary because it 1s automatically set up from the file of UPPG EXE during updating 6 1 3 Procedure for rewriting the COM Port for the batch file so that it will use some oth
251. h varies between 1 and 5 slots Table APS3 1 5 Message 6 cd Message ID 6 Identifier for Message 6 Used by the repeater to indicate how many times Indicator 2 message has been repeated MMSI number OF source station Sequence Number Sequence Number Destination ID MMSI number of destination station Retransmit Flag Retransmit flag is set upon retransmission Spare Not used Max 936 Application Identifier 16 bit and data Max 920 bits UU Maximum number of bits Max 1008 AP3 7 1 Messages Message 7 Binary Acknowledge Message 13 Safety Related Acknowledge Message 7 18 used as an acknowledgement of up to 4 Messages 6 and 1s transmitted on the same channel that the addressed message to be acknowledged was received Message 13 18 used as an acknowledgement of up to 4 Messages 12 received and 18 transmitted on the same channel that the addressed message to be acknowledged was received Table AP3 1 6 Message 7 13 Number Parameter Description Message ID 6 identifier for message 7 13 Used by the repeater to indicate how many times Indicator 2 a message has been repeated MMSI number oaf source of this ACK Not used 2L 0 Not used Destination ID 1 30 MMSI number of first destination of this Sequence number for ID 1 2 Sequence number of message to be acknowledged 0 3 Destination ID 2 MMSI number of second destination of this AC
252. hannel and RX2 board In the regional operating area where the channels are automatically set by AIS MSG 22 or DSC message and automatically switched from the primary to the secondary and vice versa in the transitional zone note that the correspondence between the RX1 2 boards and CH A B would be changed 5 2 FA 1501 Block Description 1 1375MHz RX1 51 RX RX RF AD83 RX2 51 2875MHz RX gt 22 2223 Rx1 1s tLo 207 T 213 1625 2 118 Rx2 1st Lo 207 2625MHz 213 2625 2 1375 2 011 2375 2 2594 ana J2 19 36kHz nd Lo RX1 51 1015 2 RX2 51 2015 2 RX1 25 55075 2 RX2 GOD MHZ 13 6V 2 J2 1 2 13 6V 2 42 14 CLK PLL J2 15 DATA PLL J2 16 RX ST 4 4 2 42 12 RX Not used Q13 Q12 Fig 5 2 6 Block diagram of RX1 RX2 boards AIS receiving signal is fed to U1 L27 and C163 L27 and C163 are composing the 200 MHz band trap filter for eliminating the leakage of the Ist local frequency components toward the terminal of RX RF At U1 150 MHz ATS receiving signal is mixed with the 1st local frequency components of 207 MHz to 213 MHz and down converted to 51 MHz Ist IF signal FL1 and FL2 following U1 are BPFs Passband width 4 5 kHz for 10 kHz for FL2 and are reducing the spurious components generated with the frequency co
253. he repeater to indicate how many times Repeat Indicator message has been repeated MMISnumbr Altitude GNSS 12 Altitude derived from GNSS expressed in meters 0 4094 m UTC second when the report was generated by the Time stamp EPFS mode or 61 if positioning system is in manual input mode Reserved for regional Reserved for definition by a competent regional applications authority 212 Data terminal ready Spare 83 m 0 Station operating in autonomous and continuous Assigned Mode Flag 1 1 Station operating in assigned mode RAIM Flag of Electronic Position Fixing Device Selector Flag 1 Communication State follows Total number of bits 168 pO AP3 9 1 Messages Message 10 UTC and Date Inquiry This message 18 used when a station is requesting UTC and data from another station Table 1 9 Message 10 Number Message ID 6 Identifier for message 10 Repeat Indicator 2 Used by the repeater to indicate how many times a P message has been repeated Spare Total number of bits 7 Message 12 Addressed Safety Related Message The Addressed Safety Related Message could be variable in length based on the amount of safety related text The length varies between 1 and 5 slots Table AP3 1 10 Message 12 Number E Identifier for message 12 Beneat hacar Used by the repeater to ind
254. heat sede ates oan terest E 9 22 8 8 Popup message list eene 9 33 gt 9 27 Case 1 Communication Error is shown HI 9 27 lesa de 9 29 Case 3 EPFS L L SOG COG HDT or ROT error 1 shown 9 39 4 Receiving targets get ee ee ee er ree 8 4 Case 5 Received targets are not displayed on the Radar FAR 2xx7 series 8 42 Chapter 9 Q amp A QI Strange characters are displayed on the target list What do they mean e 9 Q2 It seems to take long time to display the Name of Ship ee eeeeeeeees 9 Does FA 150 have a polling function 9 1 Q4 Second 1502 2 9 1 Q5 COMMUNICATION ERROR is displayed Where should 9 Q6 Are settings of DIM and CONTRAST stored in memory even if the power is turned 9 1 97 Where 15 the tanker mode setting 9 2 Q8 Is it possible to connect sensors to COMI 2 and CONG 9 2 Q9 Is NMEA Ver 1 5 able to be used as sensor input mH 0 2 Q10 How to check sensor input 0 2 How to check whether or not transmission is taking place 9 3 Q12 What does the ant
255. how many times a message has been Repeat Indicator 2 repeated Default 0 3 do not repeat any more Source ID MMSI number of source station Sequence Number 2 Destination ID MMSI number of destination station Fietransmit Ela Retransmit Flag should be set upon retransmission 9 0 no retransmission default 1 retransmitted Fairway section 0 number Terminal code 30 Fairway hecto metre 30 5 digits 6 Bit characters 5 digits 6 Bit characters 5 digits 6 Bit characters Estimated Time of Arrival MMDDHHMM UTC Bits 19 16 month 1 12 0 not available default Bits 15 11 day 1 31 0 not available default Bits 10 6 hour 0 23 24 not available default Bits 5 0 minute 0 59 60 not available default ____ Fairway hecto metre _ 30 90 lock bridge terminal Number of assisting tugboats Air draught Spare 0 6 7 unknown default 2 0 4000 rest not used in 1 100m 0 default not used Not used should be set to zero Reserved for future use 248 Occupies 2 slots MMSI virtual MMSI number should be used for each country each national AIS network should route messages addressed to other countries using this virtual MMSI number AP6 22 AP6 3 INLAND AIS Handling 3 Inland specific message Fl 22 RTA at lock bridge terminal This message 15 sent by base stations to a certain
256. icate how many times a p message has been repeated MMSI number of station which is the source of the Source ID message Sequence Number 0 3 Destination ID MMSI number of station which is the destination of the message Retransmit Flac LI Set upon retransmission Notused Safety related text Max 936 6 bit 1008 Total number of bits Occupies 1 to 5 slots subject to the length of text AP3 10 1 Messages Message 14 Safety Related Broadcast Message The Safety Related Broadcast Message could be variable in length base on the amount of safety related text The length varies between 1 and 5 slots Table 1 11 Message 14 id Message ID 6 Identifier for message 14 Repeat Indicator 2 Used by repeater to indicate how many times message has been repeated MMSI number of source station of message Not used SS Spare 2 Notused Safety related Text Max 968 6 bit ASCII Total Number of bits Max 1008 11 1 Messages Message 15 Interrogation The Interrogation Message is used for interrogations via the VHF TDMA link other than UTC and data requests The response 1s transmitted on the channel that the interrogation was received on A Class A Shipborne Mobile Station can be interrogated for message identifiers 3 and 5 by another station A Class B Shipborne Mobile Station can be interrogated for message identifiers 18 and 19 by ano
257. ier O to 9 d AIS Channel A or B e Encapsulated ITU R M 1371 radio message f Number of fill bits O to 5 AP4 16 4 2 IEC 61162 15 sentences VDO VHF Data Link Own vessel message This sentence 18 used to provide the information assembled for broadcast by the AIS It uses the six bit field type for encapsulation The sentence uses the same structure as the VDM sentence formatter a Total number of sentences needed to transfer the message 1 to 9 b Sentence number 1 to 9 c Sequential message identifier O to 9 d AIS Channel A or B e Encapsulated ITU R M 1371 radio message f Number of fill bits O to 5 VSD Voyage Static Data This sentence 15 used to enter information about a ship s voyage This information remains relatively static during the voyage a bc d e f g h i a Type of ship and cargo category 0 to 255 b Maximum present static draught 0 to 25 5 meter c Persons on board 0 to 8191 d Destination 1 20 characters e Est UTC of destination arrival f Est day of arrival at destination 00 to 31 UTC g Est month of arrival at destination 00 to 12 UTC h Navigational status O to 15 ex O under way using engine 1 anchor 2 not under command etc i Regional application flags 0 to 15 AP4 17 AP4 2 IEC 61162 15 sentences Course over ground and ground speed The actual course and speed relative to the ground VTG x x T M a
258. ifications confirm the TX Power with 50 ohm dummy loaded instead of the antenna to check that the antenna condition 1s normal To adjust the power turn R133 on TX board until 12 5 W is obtained There is no way to adjust the 1 W and 2 W settings 8133 PWR ADJ 12 5 W Fig 7 2 1 TX board 7 2 3 Adjusting TX output frequency Frequency adjustment is not necessary due to the use of TCXO If the tolerance of the TX frequency is found to exceed 3 ppm replace the TX board TCXO is allocated as Y1 19 2 MHz on TX board Refer to Fig 7 2 1 7 6 Introduction First turn ON the power switch of FA 1501 processor Then press the PWR key of FA 1502 to turn the equipment on or off When powered the equipment emits a beep and then proceeds in the sequence shown below AUTOMATIC IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM FURUNO ELECTRIC CORP STARTUP TEST PROGRAM No 2450021 xx ROM RAM BACKUP DATA RNG 6 0 nm RNG 6 0 nm DETAIL ENT HDG SOG INTRD DETAIL ENT FURUNO HDG 1119 SOG 10 0 kt COG 111 09 CPA 6 19 nm TCPA 12 50 INTRD 1 DETAIL ENT Chapter 8 Maintenance FA 1502 self test begins Program FA 1502 program No ROM FA 1502 Flash ROM check RAM FA 1502 RAM check BACKUP DATA Flash ROM backup data 1s checked for the proper state NOW INITIALIZING Shows that communications with FA 1501 proces
259. imulator mode 8 23 8 5 FOR SERVICE Table 8 5 4 Own ship data in the simulator mode Own Dynamic Data 1 Tokyo Bay 2 Osaka Bay Present date time Present date time 35 12 410 34 31 000 N 139 43 458 E 135 04 0007 270 0 0 07 0 07 min HDG 270 0 90 EXT DGPS UNUSE Table 8 5 5 Other ship data in the simulator mode Target MMSI 1 Tokyo Bay 2 Osaka Bay Name Default of Pos Default of Pos CODE MEET jd 28 8 10 12 8 x i 123 M RON bens mes e 2770 EX Mr C ben 39 _ di Lon Le mdi 8 24 8 5 FOR SERVICE 2 ALARM MODE See Page 3 22 3 CH MODE See Page 3 23 4 ALL CLEAR the settings return to default values ALL CLEAR Choose YES and press the ENT key During initialization the following display is popped up ARE YOU SURE YES NO NOW INITIALIZING TRANSPONDER Reference In MENU gt DIAGNOSTICS gt MEMORY CLEAR the following memory may be cleared MONITOR CLEAR MENU gt USER SETTINGS clear and LR MODE are excluded SET USER DEFAULT MENU gt USER SETTINGS clear and NAV STATUS clear 5 DEBUG MENU CPU VERSION Each number display of MAIN SUB and FPGA are control number of R amp D The released program and control No are linked CPU VERSION 2450018 01 0x MAIN 01 01 81 200507061623 SUB 01 01 2005
260. information is derived by automatic means direct connection to switch AP6 28 AP6 4 Sentences Added for INLAND AIS AP6 4 Sentences Added for INLAND AIS When the ACTIVE KEY code has been input to have the INLAND AIS function ACTIVATED sentences added for INLAND AIS are accepted In other words the sentences are accepted regardless of whether the AIS MODE setting NAV STATUS is INLAND or SOLAS When the ACTIVE KEY code has not been input or with the conventional SOLAS AIS respective sentences for the INLAND are ignored AP6 4 1 Input Sentence 1 PIWW IVD Inland waterway voyage data This sentence is used to enter navigational information such as Reporting rate Number of blue cones Loaded unloaded Inland draught and Air draught of voyage data If this sentence does not exist in the INLAND AIS mode it should be set manually in the NAV STATUS menu riii assisting number of assisting tugboat 0 6 7 default unknown rest not used 5 7 um EIE NE dl members rest not used EP n MN passengers rest not used DIE add personnel 255 unknown default rest not used AP6 29 AP6 4 Sentences Added for INLAND AIS 2 PIWW SSD Inland waterway static ship data This sentence provides the own vessel data including the ENI Unique European Vessel Identification Number ERI Electronic Reporting International ship type Length Beam and Speed Course Heading information accuracy If th
261. ing between 230 VAC and 115 VAC is made as shown below No soldering 15 required Change tap connection Step 1 Changing tap connection otep 2 Changing jumper connection 3 29 Change jumper connection 220VAC spec default The white wire is connected to 1 and the black 2 in 220 VAC sets Both white and black wire are connected to 1 in 115 VAC sets Red SEL 230V SEL 115V Change the connection of red wire depending on ship s mains 4 4 1 DISP Each time the DISP key 15 pressed the display changes in the sequence shown below In the TARGET LIST screen choose the target and then press the ENT key so you can view the detailed target data DISP PLOTTER DISPLAY DISP FURUNO HDG 1119 SOG 10 0 kt COG 111 09 6 19 1250 INTRD 1 RNG 6 0 DETAIL ENT DISP Up to 2 048 AIS targets TARGET LIST TARGET LIST DANGEROUS LIST NAME RNG nm BRG NAME CPA nm TCPA FURUNO 2 9 275 1 FURUNO 2 9 275 1 VOYAGER 3 1 298 0 VOYAGER 3 1 298 0 DTL ENT DNG gt DTL ENT DNG gt OWN SHIP S STATIC DATA OWN STATIC DATA OWN STATIC DATA OWN STATIC DATA OWN STATIC DATA OWN STATIC DATA CPA 6 00 CREW 20 NAME FURUNO DESTINATION KOBE DRAUGHT 0 0m TYPE OF SHIP 70 STATUS 15 CLASS CALL S
262. is sentence does not exist it should manually set with SET QUALITY of SET I O PORT the INITIAL SETTING menu PIWWSSD cccecece xxxx XXX X XXX X X X X hh lt CR gt lt LF gt 1 2 3 4 567 CSENG 0 o type of ship ERI ship type according to ERI classification length of ship length of ship O to 800 0 meter 6 quality of course information quality of course information 1 high 0 0 3 PIWW SPW Inland AIS security password This provides a password for changing the ENI Unique European Vessel Identification Number Following this sentence change the ENI by using PIWW SSD sentence As the password 652111 is pre defined SPIWWSPW a x c c x x hh cer l1f 12 3 4 Es Function mode of the password E Enter password C Change password Password level This field is used to supply different password levels like Administrator or Operator password 1 Administrator or installation password 2 Operator password E udi E udi In case of entering a password this is the password used for authentication The password has to match the password stored in the equipment for the security level as defined by field 2 In case of changing a password this is the Password new password An Inland AIS security password sentence with a valid password for the same or higher level indicated in field 2 lower number in field 2 must be received before Indicates the validity time out in seconds range 0
263. is turned ON OFF Under the following conditions the system enters the tanker mode in which the transmission output is reduced to 1 W automatically When No 80 TANKER is chosen in MENU gt INITIAL SETTINGS gt SET SHIP TYPE When MOORED 1s chosen in NAV STATUS and When the ship speed is 3 knot or less When POWER becomes W in MENU gt CHANNEL SETTINGS gt VIEW CHANNEL the system is in the tanker mode In addition when the system enters the tanker mode POWER CHANGED IW popup display appears When the ship speed exceeds 3 knot with NAV STATUS set to MOORED popup displays and appear Users are prompted to change NAV STATUS with the message CHANGE NAV STATUS Q8 Is it possible to connect sensors to COM1 2 and COMS ports See page 3 11 Yes it is but it is the principle to connect the sensor input to COMS or 6 Note that priority of COMI 2 and are not higher than to COMS and COM6 The related setting is MENU gt INITIAL SETTINGS gt SET PORT gt SET PRIORITY COMI 2 and COMG ports do not have this kind of setting Q9 15 Ver 1 5 able to be used as sensor input See page 8 8 and 30 No NMEA Ver 1 5 cannot be used as sensor input The AIS 1s required IEC61162 sentence Sentences of NMEA Ver 1 5 are no check sum field Reference It 1 possible to set whether or not the check sum 15 carried out in MENU gt F
264. iting of a Base chart 4 When a right click is carried out a combine the point of polygon and the point of other polygon Left click the button when you combine accidentally When specifying a point and a right click the point change to red Align point to combine near point and a right click Del Polygon Operation guidance message delete point gt Left or Righ Button Click change Polygon gt CTRL L R delete point gt Left Button Click cancel gt Right Button Click AP5 23 AP5 5 Editing of a Base chart 2 Del Point operation To delete a point of the polygon Procedure 1 Click the button set a pointer to the target polygon and a left click The chosen point changes to red 2 When the pointer 18 set to the position to delete and right or left click 1s carried out the chosen point changes to red and the 2 mark is displayed 3 Furthermore left click deletes the point Left click the button when you deleted accidentally When specifying a point and a right or left click the point changes to red Deleting is carried out by a left click Del Polygon guidance message Delete point gt Left or Righ Button Click change Polygon gt CTRL L R Delete point gt Left Button Click cancel gt Right Button Click AP5 24 AP5 5 Editing of a Base chart AP5 5 5 Downloaded World Wind from the NASA homepage In order to use the 1mage chart data of NASA you hav
265. le it is recommended to mount the AIS in the vicinity of places where Radar or ECDIS 18 mounted or the center of chart table or conning position 11 For vessels which transiting through Panama Canal and sailing Saint Lawrence River in seaway in addition vessels that come in ports of the United States a Pilot plug 15 required The Pilot plug should be installed on the bridge near the pilot s operating position For the Pilot plug AIS Pilot Plug shall be indicated with an appropriate label In addition an AC plug for PC power supply of the pilot must be installed near the Pilot plug too For the receptacle Receptacle for Pilot PC must be indicated Pilot Plug AMP Receptacle Square Flanged 1 or Free Hanging 2 Shell size 11 9 pin Std Sex 206486 1 2 or equivalent with the following terminations TX 1 connected to Pin 1 TR Ais connected to Pin 4 TX Ais connected to Pin 5 RX B is connected to Pin 6 Shield is connected to Pin 9 Chapter 2 Parts Location 2 1 Transponder Unit FA 1501 Power Switch Fig 2 1 1 FA 1501 Top view Cable Clamp 1 VHF Antenna Connector Circuit Breaker 10A GND Terminal INT GPS Antenna Connector GPS ANT PC Port RS 232C a RJ45 ption Fig 2 1 2 FA 1501 Cable entrance 2 1 Transponder Unit FA 1501 COMG 5 4 24 032 COM3 COM2 COM1 PWR 24P0037 EXT ALM Power input terminal DISP Power switch Fig 2 1
266. le pl 2 p4 ph ing time e Waiting time to write los Password output interval ID nur rt number 1 2 lait sec Ll 1 i it 0 Wait counter 200 Port 4 5228 PO SPEED Eo 00505 lt 5576 600 ON Status indication of updating Progress 96 1004 3 5 pleted 6 When the update is completed Finish version up message appears Press the Enter key of PC and close DOS prompt window 5 5 32 rogram upload utility Verslon 7 01 opyright c FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD infilel pl p2 p3 p4 pb Deletion waiting time 2 Waiting time to write Password output interval ID number Pe rt number 1 alt ae 0 ounter 200 a Erasing Finish version up sh version up dum 2 XYDocuments and JUT ZXFalb denpasFA 150 7 p 27 L YUP 1501 9 2 2 449 gt p T 4414 1975 7 Turn off the powers of FA 1501 and 1502 and restore the system to its original operating parameters 6 6 Chapter 7 Measurement 7 1 General 7 1 1 Measurement Flow Note Note that a transmission will automatically shut off after 60 seconds Checks must be taken within this time START Connect the measuring instrument Power on Set POWER CH A in CH amp
267. lect PATTERN and press ENT key Selection window of the modulating signals appears And select TXF and press ENT key Item Signal to be transmitted PN PATTERN AIS signal modulated by random signal 1 AIS signal modulated by 10101 signal TYPE 2 AIS signal modulated by 0110011 signal 7 2 Measurement Adjustment Measuring 7 Press DIM key to start the transmission NOW TRANSMITTING STOP MENU indication is popped up Press MENU key to stop the transmission FINISHED TRANSMITTING PRESS ANY KEY indication is popped up Press ENT key to return to TX TEST Within 60 seconds complete TX the frequency and TX output power measurement Allowable power tolerance within 20 96 for 1 2 W and 12 5 Allowable frequency tolerance within 3 ppm 8 After completion press MENU key to return to FOR SERVICE window When confirming the other channel and output power return to the step 3 9 Select CH amp PWR SETTINGS and press ENT key 10 Put POWER and channels back to the previous settings and then SET to AUTO Press MENU key to go out of FOR SERVICE window 11 Turn off the power and disconnect the measuring equipment and then set to FA 150 back to its original operating condition 7 2 Measurement Adjustment 7 2 2 Adjusting TX output power Note When TX Power output with the antenna connected does not meet spec
268. lt lt H 212 0V 03711970 lt 1 lt 2 0871970 gt 8 gt lt lt 27 1 070 0 037178802 27V1V070v 27 037 19H02 lt lt gt gt gt 2 019 1 LL ic lt 01 lt 1 070 087 140709764585 lt St lt gt gt 0 7 1 070 729585 gt 9 gt N SOVIVO NY i lt 6 lt H Orlsw2 lt 4 lt gt gt gt Sh gt 270010 1 gt 00 8 lt 8 02 5 487980 04728555 014 9 52 08728585 gt bb gt d lt 1 B 4 78 03 lt 81 lt gt te gt gt amp gt 1009 9 051 000 0517 089 08714585 lt 6 lt gt 2 gt 0818585 gt gt 1 s 890322 840 87037279402 lt lt gt gt gt tb gt m 2 lt lt vr 208802 V7 037279402 5 lt 2 lt gt gt 2 0 0517089 0517089 0378400 lt 22 lt gt 52 gt 048402 gt 6 gt 09 t lt 870178H02 870179402 0178402 2 amp 82 gt 0178800 gt 2 0 610140 H lt 1 lt v70179402 AQ lt gt gt 9 0 151042 37820761671 a 0800710075 57152 0871403 lt 526 lt gt 92 gt 041402 9 2 107142 i 071402 lt 92 lt gt 5 2 gt 011402 NIvVH gt 55 gt 0107049 i lt 0 lt 2 Qi1
269. mbined with the parameter Aid to Navigation at the end of that parameter Name of 0 6 12 18 24 84 Aid to Navigation when more than 20 characters are needed for the Extension Name of Aid to Navigation This parameter is omitted when no more than 20 characters for the name of A to N are needed in total Only the required number of characters is transmitted 02460 Number of bits 272 9608 AP3 15 1 Messages Message 22 Channel Management This message 1s transmitted by a base station as a broadcast message to command the VHF data link parameters for the geographical area designed in this message Table 1 17 Message 22 Number Message ID_ 7 6 Identifier for message 22 message has been repeated 0 high 1 low pup Longitude of area to which the assignment applies engines upper right corner north east in 1 10 min 1 4 Latitude 1 17 Latitude of area to which the assignment applies in 1 10 min Longitude 2 Longitude of area to which the assignment applies lower left corner south west in 1 10 min Latitude 2 Longitude of area to which the assignment applies lower left corner south west in 1 10 min Addressed or Broadcast Message 1 Indicator Channel bandwidth 1 Bandwidth MEE 0 Broadcast Geographical Area Message default 12 Addressed message to individual station s 2 1 8 8 7 1 1 Channel
270. message report interval of dynamic data 18 30 seconds and 3 minutes while the message report interval of static data 1s 6 minutes 1 2 Configuration 1 2 Configuration 1 2 1 Configuration of FA 150 The FA 150 consists of VHF and GPS antennas a transponder unit a monitor unit and several associated units The transponder contains a VHF transmitter two TDMA receivers on two parallel VHF channels a DSC channel 70 receiver interface communication processor and internal GPS receiver GPS VHF Antenna FA 1502 MKD GVA 100 24 VDC GPS Navigator Own ship s position L L Speed over ground RS 422 SOG Course over ground COG FA 1501 Radar AIS Transponder Gyrocompass ECDIS IM Pilot plug Heading 5 5 Rate of where available 7 RS 232C LAN 100 220 VAC in 1 METER RES 1 6 Serial Port 240 RS 232C Port LAN Port Option DISP Port for MKD 2 Power supply 12 VDC to 24 VDC 3 Antenna Combined antenna GVA 100 GPS antenna GSC 100 0175 VHF antenna FAB 151D 150M W2VN 2110 toe 44 42 2 Fig 1 2 1 Configuration of FA 150 1 5 1 2 Configuration 1 2 2 Installations 1 Ports for serial I O interface are six ports COMI through COMO ports are supported with IEC61162 1 and 2 interfaces in addition COM
271. myyyy 8 digits d UTC time of position e Latitude N S position co ordinate to 1 min f Longitude E W position co ordinate to 1 min 0 Course over ground true value to nearest degree h Speed over ground value to 0 1 knot AP4 12 AP4 2 IEC 61162 15 sentences LR3 Long Range Reply for function requests I P U W The LR3 sentence contains the information requested by the I U and W function identification characters See the LRF sentence a b C d e hh lt CR gt lt LF gt h i j k Sequence number 0109 b MMIS of responder c Voyage destination 1 to 20 characters d ETA Date ddmmyy e ETA Time value to nearest second f Draught value to 0 1 meter g Ship Cargo h Ship length value to nearest meter i Ships breadth value to nearest meter j Ship type k Persons 0 to 8191 OSD Own ship data Heading course speed set and drift summary a Heading degrees true b Heading status A data valid V data invalid c Vessel course degrees true d Course reference B M W R P B bottom tracking log M manually entered W water referenced R radar tracking of fixed target P positioning system ground reference e Vessel speed f Speed reference B M W R P 9 Vessel set degrees true h Vessel drift speed i Speed unit km h Knots miles h AP4 13 AP4 2 IEC 61162 15 sentences RMC Recommended minimum specific GNSS data
272. n Image chart data movement e Image chart position is returned to the original position P 1 DXFAISPC MARK2 ES ROOTXF AISPGC MARK2 ES ROOTXBaset Fie 2 the modified base chart 22 Oka Add and Mod gt tT 0T Pw gt we c Del Paint 5 27 Appendix 6 INLAND AIS AP6 1 AIS Specification Changes Key Points The software and hardware have been revised for the addition of the INLAND AIS specification and for comply with ITU R M 1371 3 The new software 18 common to INLAND AIS and Class A AIS required by SOLAS hereafter referred to as SOLAS AIS To use the software in SOLAS AIS no special setting configuration 1s necessary even if the software or hardware 15 updated The operation 18 the same as 1s conventionally done Software version with support INLAND AIS and ITU R 1371 3 FA 1501 Ver 02 02 FA 1502 Ver 02 01 2 Board with support for INLAND AIS MOT board version 24P0074 33 and after ACTIVATE KEY code required to enable the INLAND AIS specification The ACTIVATE KEY code is issued based on the DEVICE ID code which should be provided to Furuno Note The code mentioned above 18 stored on the MAIN board 4 Enter the ACTIVATE KEY to have the INLAND AIS specification ACTIVATED which allows the AIS MODE to be switched between INLAND AIS and SOLAS AI
273. n checksum data In addition the data 1s not allowed if checksum is erroneous 5 If any sentence includes both valid and invalid the entire sentence will be ignored not allowed 6 Processing of Mode Indicator RMC GLL etc contain a Mode Indicator and AIS 15 operated in accordance with information such as Autonomous Differential Dead reckoning Data not valid etc For example in the case of Autonomous Normal mode and Position accuracy information contained in Msg 1 to Msg 3 is Low and differential High information 15 sent In the case of mode other than autonomous and differential mode the data 1s not used In FA 150 if any sentence with no Mode Indicator 15 received it 15 processed as the Autonomous mode Normal When a sentence with Mode Indicator attached 1s received 1f the mode 18 other than Autonomous or Differential the data 15 not used and FA 150 processes as error 8 2 SENSOR STATUS 7 Sensor input change over time Change over from higher priority to lower priority of D GNSS sensor input takes place 5 seconds Change over from lower priority to higher priority takes place in 30 seconds The priority order 18 External DGNSS gt internal DGPS MSG 17 gt internal DGPS BEACON gt external GNSS gt internal GPS There 18 no priority order for talker name HDT and ROT are displayed when the sentences are received 8 Processing of DTM sentence In AIS system reference datum WGS 8
274. nal GPS 18 used presently Disconnect GPS antenna connector of FA 1501 If the external GPS is used presently Turn off the power supply of external GPS It would take 30 seconds at maximum to change over data 9 Make sure AIS target is received In DISP gt TARGET LIST the list of ships whose data are received 18 displayed 10 Make sure transmission is being carried out If the DISP gt OWN DYNAMIC DATA antenna mark blinks to the transmission interval while the reporting data 1s being transmitted transmission 1s properly carried out The antenna mark means the following Antenna mark is displayed It indicates that the system 1s being synchronized with UTC of built in GPS The antenna mark disappears if the system 15 not synchronized with the built in GPS Antenna mark blinks The antenna mark blinks to the transmission interval OWN DIYNAMIC 24 Y 22 JUN 2005 06 43 20 34 27 8412 135925 1232 E 10 0kt EXT GPS 57 09 HDG 123 R10 0 min PA H RAIM USE Setting and Checking Guide 11 Make sure AIS target is displayed on Radar and ECDIS 12 Confirm Tx output power and transmission frequency See page 7 2 Confirm as required First of all set transmission output and channels by MENU gt FOR SERVICE gt amp PWR SETTINGS Then confirm by MENU gt FOR SERVICE gt TX TEST Upon completion of this test be sure to turn MODE of CH amp PWR SETTINGS from MANUAL to AUTO
275. nal menu for PC connection SET LAN PORT MODE DISABLE IP ADDRESS 172 031 024 001 SUB NET MASK 255 255 000 000 EN Fig 4 SET LAN PORT menu for PC connection i GL 6 9 OD FQ4 2008 020 Information Issued by FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD SERVICE MANAGEMENT amp COMMANDING DEPARTMENT WRITTEN B 17 1 72 2 Y 3137 Addenda No 12 to FA 100 Service Manual Pub No SME 44170 Addenda 4 to FA 150 Service Manual Pub 5 44310 FA 100 150 Configuration and Test Report Form Attached is the Furuno AIS configuration and test report form which complies with IMO SN Circ 227 and MSC 1 Circ 1252 IMO SN Circ 227 GUIDELINES FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A SHIPBORNE AUTOMATIC IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM AIS MSC 1 Circ 1252 GUIDELINES ON ANNUAL TESTING OF THE AUTOMATIC IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM AIS The form includes 1 Automatic Identification System AIS Test Report and 2 Attachments a AIS Initial Setting List b Measurements c Interconnection Diagram d Antenna Layout The installation testing and initial installation configuration report are made by using 1 AIS test report and 2 Attachments The annual testing is recorded on the first three pages including cover That is the annual performance test does not use 2 Attachments The AIS test and configuration reports are requested to be kept on board APPROVED B lt lt NAV EF U R U N O MSC1 Circ 1252
276. nnel 18 ignored 3 23 3 6 Regional operating channels Setting 3 6 Regional operating channels Setting You may display the status of regional operating areas currently retained in the equipment memory Nine of any combination of AIS message from shore based AIS DSC message manual settings and commands from ECDIS or a PC may be registered and one will be HIGH SEA Setting 15 carried out on the MENU gt CHANNEL SETTINGS EDIT CHANNEL I About registering areas 1 Data registered from AIS and DSC messages registered within last two hours cannot be edited 2 If the registered items those labeled HIGH SEA cannot be edited HIGH SEA are data used for international waters not controlled by shore based AIS 3 If two areas overlap one another the older data 18 deleted 4 Data older than five weeks 1s deleted 5 Area data is deleted when it 1s more than 500 miles from the area for which it was registered 2 EDIT CHANNEL EDIT CHANNEL SELECT 0 FROM MMSI TYPE MANUAL QUIT MENU EDIT ENT SELECT NO File number covers 0 to 9 No 0 For manual EDIT CHANNEL setting No 1 Current Region operation information appears No 2 Next candidate Region operation No 3 and after Appears closest to the own ship in order TIME Date and time of the registered data 1s displayed MMSI When controlled by DSC or shore based AIS its MMSI No is displayed TYPE The controlled metho
277. ntry selection method Use gt and keys on Cursor Pad to shift the number of digit positions and 7 and 4 to choose characters and items and press the ENT key to register data FURUNO UNIVERSAL AIS Password FA 150 Fig 3 1 1 FA 1501 panel 3 1 3 2 Initial Settings 3 2 Initial Settings 3 2 1 MMSI IMO No Ship name and Call sign Settings Unless MMSI is entered the prompt ENTER MMST is displayed on the plotter screen In addition transmission of position report and others are not started However messages can be received IMO No Ship name and Call sign are transmitted as MSG 5 static data every 6 minutes Procedure 1 Press the MENU key choose INITIAL SETTINGS and press the ENT key Then the password entry screen appears ENTER PASSWORD 2 Enter the password Refer to Fig 3 1 1 3 The INITIAL SETTINGS entry screen appears INTIAL SETTINGS SET MMSI SET INT ANT POS SET EXT ANT POS SET TYPE SET PORT 4 Choose SET MMSI and press the ENT key SET MMSI MMSI IMO NAME C SIN QUITIMENU 5 Register MMSI IMO NAME and C SIN by the Cursor Pad MMSI Entry of 9 digit MMSI Maritime Mobile Service Identity 000000000 indicates that MMSI is not registered IMO Enter of 7 digit IMO number following 00 000000000 indicates that IMO number 18 not registered NAME lt Enter ship name up to 20 characters
278. nversion 1 18 the 25 55075 reference oscillator for RX1 25 60075 MHz for RX2 with the accuracy of 2 5 ppm 1 output frequency is up converted to the 2nd local frequency of 51 1015 MHz for 1 51 2015 MHz for RX2 by the frequency doubler U6 At U11 the 51 MHz IF signal is mixed with the 2nd local frequency components and down converted to the 36 kHz signal fed to MAIN board Antenna input signal of 50 ohm 107 dBm corresponds to the 36 kHz signal of 600 ohm 60 dBL V 010 CR4 010 and compose the AGC circuits The level of the input signal fed to UII is suppressed to the fixed level by the CR5 PIN diode which is controlled by the AGC output voltage operation 15 activated from the antenna input level of 50 dBm or more 5 2 FA 1501 Block Description NIE LI 41 11 14 PAN EE 5 Sn HESSE 19 I N 0006 111 So ed HG a a 550 in gt ANT port Pick up gt MAIN p c b C63 4 ET Ed ale 4 Tt tT tt ty ee hep LET ETE EE gr ESTEE ES eee 8801 ET pap cd T3
279. o 85 10 17 00 7 59 j x 100 239 247 ELSE ONNAN 1 203 20053 ON SMG cg ms 4 KULAN wo POORE Fe E 5 144010 01 97197 17499 ON 7200148 E pjaansuM M 7 571746 _ eee Pe ATTN EL ee DE ee 072 IAS hI T 4441 44 4 38019 A0019V N a 9 ir ele 1no og 289 Q tuo I 8 A00 17 107O WI 1 Wi m 1 in 9 1 8 d 2 214123113 AYY9Y10 2I1VIW3H5S 314 BENE WEEE wo d ZSHy23 ld ON 2 A IO E Feu vu MIO uroy 19 1 9 14 be 2 OS V 0 00 0 ON 29018 13001 2 551 31495 1 2 90 70 1 1 5 7 211 813 819 112 oe nor wogel M doose dooce 20 22 TE 09 Ht 881 981112 212 700928 49 3 428 00 90 Sl gt A0 Ec 002 969 1411 001 04 0
280. oard GN 8093 GPS COMMUNICATION ERROR This error 1s shown when there 1s no response from GPS core board GN 8093 Note When DATA BACKUP ERROR or PARAMETER BACKUP ERROR is displayed electric charge of backup capacitor C312 IF of MAIN board is empty The backup time of this capacitor 18 about 1 week 8 4 3 PWR ON OFF HISTORY The PWR ON OFF HISTORY log shows the date and time of the latest 30 power ons and power offs If the interval between power off and power on is less than 15 minutes those times are not shown PWR ON OFF HISTORY PWR ON dd mm yyyy Time PWR OFF dd mm yyyy Time Reference A 917 excerpt Operation of the transceiver unit 21 AIS should always be in operation when ships are underway or at anchor If the master believes that the continual operation of AIS might compromise the safety or security of his her ship the AIS may be switched off This might be the case in sea areas where pirates and armed robbers are known to operate Actions of this nature should always be recorded in the ship s logbook together with the reason for doing so The master should restart the AIS as soon as the source of danger has been removed If the AIS 1s shut down static data and voyage related information remains stored Restart 15 done by switching on the power to the AIS unit Ship s own data will be transmitted after a two minute initialization period In ports AIS operation should be in accordance with port requirements when
281. of cargo etc Good Alarm test 161 975 MHz 162 025 MHz 156 525 MHz 15 1 87 AIS 2 Ch88 Ch70 Transmitter Power and 20 96 20 96 20 96 Frequency error W W W Hz 3 ppm 3 ppm 3 ppm Hz Hz 3 Interconnection Diagram FA 100 GPS ANT _ VHF ANT 175 150M W2VN GSC 001 FA FAB 151D GVA 100 27N d 21 F pog for DGPS 5 100 MN J2 EXTRA MT 4 O fup 777777771 Power Supply log Not used External GPS B AC MAIN VAC Alternative Source 24 RES COMM Other Hemarks EF U R U N O 5 1 1252 by Date 1 AIS Initial Setting List FA 150 MMSI MMSI NAME C SIN SET INT ANT POS A B C D SET EXT ANT POS A B C D SET SHIP 10 90 70 Cargo ship LONGRANGE EXTDISPLAY SPEED IEC61162 1 IEC61162 2 MODE EXTDISPLAY MONITOR HILEVEL IF SPEED IEC61162 1 IEC61162 2 MODE EXT DISPLAY MONITOR HILEVEL IF SET COM 3 SPEED 1162 1 1 61162 2 COM CO E SENSOR SENSOR PORT COM 4
282. ols whether or not popup COLLISION ALARM is ON OFF displayed when Dangerous Target is detected ALARM BUZZER ON OFF ON OFF setting of the alarm sound when Dangerous Target is detected 3 27 3 8 Connecting Second FA 1502 Connecting 3 8 Connecting a Second FA 1502 Connecting A second FA 1502 can be connected to COM2 or COMG port The same operation 1s applied to both the first and the second units and there 15 no priority to operation MENU gt USER SETTINGS can be independently set respectively However setting of LONG RANGE should be excluded I Connection Connect the first FA 1502 to DISP port and the second FA 1502 to COM 2 or COM 3 port Connect power supply control line SW H C of the second FA 1502 in parallel with power supply control line DISP SW 7 DISP SW 8 of DISP port of the first FA 1502 FA 1501 No 1 FA 1502 DISP TDA 1 DISP TDB 2 e Power GND ISO 3 Power DISPRDA 4 222 DISPRDB 5 5 SWH 1 DISP SW 7 7 OV DISP SW 8 2 COM2 TDA 1 5 HX 25 COM2RDA 4 gt COM2RDB 5 Ep 5 SWH GND ISO 6 6 SWL 2 7 Le 7 OV 3 FG COM2 JP 8 8 OV 9 NC 10 FG Fig 3 8 1 Connection of No 2 FA 1502 2 Setting Set MODE of connection port COM2 or COMG to MONITOR and Speed to 38 4 kbps 3 9 PH 240 input voltage modification 3 9 PR 240 input voltage modification PR 240 is shipped for 220 VAC power input Chang
283. ons alternate between AIS land AIS2 b Transmissions following slot allocation announcements responses to requests and acknowledgements are transmitted on the same channel as the initial message c For addressed messages transmissions utilize the channel in which a message from the addressed station was last received d For non periodic messages other than those referenced above the transmissions of each message regardless of message type alternate between AISI and AIS2 7 Recommendations for base stations dual channel operations Base stations alternate their transmissions between AIS 1 and AIS 2 for the following reasons to increase link capacity to balance channel loading between AIS 1 and AIS 2 c to mitigate the harmful effects of RF interface 8 a Equipment other than Class B Shipborne mobile does not transmit message 18 and 19 b Class B Shipborne Mobile Equipment only uses Message 18 and 19 for position reporting and static data 9 When using reporting rate assignment by Message 16 the Access Scheme is SOTDMA When using assignment of transmission slots by Message 16 the Access Scheme is assigned operation using SOTDMA Communication state 10 For Message 6 8 12 and 14 RATDMA transmissions from a mobile station does not exceed a total of 20 slots in a frame with a maximum of 5 consecutive slots per message AP3 4 1 Messages AP3 1 2 Message Descriptions This paragraph describes each m
284. or MAIN board ROM RAM GPS Com error Failure of GPS receiver board ANT error Failure of GPS antenna 8 39 8 9 Trouble Shootin Is the connection of sensor input OK Are the settings of Mode and Speed of the connection port OK IEC NMEA COM6 gt ZA RDA 5 RDB Mode Sensor Speed IEC61162 1 4800 bps AD 100 COM6 gt 10 data H 11 AD data C 12 AD CLK H 13 AD CLK C Mode Sensor Speed AD 10 Note Yes Connect the sensor input of each COM port either to C Loop or RS 422 Input is not allowed through both ports Is the result of the I O Monitor test OK MENU gt Diagnostics gt For service gt I O Monitor Yes Conduct the loop back test NMEA Ver 2 0 or later MENU gt Diagnostics gt For service gt I O port test NO Yes Failure of MOT board MAIN board NO Failure of MAIN board Or the error could be caused due to the status of sentences or format Replace the GPS Use the RMC sentence Uncheck the setting of MENU gt Diagnostics gt For service gt Other gt Check sum by option menu 6 40 8 9 Trouble Shooting Case 4 Receiving targets get less or no The error may be caused when the receiving channel 15 not set appropriately for operating channels in the sea area or when the receiver board or VHF Antenna 18 faulty See pages 3 24 8 19 and 8 20 Receiving t
285. or when the data being received 15 invalid The input sentences which contain the position data are GNS GLL and RMC 8 L L No sensor position in use This message 1s displayed when no position data 1s present from either external GNSS or internal GPS or both are found to be invalid The input sentences concerning the position data are GNS GLL GGA and RMC 9 SOG No valid SOG information 99 1 This message is displayed when SOG data is not received or 18 invalid The sentences concerning SOG sentences are VBW RMC VTG and OSD 10 COG No valid COG information 9 This message is displayed when COG data 15 not received or is invalid The sentences concerning COG sentences are VBW RMC VTG and OSD 11 HDG Heading lost invalid This message is displayed when there 15 no heading data or the data is found to be invalid The sentences concerning heading are HDT OSD and AD format 8 1 ALARM STATUS 12 ROT No valid ROT information This message is displayed when there 15 data or ROT data The data related to ROT display are 1 Value of TI ROT 2 Calculated value from heading sentences of HDT OSD or AD format When ship 16 turned more than 10 degrees on the right 5 deg 30 sec or more R gt 10 0 When ship 16 turned more than 10 degrees on the left 5 deg 30 sec or more gt 10 0 When ship 16 turned less than 10 degrees within 5 deg 30 sec 0 0 Note 1 SOG and COG are taken from th
286. output 2 LRI AIS General input 3 VSD SSD ABM BBM ACA ACK AIR DTM GBS GGA Long Range input GLL GNS HDT LRF LRI OSD RMC ROT VBW VTG FA gt MONI Control command 2 5 Various kinds of PFEC and MONI FA VSD SSD ABM BBM ACK Controlconmand l Various kinds of PFEC and 4 VDM VDO ABK ACA ACS ALR TXT LR1 LR2 LR3 LRF LRI Various kinds of PFEC for NAVNET 2 and VSD SSD ABM BBM ACK AIR DTM GBS GLL GNS HDT LRF LRI OSD RMC ROT VBW VTG Various kinds of PFEC for NAVNET 2 and Hi Level output VDM VDO ABK ACS ALR TXT LR1 LR2 LR3 LRF Hi Level input 7 Service output 8 Control command 1 various kinds of PFEC for R amp D Serviceinput 9 Control command 2 various kinds of PFEC for R amp D 3 7 3 3 Port Settings Note Shaded settings indicate default values Table 3 3 3 COM port menu Setting VO Pin No DISP RS 422 Output 41 2 Control command 1 Input 224 5 Control command 2 5 Output 1 2 Long Range output DUE Input 44 35 AIS General input MODE RS 422 Output 1 2 AIS General output COM 1 Input 4 5 AIS General input eee 1 1866162 1 TEC 611622 Output 41 2 AIS General output ipa dd Input 714 5 AIS General input Output 1 2 Control command 1 MODE RS 422 COM 2 Input 4 5 Control command 2 Output 31 2 Hi Level output 6 EAE Input
287. p 23 N20E040 wmp 15 N20EO60 wmp N20E080 wmp 15 20 100 23 N20E120 wmp 22 20 140 25 NZ0E160 mp 1 N20WD20 wmp 2014040 mp 201 060 N20W080 wmp N20W1 00 mp N20W120 wmp 28 NZOWA tj N20W160 mp 22 20 80 28 NADEDOD w mp NADEO20 mp 28 NADED4D w mp 40 060 N40E080 wmp 40 100 15 40 120 15 40 140 40 160 404 220 2 40 040 NADWOGD w mp NADWOBD w mp NADWITOO wmp 15 20 23 40 wi mp 60 NADWIBO wmp 28 NGDEDOD w mp 60 020 60 04 mp Its 60 080 60 100 1 20 N60E140 wmp N60E160 wmp 601 020 N6DWDA4D wmp 22 60 060 0 N6DWOBO w mp 22 N6DWI OD w mp 6 20 6 40 N6DWI 60 wmp 60 180 W NameDBcsy 12 520 000 15 520 020 S20E040 w mp 28 520 060 5206080 wmp 520 100 520 1 20 53 520 140 520 160 2 52014020 151 52094040 154 52084060 15 5209 080 S201 00 52081120 0 zd S20W1 40 mp 23 5208 160 151 52040180 0 28 540 000 wi mp 22 540 020 22 540 040
288. pale og a sa cu op 23 11145347 1 11 25 47 212 S EEE E POENE preteen tenere RBS TP18 pons Y 18 38 864 1 383 DOS RESET iQ 1 1 ict Me eS oe a ee es 2045 008 50 Q ae DDS_FSELECT 008 SCLK 3UB SCIF TD 150 ee 383 DOS PSELECI 204 DDS FSYNC 151 383 264 SCIF RD MD2_RXD2 123 5 1 8 07 015 D8 RTS2 N 014 perc cq unm tow E T IU 4 exo 2058 a C SCK2 HRESET N ci cse TI 2117 7121 52 2 22 222 V 3v NE MUI X 4 5 7 PROTEO 2 35 19 x C56 PC2745 ib 22222 uc eu oU eo Bow 88 5613 81 BS jw 89 m SUB TCK Ut QUT gt 45HH2 2 5 5 28 9 5 0v e 8 245 5A3 SUB 100 a Ee a a 2 2 5 5 3 SUB THS ie 200205 015520 05200 2A5 5A32 go mee 8 8 88881 99 E SA3 lt 584121608086 181821 8 8 8 Sz 82
289. ps Monitor Program 1 06 Draught data is added to page 5 6 of DETAILS SHIP display as below To show the draught data press DISP TARGET LIST and ENT and then select page 5 6 of DETAILS SHIP DETAILS SHIP 5 6 MMSI A xxxxxxxxx DRAUGHT x x m NAVSTATUS 0 STATUS DETAIL UNDER WAY USING The current programs are CPU program FA 1501 2450018 01 06 Monitor program FA 1502 2450021 01 06 changed from V01 05 Important Monitor program V01 06 should be used with CPU program 01 05 or above Factory modified sets From the production in November 2006 Scheduled NAV ELS RR CLIE No FQ4 2008 015 1 2 Information APPROVED BY Issued by FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD a Pl SERVICE MANAGEMENT amp COMMANDING DEPARTMENT WRITTEN BY Addenda No 3 to FA 150 Service Manual Pub No SME 44310 Revised DIP switch FA 150 Ho NavNet Connection and MARPOL Annex Il compliant New Software is updated as follows The operators manual revised for the current software is F version FA 1501 Transponder Unit 2450018 01 06 01 09 FA 1502 Monitor Unit 2450021 01 06 01 07 Change to be made 4 1 Supporting NavNet vx2 and NavNet 3D connections Details follow on the next page NAV 2 Receiving AIS messages or CSTDMA data from the class B AIS transponder Note FA 30 50 receives
290. r than 5 deg 30 sec R L 10 0 deg min 127 deg min Change within 5 deg 30 sec 0 0 deg min 0 0 deg min 6 10 8 2 SENSOR STATUS Table 8 2 7 Table showing sentence status if checksum is received or not received _ Ver 1 5 2 0 Sentence pota Valid Note Invalid Reference vm NMEA 1 5 No No e No eee Nese No Ne cd Low Yes Laer Yes Yes Yes _ Yes _ Yes Yes Ye Yes Yes Yes Sentence 15 not defined Sentence 1s not defined Sentence 18 not defined Sentence 18 not defined Sentence 1s not defined Sentence is not defined Sentence 15 not defined Sentence is not defined Checksum is mandatory Checksum is mandatory Checksum is mandatory DT 1 OSD Heading Yes Yes Valid Invalid data 1s present in Heading status ROT Rateoftune Yes 00 25 ZEE NMEA COG NER 8 11 8 2 SENSOR STATUS Table 8 2 8 Table showing sentence status if checksum is received or not received NMEA Ver 3 0 Rate of tune Note Italic characters 1n the Sentence column are sentences required for AIS Others are optional With NMEA version 2 0 the check sum of RMC sentence is mandatory The check sum of the other sentences 1s not mandatory Note that some mod
291. racter Represented 010100 b 62 10100 E 45 010101 c 63 10101 i Note The code in parentheses of Valid Character column is the code obtained by converting Valid Character into 7 bit ASCII 4 21 4 4 6 bit binary field type code conversion table 7 bit ASCII code table ASCII is a 7 bit code representing 128 different characters expressed by 0000000 1111111 binary which are converted into character codes 0x00 Ox7F hexadecimal numeral using the following table Table AP4 4 2 Seven bit ASCII code table b7 b6 b5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 DLE SP 0 P p 1 1 0 2 STX D2 2 B b r 3 ETX DC3 3 5 5 4 D4 4 D T d t 5 ENQ NC 5 E Ue u E 6 ACK SYN amp 6 f b3 7 BEL ETB 7 W 8 BS CAN 8 H X h x 9 HT EM 9 I y A LFNL SUB 2 VT ESC k C FF FS 24 GS M m E SO RS F SI US o DEL 4 22 4 5 PFEC Table when Hi Level 2 is set AP4 5 PFEC Table when Hi Level NAVNET 2 is set 1 Conditions to select targets X X X X X X hh lt CR gt lt LF gt 2 Range and bearing of target as well as CPA and TCPA information XXXX XXXXXXXXX X X X X X X X X A hh
292. report for airborn stations involved SAR Positiion operations onl Heport UTC Date inquiry Current UTC and date if available Addressed Safety Related Message Safety Related Ack Safety Related broardcast Message Safety related data for addressed communication Ack of received addressed safety related message Safety related data for broadcast communication Request UTC and date Table AP3 1 1 a Message summery 1 Mobile Base SOTDMA F S 1 Autonomous RATDMA SOTDMA Mobile un F S 1 Autonomous RATDMA ITDMA Mobile Assigned SOTDMA 7 FATDMA RATDMA RATDMA Applicable Not Applicable Not Mobile Applicable Base Not Mobile Applicable Base SOTDMA ITDMA Mobile FATDMA Not Mobile ITDMA Applicable Base Autonomous Assigned Mobile FATDMA Autonomous Assigned Interrog Polled Autonomous Assigned Interrog Polled Autonomous Assigned Interrog Polled Mobile Base RATDMA FATDMA Autonomous Assigned Autonomous RATDMA Assigned Interrog Polled Autonomous Assigned Interrog Polled Autonomous Assigned Interrog Polled Mobile Base
293. required Safety Navigation status Msg 12 14 Rate of turn Puy position fixing antenna Msg 6 8 on the ship Table 1 1 2 Reporting interval of dynamic data 0 14 knot speed 10 sec 14 23 knot speed with course change Speed higher than 23 knot Speed higher than 23 knot with course change Note Changing course When the heading data 18 changed more than 10 deg min The time for changing the report rate 1s as follows When the ship s speed 18 up about 1 minute When the ship s speed is down 3 to 4 minutes 1 2 1 1 System overview 1 1 2 System Operation 1 Operation of AIS The AIS transponder uses 9 6 kbps Gaussian Minimum Shift Keying GMSK modulation over 25 or 12 5 kHz channels defined by ITU R Rec 1084 2 and Appendix S18 of RR using HDLC High Level Data Link Control packed protocols Each station transmits and receives over two radio channels to avoid interference problems and to be shifted without communications loss from other ships These channels are allocated to the international channel and regional frequency 161 975 MHz CH87B 2087 AIS2 162 025 MHz CH88B 2088 Regional frequency 156 025 MHz to 162 025 MHz The operation of regional frequency 18 assigned from 20 to 200 NM rectangle area The operation on these channels is accomplished by the following means VHF DSC CH70 commands from shore based AIS TDMA AIS message commands from shore based AIS Ref
294. rn 0 511 C distance of GPS antenna from port 0 63 D distance of GPS antenna from starboard 0 63m 5 Press the MENU key to return to the INITIAL SETTINGS entry screen 6 Choose SET EXT ANT POS and press the ENT key 7 Same as SET INT ANT POS enter the position of the external GPS antenna 3 2 Initial Settings 3 2 3 SET SHIP TYPE Setting The type of ship such as cargo ships tankers HSC etc should be entered Note that the type of cargo 1 0 71 Cargo ships carrying DG HS or MP A should be set in CARGO TYPE amp CREW on the STATUS menu This data 18 transmitted in the static data MSG 5 reported every 6 minutes and the receiver is able to determine the ship s type included cargo type See Table 3 2 1 on the next page Procedure 1 Press the MENU key choose INITIAL SETTINGS press the ENT key and enter the password Refer to Fig 3 1 1 2 The INITIAL SETTINGS entry screen appears INITIAL SETTINGS SET MMSI SET INT ANT POS SET EXT ANT POS SET SHIP TYPE SET PORT 3 Choose SET SHIP TYPE and press the ENT key 15 Futreuse 6 Passenger ship SET SHIP TYPE TYPE NO 17 2 Cargo ship 4 High Speed Craft 9 Other type of ship Special Craft D x x x TYPE DETAIL kx x FUTURE USE 4 Using the Cursor Pad choose the type of ship and press the ENT key In this part of the section the tens digit only 18 set Related setting In CARGO TYPE amp
295. s o 22 C6 TR c17 ie id 1 7 18 32 RS 22K 13 51 21 Tp 33p 33p 33p 330 22 22 b 8 01 25 C36 0 010 35 C37 04 Bold 8 10 OTAII4EKA lt 9 PIT _ 185 03 o OTC114EKA 7 V 19 ox 022 2 M t o 0 022u _ R159 47K C56 u 47K 5 0 010 NJM2904M V d ot 244 023 Eos RISO 4Kk R34 226 4 DICHAEKA 4 U3 2 lt NJM2904H V V V 225 4 7K gt pe x MED 55 5 5 C in 5 e K cRS NJM2904M V 5 827 4 7 amp 185 PWR REF nes 185 58 T cse 0 610 0 010 R32 DRAWN TYPE 05 07 21 T YAMASAKI CHECKED EX E j 1 2 4 SCALE MASS MODEL BLOCK No NAME we No 04431 05 24 006 5013 0 24 032 2 3 L SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FURUNO ELECTRIC CO LTD 2 bu 06 2SC2712_Y 3v C216 RIIG C155 4 EL J F AeR2 U161 33p 130 25 3123 014 185 RXe 19 2MHz 117 150 C167 0 010 1852 1_ 19 2 2 118 a 150 vu 185 05 19 2 2 8119 3 3 R162 10 C80 48 8 01 77 V 3 3V
296. same sentence is entered in COMI and COMO Data is spontaneously changed over will occurs PRIORITY L L COG SOG HDG xxxxx 1 1 COMB 2 gt 2 3 6 3 QUITIMENU QUIT MENU Priority Procedure 1 Press the MENU key choose INITIAL SETTINGS press the ENT key and enter the password Refer to Fig 3 1 1 of page 3 1 2 The INITIAL SETTINGS entry screen appears 9 Choose SET I O PORT and press the ENT key SET PORT SET COM PORT SET PC PORT SET PRIORITY QUITIMENU 4 Choose SET PRIORITY and set priority of 5 and COMO dem one 4 1 2 3 4 L L COG SOG PRIORITY 3 21 3 4 EXT ALM Output Setting 3 4 EXT ALM Output Setting ALARM MODE KEY STOP In the default setting of ALARM MODE the alarm message is outputted in pop up display and EXT ALM signal when alarm is detected Relay contact 18 also activated Those alarms can be stopped acknowledged by pressing any key of FA 1502 This will turn ON the External ALM ACK signal EXT ALM output continues until the alarm event 1s removed ALARM MODE CONTINUOUS To change the above alarm output form to the one in which the EXT ALM output 1s continued until the alarm event 15 removed as illustrated below the following setting should be carried out Press any key or ALM ACK 5 1 ALM Sound 3 ALM C Power OFF 2 Normal Close
297. sary Table AP6 1 2 Compatibility of new and old software hardware MOT board New software 02 02 Old software 01 07 24 0036 22 old INLAND function not available Support for Class A AIS Support for ITU R M 1371 3 Class A AIS ITU R M 1371 1 INLAND function available Support for Class A AIS 24 0036 33 new F Support for ITU R M 1371 3 Class AIS ITU R M 1371 1 Terminals circuit for BLUE SIGN added Figure AP6 1 1 MOT board version 24P0074 33 AP6 2 AP6 1 AIS Specification Changes Hint Go to MENU gt DIAGNOSTICS gt TRANSPONDER TEST gt MEMORY TEST If the MOT HW of the menu is 1 the MOT board version is 24P0074 33 and after If the MAIN board detects 1 DEVICE ID is displayed in the ACTIVATE KEY menu which can be accessed by going to MENU gt DIAGNOSTICS gt ACTIVATE KEY menu This DEVICE ID is generated based on the time data input for the first time AP6 1 3 SOLAS AIS Update the software FA 1501 to Ver 02 02 and FA 1502 to Ver 02 01 No special setting configuration 1s necessary The version of the MOT board is not requied For ITU R 1371 3 1 MENU gt DIAGNOSTICS gt ACTIVATE KEY has been added Note To enable the INLAND AIS mode enter the ACTIVATE KEY code Entry of this code is not necessary for operating in the SOLAS AIS mode 2 The definition of the Low Power has been changed from 2 W to 1 This is the transmission output used
298. sign and other static data are notified every 6 minutes these pieces of data are not immediately displayed as 1s the case of position data See page 1 2 4 Settings of CPA TCPA ALARM and RCVD MSG BUZZ of MENU gt USER SETTINGS menu See page 3 27 viii 1 Overview 1 1 System overview 1 1 1 Automatic Identification System AIS The FA 150 18 a universal AIS Automatic Identification System It complies with IMO MSC 74 69 Annex 3 694 ITU R M 1371 1 and DSC ITU R M 825 It also complies with IEC61993 2 Type testing standard 60945 EMC environmental conditions The AIS Automatic Identification System capable of exchanging data between own ship and other ships or coastal stations VTS The information obtained by AIS such as Ship names MMSI Call signs and other identification information positional information navigation information etc can improve the quality of information which the deck officer uses By supplementing information obtained from Radar AIS can contribute to avoiding of collisions between ships The system operates in three modes autonomous continuous operation in all areas assigned data transmission interval remotely controlled by authority traffic monitoring service and polled in response to interrogation from a ship or authority It synchronized with GPS time to avoid conflict among multiple users minimum 2 000 is reports per minute and IEC req
299. sitioning DOP when HDOP value exceeds 4 at 2D and 6 at 3D Differential GPS H Positioning accuracy is within 15 m L Positioning accuracy is 15 m or higher Normal GPS H Positioning accuracy is within 5 m L Positioning accuracy is 5 m or higher USE when there is GBS sentence in nomaly USE 15 displayed 8 13 8 4 DIAGNOSTICS 8 4 DIAGNOSTICS Choosing MENU gt DIAGNOSTICS and pressing the ENT key displays the menu below In this section description of FOR SERVICE 15 excluded DIAGNOSTICS MONITOR TEST TRANSPONDER TEST PWR ON OFF HISTRY TX ON OFF HISTRY MEMORY CLEAR FOR SERVICE 8 4 1 MONITOR TEST Choosing MONITOR TEST and pressing the ENT key will automatically start the monitor test When this test is finished QUIT MENU 3 TIMES message will be shown Press the MENU key three times to exit the test Self test Part 1 Pressing the key while PUSH KEY is being displayed shows the key OK indication in the KEY column Pressing the key moves the cursor and key DOWN If no key 15 pressed the process moves to Self test Part 2 after about 5 seconds MONITOR TEST BOOT NO 2450020 01 0x PRG 2450021 01 0x CONT DIM PUSH KEY QUIT MENU 3 TIMES 8 4 DIAGNOSTICS Self test Part 2 RAM SDRAM and PORT are checked OK or NG indications are shown and when this test is completed the self test process automatically advances to the n
300. sor is being established COMMUNICATION ERROR Indicates that communications failed to be established between FA 1501 and FA 1502 NO OWN SHIP POSITION AVAILABLE Will be shown until the own ship position data is detected Indication when the own ship position data is detected ENTER MMSI is displayed in the event that no MMSI is registered Pressing gt keys display the target data Pressing the gt key displays the target data nearest to own ship Pressing the key displays the target data of the vessel that 18 farthest from own ship 1 The position message should be given within 2 minutes after the power 15 turned on The static data and navigational data are reported every 6 minutes and the reporting interval of dynamic data varies in accord with the ship speed 2 Unless MMSI is registered report transmission does not begin In addition VDM sentence is outputted but VDO sentence is not outputted 3 Unless the ship s position data 15 available position without any position data 15 reported and VDO and VDM sentences are output 6 1 8 1 ALARM STATUS 8 1 ALARM STATUS 8 1 1 Alarm status DISP ALARM STATUS When alarms such as loss of position data etc are detected their status 1s shown by related popup displays and an alarm sound 15 output When the alarm state 1s removed pressing any key of FA 1502 or turning ON ALM ACK signal acknowledges the alarm Then the popup display disappears
301. ssage5 Ship static and voyage related data Mesage9 Standard SAR aircraft position report 18 Standard class B equipment position report 19 Extended class B equipment position report Message21 Aids to Navigation report Example of messages that may be requested from a distant AIS base station include Message4 Base station report Messagel 7 GNSS broadcast binary message Message20 Data link management message Message22 Channel management AP4 5 4 2 IEC 61162 AIS sentences ALR Setalarm state This sentence 18 used to report an alarm condition on a device and its current state of acknowledgement ALR hhmmss ss xxx A c c hh lt CR gt lt LF gt a b cde a Time of alarm condition change UTC b Local alarm number identifier identification number of alarm source c Alarm condition A threshold exceeded V not exceeded d Alarm s acknowledge state A acknowledged V unacknowledged e Alarm s description text BBM Broadcast Binary Message This sentence supports generation of an ITU R M 1371 Binary Broadcast Message message 8 or Safety Related Broadcast Message message 14 After receiving this sentence the AIS initiates a VHF broadcast of either message 8 or 14 within four seconds The success or failure if the broadcast confirmed through the use of the Addressed and binary Broadcast Acknowledgement ABK sentence formatter and the processes that support the generation of
302. stem gt Hardware gt Device manager Port SPEED Set to 38400 USE PORT Choose SIO Settine Port 1 138400 M USE PORT 50 C LAN E OK Cursor Select Enter Decision 3 Upon completion of click and close the Setting COM port screen AP5 2 AP5 1 Connection to PC port 4 By the step 3 setting communication between FA 150 and PC FAISPC MARK2 begins When communication begins OffLine displayed at the upper left of the FAISPC MARK2 screen changes to OnLine t FURUNO FAISPC MARK 2 Ver 1 00 arget Vessel FURUNO gee er 1 00 File Own On Line Vessel Data gt P 15 DEFINED ETE 19 335 MMSI D Sus 15 NOT DEFINED OffLine RAHGE RANGE 0 25 0 25 1 05 The setting of I O port of Hardware settings of Initial Settings I menu of the menu bar are the setting in the FA 150 It is same as setting of SET I O PORT at FA 1502 In order to standardize the setting for PC Port setting set SPEED to 38400 and MODE to MONITOR S Hardware Settings Port F2 Sensor Priority TRANSPONDER PORT SPEED MODE Hi Level FURUNO FAISPG MARK 2 Ver 1 00 onitor D DZ Y IEC61162 1 Sensor
303. t gt gt 0172409 Li NIS gt 02 gt 0743 1 59 lt 1 lt dr 9402 C df bH0 e lt lt 6 gt gt 606 gt 621070 1 1 9 lt 051 009 0517089 0 2 lt amp lt gt 8 gt 08 1800 28 2 NONA i i lt 5 8 037279402 803 27bH02 15 017409 lt lt gt 12 0171800 10 gt gt 2210740 i lt lt 70 7279402 voaz enoa 162 M lt 6 gt 9 gt gt 90 gt 81102 l t 0517080 0517 089 lt s gt gt gt 12107002 1 i i lt 2 lt TUTI 8701 lt 6 lt v gt gt gt rana 1 lt 970179007 7017 02 lt 8 lt E gt OZLOTNIVH gt t 02107140 80392079157 a 888 10070b 1 2 0 amp 6 2 gt gt gt 61074 6d lt 95 lt gt gt gt gt 61107102 1 i 8 lt gt 00 2 200704 i Sut 61 lt 02 das i gt 6 gt NIS s lt 051 009 051 009 i gt 8 gt nona 1 IMS lt lt gosko D 808680 pay gt gt 111070 i 2 lt vosso 15 0 2 1 gt 9 gt 8070 lt lt 6 051 00 gt 051 089 3 91107 NI VH gt gt 811003 Q
304. t by going to MSG gt NO OF PERSONS gt CREATE MSG SOLAS AIS INLAND AIS Total number of persons on board Inland AIS extension Number of crew member on board Inland AIS extension Number of passengers on board Inland AIS extension Number of shipboard personnel on board Inland AIS extension 7 Signal status The signal status information is reported broadcast from base stations to a vessel via MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 40 Signal Position WGS84 Inland AIS extension Signal Form Inland AIS extension Light Status Inland AIS extension 8 EMMA warnings The EMMA European Multiservice Meteorological Awareness system warnings information 15 reported broadcast from base stations on land to a vessel MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 23 SOLAS AIS INLAND AIS local weather warnings Inland AIS extension 9 Water levels The water levels information 18 reported broadcast from base stations on land to a vessel via MSG 8 DAC 200 FI 24 SOLAS AIS INLAND AIS local water level information Inland AIS extension 10 Short safety related messages MSG 14 safety related messages SOLAS AIS INLAND AIS safety related messages 6 19 AP6 3 INLAND AIS Handling 11 Traffic management information provided by the Inland AIS Traffic management information 18 used in river navigation This information 15 sent when requested or in response to a request from a vessel sailing in a river or to a vessel AP6 3 3 INLAND A
305. t to output 8 27 8 5 FOR SERVICE The following settings SILENT and CHECKSUM special mode settings Never disclose the setting password to the user 6 SILENT MENU 1 Calling up the SILENT menu To enter this menu turn ON the power while pressing MENU and ENT key Then the password entry screen appears Enter the password same as for FOR SERVICE menu See page 8 19 OTHER SIM MODE OFF ALARM MODE KEY STOP CH MODE INT ALL CLEAR DEBUG Add 2 Set SILENT MENU to ON When SILENT MENU is set to ON CLASS A MODE RX ONLY MODE or RESTRICTED which indicates SILENT MODE appears on the lower right of the plotter screen or the MENU screen SILENT MODE holds this function even if the power supply is turned off MODE which is set 15 displayed CLASS A MODE SENSOR STATUS RX ONLY MODE INTERNAL GPS RESTRICTED USER SETTINGS INITIAL SETTINGS CHENNEL SETTIONGS DIAGNOSTICS 6 28 8 5 FOR SERVICE 3 Change over to SILENT MODE To change over pressing the DIM key SILENT MODE can be switched from any screen When the SELECT MODE popup is displayed press the key that corresponds to the MODE to be set SELECT MODE DISP CLASS A MODE DIM me ENT RX ONLY MODE DIM RESTRICTED CLASS A MODE Transmission and reception modes are enabled and normal AIS function class 1s executed RX ONLY MODE Mode dedicated to reception RESTRICTED
306. te by the vessel speed and change course shown in the table below 105 55 2SEC Reported at the reporting rate selected Note that the reporting rate assigned by MSG 23 takes precedence over a manually set reporting rate 10 5 2SEC When AUTO 1s specified the reporting rate assigned by MSG 23 and the reporting rate based on the vessel speed are compared and the higher rate of the two takes precedence Memo The reporting rate assigned by MSG 23 16 2 seconds to 10 minutes 2 The reporting rate can be specified based on the data from a navigation device such as ECDIS for INLAND navigation connected to FA 150 The sentence used is PIWW IVD Inland waterway voyage data or SPIWW VDS Table AP6 3 1 Dynamic data reporting rate Ship dynamic conditions SELLE interval Ship status at anchor and not moving faster than 3 knots Ship status at anchor and moving faster than 3 knots Ship operating in SOLAS mode moving 0 14 knots Ship operating in SOLAS mode moving 0 14 knots and 3 1 3 seconds changing course Ship operating in SOLAS mode moving 14 23 knots Ship operating in SOLAS mode moving 14 23 knots and 2 seconds changing course Ship operating in SOLAS mode moving faster 23 knots Ship operating in SOLAS mode moving faster 23 knots and 2 seconds changing course Ship operating in inland waterway mode moving seconds and 10 seconds AP6 16 AP6 3 INLAND AIS Han
307. tence is generated when a transaction initiated by reception of an ABM AIR or sentence 15 completed or terminated This sentence provides information about the success or failure of a requested ABM broadcast of either ITU R M 1371 messages 6 or 12 The ABK process utilizes the information received in ITU R M 1371 messages 7 and 13 Upon reception of either a VHF Data link message 7 or 13 or the failure of messages 6 or 12 the AIS unit delivers the ABK sentence to the external application This sentence 1s also used to report to the external application the AIS unit s handling of the AIR ITU R M 1371 message 15 and BBM ITU R M 1371 message 8 and 14 sentences The external application initiates an interrogation through the use of the use of the AIR sentence or a broadcast through the use of the BBM sentence The AIS unit generates an ABK sentence to report the outcome of the AIR or BBM broadcast process a b a 5 of the addressed destination 5 unit b AIS channel of reception c ITU R M 1371 message ID d Message Sequence Number e Type of acknowledgement AP4 2 AP4 2 IEC 61162 15 sentences ABM Addressed Binary and safety related Message This sentence supports ITU R M 1371 messages 6 and 12 It provides and external application with a means to exchange data using an AIS The message data is defined by the application only not the AIS After receiving this sentence the AIS initiates a radio bro
308. the area contains overlapping data the older data will be erased 20 200nm RIGHT TOP LEFT BOTTOM 3 25 3 6 Regional operating channels Settin Reference Transitional Mode Operations The AIS automatically switches to the two channel transitional operating mode when it is located within five nautical miles of a regional boundary In this mode the AIS transmits and receives on the primary AIS frequency specified for the occupied region and also transmits and receives on the primary AIS frequency of the nearest adjacent region ra 1 7 4 2 2 _ Region operation begins 5 nm before the ship enters the Region from High sea The channel transition takes place as follows when the channel 18 operated as described in the table below rimary Primary CH Secondary CH AIS Channel Region 1 CH 1 1 Hegion 2 CH 2 CH B 2 High sea AIS 1 CH2087 15 2 CH2088 1 2 3 4 7 AIS 2 a NE CNN 2011 22 6 __7 __8 NE NE When AIS 15 entering transitional mode it continues to utilize current channels for transmitting for a full one minute frame while switching one of the receivers to the new channel The TDMA access rules 15 applied to vacating slots on the current channel and accessing slots on the new channel This transitional behavior is made only when the channels are changing
309. ther station An airborne mobile station can be interrogated for message identifier 9 by another station mobile station mounted on an Aids to Navigation can be interrogated for message identifier 21 by another station base station can be interrogated for message identifiers 4 17 20 and 22 Table APS3 1 12 Message 15 Number T age ID Identifier for message 15 Mess Repeat Indicator Used by the repeater to indicate how many times a message has been repeated Destination ID 1 Message ID 1 1 6 MMSI number of first interrogated station First Requested message type from first interrogated station Slot offset 1 1 12 Hesponse slot offset for first requested message from first interrogated station 85542512 12 Second Requested message type from first interrogated station Slot offset 1 2 12 Hesponse slot offset for second requested message from first interrogated station Destination ID 2 MMSI number of second interrogated station Message ID 2 1 Requested message type from second interrogated station Slot offset 2 1 MMSI number of interrogating station second interrogated station Total number of bits 88 160 2 AP3 12 1 Messages Message 16 Assigned Mode Command Assignment is transmitted by a base station when operating as a controlling entry When a Class A shipborne mobile AIS station receives an assignment it reverts to either the assigned reporting rate or the resultin
310. ting gt 2 22 55 CH MODE 4 2 03 3 6 Regional operating channels Setting 2 24 SETTING N 227 3 8 Connecting a Second 1502 Connecting HOM 3 28 3 9 PR 240 input voltage 11001110 001011222225524084252422522 LLL DE 3 29 Chapter 4 Menu Tree NND 4 1 STATUS cater crt ne rte errr atc 4 2 ZB MENU ret ane 4 3 Chapter 5 Block Description 5 LOverali Block 5 1 Skl Overal block ___________ _ 5 1 NET SCENE Tm 5 2 5 3 gt 5 3 2 eode pipa 5 4 52d TX 22480032 ne 5 4 5 2 2 RX 1 24P0033A and RX 2 24P0033B MM 5 0 5 2 3195 Boardi P0034 deitatem itu ibant et tuas 5 12 50 4 MAIN Board 24 00 5 iue 5 14 5 25 MOT Board OAPOOIO 5 16 5 25 PWR Board 5 17 5 3 1500 5 20 Chapter 6 Updating Program b I onere RM 6 1 6 1 1 Program 6 1 6 1 2 Preliminary Notes on Software Updates
311. to TENERE V V rss 330 ctas 915 54 MT EXC_CET102U 0 17 R53 330 FL V 103 01593 SIC P d E m 183 183 102 185 104 06 EXC_CET102U V V FLA 2985895809999998 9 98 8988880298302 998 428089 6 90909 89593299808808000839852898960 88899998889400929 2 22909060038 085083008 8 20686988093890848800 998989099829 9098 899808048808899898 48 5 a R52 180 185 16 SN751178NS 185 183 183 103 185 104 0 6 TLP181 GB TPL 90499 6 0 994 9 V95509P91229989 50000058 0PUBDB OSPEBDPEGEHARERAAM 1 E 2 3 4 T3 6V 2 422 B4P VH T gt 1 2 3 4 181 4063 5 OC INPUT DC P 1852 52 10 10 TB2 16 250 4062 5 0 INPUTC 183 183 102 1B5 2835 596994089090089 80989 0 905 DISP1_SH_P 183 283 155365 0824 5 68 58 85 155355 1 525 DISPASLP 155355 YAMASAKI 24 03
312. ue of EDIT CHANNEL PRESS ANY KEY Outside of range of A B values of SET INT ANT POS and SET EXT ANT POS of INITIAL SETTINGS Outside of range of C D values of SET INT ANT POS and SET EXT ANT POS of INITIAL SETTINGS OUT OF RANGE 0 511 PRESS ANY KEY OUT OF RANGE 0 63 PRESS ANY KEY 6 36 8 9 Trouble Shootin 8 9 Trouble Shooting Case 1 Communication Error is shown This error 1s shown when a communication error occurs between the MKD FA 1502 and the transponder FA 1501 See page 9 5 Communication Error is shown No FA 1501 turned on the power Turn on the power DISP COM 3 RXA Is the wiring connection between No FA 1501 and FA 1502 correct 3 GND ISO 1 Connect PC to PC Port on 1501 Hyperterminal 38 4 kbps Failure of MAIN board 2 Check output data output or no output Failure of MOT board 6 37 8 9 Trouble Shooting Case 2 TX error is shown This 1s an error of transmission output The error occurs when transmission output 1s decreased when transmission output 1s not detected or when the PLL circuit on the TX board 18 unlocked See pages 5 7 and 8 26 error 18 shown Check the currently operating transmission output on View Channel 1W 2W 12 5W Check A D Monitor Refer to the VF and VR values Antenna 50Q termination MENU gt Channel settings gt View channel
313. uires 4 500 reports on two channels The VHF channels 87B and 88B are commonly used and in addition there are local AIS frequencies Ship borne AIS transponders exchange various data as specified by the IMO and ITU on either frequency automatically set up by the frequency management telecommand received by the DSC receiver on ship gt gt 5 Traffic control of ships p Providing information on 2 ov safety ransponaer VHF FA 150 Destination and loading LI m LLI ddiad CEE m Navigation control port AIS base station GPS differential correction VTS base station information Identification of ships Support to acquisition of other ships p Exchanging information to avoid collisions Fig 1 1 1 AIS conceptual drawin 1 1 1 1 System overview Dynamic data has the reporting transmission interval varied from 3 minutes to 2 seconds in accord with ship speed and course change In addition dynamic data 1s transmitted 1n response to requests of VTS or other ships Static data and voyage related data are reported every 6 minutes or as requested Table 1 1 1 Information content Msg 1 2 3 Msg 5 data tee 5 related n message Draught LUC Call sign Messages are Destination freely prepared SOG Speed Over Ground as
314. upported 1 Keyboard and display are either unknown or unable to support communication h Source identifier TXT 9 Text transmission For the transmission of short text messages Longer text messages may be transmitted by using multiple sentences XX xx c c hh lt CR gt lt LF gt a bcd a Total number of messages 01 to 99 b Message number 01 to 99 c Text identifier d Text message AP4 15 AP4 2 IEC 61162 15 sentences VBW Dual ground water speed Water referenced and ground referenced speed data a b fg hi a Longitudinal water speed knots b Transverse water speed knots Status water speed A data valid V data invalid d Longitudinal ground speed knots e Transverse ground speed knots f Status ground speed A data valid V data invalid 0 Stern transverse water speed knots Status stern water speed A data valid V data invalid i Stern transverse ground speed knots Status stern ground speed A data valid V2data invalid VHF Data Link Message This sentence 18 used to transfer the entire contents of a received AIS message packet as defined in ITU R M 1371 and as received on the VHF Data Link VDL using 6 17 field type The structure provides for the transfer of long binary messages by using multiple sentences a Total number of sentences needed to transfer the message 1 to 9 b Sentence number 1 to 9 c Sequential message identif
315. used beam of ship 1 10m Length of ship 0 default Ship or combination 14 Numeric EHI Classification CODES 1 Vessel and Convoy Type as type described in ANNEX E ERI ship types Number of blue cones lights 0 3 4 B Flag 5 default unknown Draught 1 2000 rest not used draught in 1 100m 0 default unknown Loaded unloaded 1 loaded 2 unloaded 0 not available default 3 should not be used Quality of speed 1 high 0 low GNSS default information Quality of course 1 high 0 low GNSS default information Quality of heading 1 high 0 low default information Spare 18 Not used should be set to zero Reserved for future use 00001168 Occupies 1 slot shall be set to 0 if no type approved sensor e g gyro is connected to the transponder AP6 21 AP6 3 INLAND AIS Handling 2 Inland specific message Fl 21 ETA at lock bridge terminal The message below is used in Inland AIS This message is provided for sending ETA estimated time of arrival information to a lock bridge or terminal This message is sent manually by an operator on the vessel within 15 minutes via MSG 6 DAC 200 FI 21 no reply is received within the specified time period it can be rerequested by Inland AIS branch extension MSG 21 FI 21 once only Table AP6 3 4 ETA report Parameter Bit Message ID 6 Identifier for Message 6 always 6 Used by the repeater to indicate
316. vessel as a response to FI21 for the purpose of assigning RTA Requested Time of Arrival at a lock bridge or terminal This message 18 sent as a response message to Inland AIS branch extension MSG 21 DAC 2006 FI 21 via MSG 6 DAC 200 FI 22 Table AP6 3 5 RTA report Parameter Bit Description 7 Message ID Identifier for Message 6 always 6 Used by the repeater to indicate how many times message has been Repeat Indicator repeated Default 0 3 do not repeat any more 10 130 MMSI number of source station Sequence Number 2 0 3 Destination ID 30 MMSI number of destination station Retransmit should set upon retransmission 0 retransmission Retransmit default 1 retransmitted Not used should be set to zero Reserved for future use Application Identifier po As described in Table AP6 2 2 UN country code 2 6 Bit characters UN location code 3 6 Bit characters 5 number 5 6 Bit characters Fairway hectometre 5 6 Bit characters Recommended Time of Arrival MMDDHHMM UTC Bits 19 16 month 1 12 0 not available default Bits 15 11 day 1 31 0 not available default Bits 10 6 hour 0 23 24 not available default Bits 5 0 minute 0 59 60 not available default 0 operational 1 limited operation e g obstructed by technical conditions only one lock RTA at lock bridge terminal 2 30
317. y connected to the alarm system etc Make sure EXT ALM signal turns ON and alarm of the Alarm system is initiated when alarm 1s generated and for example external GPS power supply is turned OFF In addition make sure EXT ALM signal is turned OFF by ALM ACK signal from the Alarm system 16 Check the Pilot plug Connect PC to the pilot plug unit as illustrated below Pilot Pulag unit 0P24 3 RS 422 RS 232C 1 TD A RD A 44TD B RD B 5 RD A TD A __ 9 Shield RS 232C 422 Level Converter COM Port Preparation 1 Confirm STATUS by DISP gt NAV STATUS menu of FA 150 If default value 15 Not defined is displayed set the value other than 15 2 Set the pilot plug connection port MODE EXT DISPLAY SPEED IEC61162 2 38 4 kbps 3 Create the following sentence by Ward pad Note pad etc and prepare a text document Be sure to feed line at the end of a sentence by pressing Enter Sentence to set STATUS to 15 Not Defined 15 61 15 61 Sentence to send message TEST MESSAGE to MMSI 000000001 station by MSG12 through CH A AIABM 1 1 0 000000001 1 12 DSCDP 5CC175 0 58 Setting and Checking Guide 4 Boot the hyper terminal of PC and set the following 1 Choose File Property click of Connect tab menu and carry out the following Connect To Settings Port Settings

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

C1 X2 Memory Module Configuration Project User Manual 1 Usage  Electric Breast Pump Instructions  CARRETTINO NEW.cdr  BE 1  Fisher & Paykel DE08 User's Manual  35 INFORMACIÓN GENERAL  Publisher version    Moteur TFSI de 2,0l pour SULEV  Bosch Power Tools 1194AVSR User's Manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file